The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPermit D19-0087 - BOEING #9-65 - REPLACE COOLING TOWERS, ROOFTOP EXHAUST FAN ETCBOEING #9-65 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S BLDG 9-065 FINALED 02/21/2023 D19-0087 ~^ »x Tukwila ~.U~ o o n^ na Department of Community Development 6300SouthcenterBoulevard, Suite #10U Tukwila, Washington gO188 ~- pxnne zoa'«az'36rO ` Inspection Request Line: 206-430'9350 Web site: htti3://www.TukwilaWA.gov Parcel No: Address: DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 0003400018 Permit Number: D19-0087 97Z5EMARGINAL WAY 5MLUG9-065 Issue Date: 4/30/2019 Permit Expires On: 10/27/2019 Project Name: 8OE|NG#9-65 Owner: Address: Contact Person: Name: Address: Contractor: License No: Lender: Name: Address: 8DBNGCOMPANY THE POBOX 3707MVCZ0-5BPROPERTY TAX DEPT,5EAlTLE'WA, 98l24 MARTIN PROBST R]BOX 3707 M/[:40'2O8,SEAlTLE, WA, 98124 Phone: (200)8524985 D0E|NGCOMPANY, THE Phone: (312)544-2535 IOONRIVERSIDE, M/C5O03'4DZ7' CM|Q\G0'IL, 0O6O6'l596 BQE|NC*294ML Expiration Date; 1/2I/2021 BUBNBCOMPANY THE POBOX 37U7Kx/[ZU-00PROPERTY DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REMOVE COOLING TOWERS & ASSOCIATED PUMPS, PIPING AND ACCESSORIES IN ADJACENT PUMP HOUSE. INSTALL 2 COOLING TOWERS, PUMPS, PIPING & ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES. REMOVE AND REPLACE ROOFTOP EXHAUST FAN & ASSOCIATED EXHAUST & INTAKE DAMPERS. PROVIDE EMCS CONTROLS FOR ENTIRE SYSTEM. NEW OPENING IN PUMP HOUSE WALL. ALL ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING TO APPLY SEPARATELY Project Valuation: $2,000000.00 Type nfFire Pouectinm Sprinklers: YES Fire Alarm: YES Type nfConstruction: UA Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $2I,887.29 Occupancy per IBC: D Water District: TUKW|LA SewerD|strict: VALLEYV|[VV'TUKVV|Lx Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 National Electrical Code: VVACities Electrical Code: VYA[296'46D: Code: 07 21 05 ublic Works 4ctivities- [hanne|izatinn/Sthping: Curb[ut/Aoess/S|dmvn|� Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Haul ing/OversizeLoad: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: P Volumes: Cut: B] Fill: SO Number: 0 l No Permit Center Authorized Signature� Date: I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true andj' correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state orlocal laws regulating construction orthe performance ofwork. |amauthorized tnsign and obtain this development permit and agree tothe conditions attached mthis permit. — Signature: _ - Print Name: 1 x/ Date: / / �°' 2^"/ / This permit shall become null and void if the work is not corn menced within 180 days for the, date of issuance, or if the work is suspended orabandoned for aperiod ofl80days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: 'BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS' Z: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall he resubmitted for approval. 3: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 4: The special inspections and verifications for concrete construction shall be as required by IBC Chapter 17, TaWpl705.]. 5: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by Washington Association ofBuilding Official Certified welder. k When special inspection isrequired, either the owner nrthe registered desiQnprofessiona|inneponsib|e charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in atimely manner, 7: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall besubmitted tothe Building Official, The final inspection report shall heprepared bythe approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition offinal inspection approval. O: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 9: Structural Observations inaccordance with |.DI.Section l7O9isrequired. Atthe conclusion ofthe work included in the permit, the structural observer shall submit to the Building Official a written statement that the site visits have been made and identify any reported deficiencies which, to the best of the structural observer's knowledge, have not been resolved. 10: Notify the City ofTukwila Building Division prior toplacing any concrete. This procedure isinaddition tu any requirements for special inspection. ll: Masonry construction shall bespecial inspected. lZ: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 13: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will bedetermined bythe building inspector based unsatisfactory completion ofthis requirement. 14: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City nfTukwila Building Department (2O64]l'3670). 15: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 16: Preparation before concrete placement: Water shall beremoved from place ufdeposit before concrete is placed unless a trpmieistobeused orunless otherwise permitted bythe building ofMdai All debris and ice shall beremoved from spaces tobeoccupied byconcrete. 17: VALIDITY OFPERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any otherordinances of the City of Tukwila, Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances ofthe City ofTukwila shall not bevalid. The issuance ufapermit based onconstruction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data, 18: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (ZUG/43I,367O). 19: w~PUUU[WORKS PERMIT [OND0ONS' 20: The applicant or contractor must notify the Public Works Inspector at (206) 433-0179 upon commencement and completion ofwork atleast Z4hours inadvance, All inspection requests for utility work must also be made Z4hours inadvance, 21: Prior to construction, all utilities in the vicinity shall be field located, NOTE: For City of Tukwila utility locates, call 811 or 1-800-424-5555. 22: Permit is valid between the weekday hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. only. Coordinate with the Public Works Inspector for any work after 5:0Op.m.and weekends. Z]: Temporary erosion control measures shall be implemented as the first order of business to prevent sedimentation off -site orinto existing drainage facilities. 24: The site shall have permanent erosion control measures inplace os soon aspossible after final grading has been completed and prior tothe Final Inspection. 25: The Land Altering Permit Fee is based upon an estimated 50 cubic yards of cut and 50 cubic yards of fill. If the final quantity exceeds this amount, the developer shall be required to recalculate the final quantity and pay the difference \npermit fee prior tothe Final Inspection. � 26: From October 1 through April 30, cover any slopes and stockpiles that are 3H:1V or steeper and have a vertical rise of1Ofeet ormore and will beunworkedfor greater than 12hours. During this time period, cover or mulch otiner disturbed areas, if they will be unworked more than 2 days. Covered material must bestockpiled nnsite at the beginning ofthis period. Inspect and maintain this stabilization weekly and immediately befope'during and following storms. 37: From May I through September 30, inspect and maintain temporary erosion prevention and sediment at least monthly. All disturbed areas of the site shall be permanently stabilized prior to final construcVon approval. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206)438-9350 1700 8U|LD|NGRNAL** 030I CONCRETE SLAB 5200 EROSION MEASURES 5210 EROSION MEASURES FNL SOZO FIRE LOOP HYDRANT OZOl FOOTING 5040 LAND ALTERING 1600 PUBLIC WORKS FINAL 4037 S|-[AST|N'PLACE 4046 5|'EPDXY/[KP[Om[ 4032 8-MASONRY 4028 S|'RE|NFSTEELVVELD 4025 S|'STEEL[ONST 4036 S|'STRU[TSTEEL 4004 B-WELDING 5090 STORM DRAINAGE CITY OF TUKWIL4 Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. Project No. Date Application Accepted: I ci Date Application Expires: (-1 — i ).-1 7 (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION Site Address: 9725 E Marginal Way South Tenant Name: The Boeing Company PROPERTY OWNER Name: The Boeing Company Address: PO Box 3707; M/C 46-208 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98124 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Martin Probst Address: PO Box 3707; M/C 46-208 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98124 Phone: (206) 852-4985 Fax: (253) 657-4659 Email: martin.r.probst@boeing.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: The Boeing Company Address: 100 N. Riverside; M/C 5003-4027 CitY: Chicago State: IL Zip: 60606 Phone: (206) 852-4985 Fax: (253) 657-4659 Contr Reg No.: BOEINC*294ML Exp Date: 01/22/2021 Tukwila Business License No.: King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 0003400018 1 Suite Number: 9-65 Bldg Floor: New Tenant: LI Yes Z..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: The Boeing Company Architect Name: Geoffrey Miller Address: PO Box 3707; M/C 46-208 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98124 Phone: (253) 657-0864 Fax: Email: Geoffrey.M.Mille boeing.com ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: Coffman Engineers Engineer Name: Michel Sotura Address: 1101 2nd Ave, Suite 400 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98101 Phone: fax: (206) 623-0717 (206) 624-3775 Email: Sotura@coffman.com LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: The Boeing Company Address: PO Box 3707; M/C 46-208 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98124 H:Vipplications1Forms-Applications On Line 12011 ApplicationsWermit Application Revised 8-9-11.doca Revised". August 2011 bh Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATIevei— 06-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 2,000,000 Existing Building Valuation: $ 85,498,300 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Remove existing cooling towers and associated pumps, piping, and accessories in adjacent pump house. Install two new cooling towers, pumps, piping and associated accessories. Remove and replace existing rooftop exhaust fan and associated exhaust and intake dampers. Provide EMCS controls for entire system. New opening in pump house wall. All electrical, mechanical, and plumbing to applied for separately by sub -contractors. Will there be new rack storage? 0 Yes 0.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC Is' Floor 1,134 1,134 0 0 11 B 2nd Floor 3rd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provide& Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes 0....... No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECI ION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ..Sprinklers Automatic Fire Alarm .„....None El Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? Yes No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safely Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On -site Septic System - For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. 1: \Applications \Forms -Applications On Linet2011 Applications \Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.doex Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 UBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFLATION 206-4 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Remove existing cooling towers and associated pumps, piping, and accessories in adjacent pump house. Install two new cooling towers, pumps, piping and associated accessories. Remove and replace existing rooftop exhaust fan and associated exhaust and intake dampers. Provide EMCS controls for entire system. New opening in pump house wall. All electrical, mechanical, and plumbing to applied for separately by sub -contractors. Ca11 before you D g 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ..▪ .Tukwila ID ...Water District #125 ❑ ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ® ...Tukwila ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate ❑ .. Highline ❑...Valley View 0 .. Renton ❑...Sewer Availability Provided ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle Septic System: O On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ..▪ .Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) El ...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (SAO) 0 ,,.Hold Harmless -- (ROW) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours El ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ❑ .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance m ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way 0 Non Right-of-way m m ...Total Cut 125 cubic yards ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ® ...Total Fill 133 cubic yards ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer 0 ...Cap or Remove Utilities 0 ...Frontage Improvements ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Pavement Cut 0 .. Looped Fire Line ❑ .. Grease Interceptor 0 .. Channelization ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding ❑ ,..Permanent Water Meter Size... WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. WO # 0 ...Water Only Meter Size WO # 0 ...Deduct Water Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public 0 Private 0 ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public 0 Private ❑ FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) O ...Water 0 ...Sewer 0 ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line1201. 1 Applications\Permit Applicant) Revised: August 2011 bh d - 8-9-1 l.docx Page 3 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT 1 HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTI=ENT: Signature: 7"...4,2 — 14 -efeee,' Date: 03/13/2019 Print Name: Martin Probst - The Boeing Company Day Telephone: (206) 852-4985 Mailing Address: PO Box 3707; M/C 46-208 Seattle WA 98124 City Zip State H:1Applications1Forms-Applications On Line1201 1 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 4 of 4 BULLETIN A2 TYPE C PERMIT FEE ESTIMATE PLAN REVIEW AND APPROVAL FEES DUE WITH APPLICATION PW may adjust estimated fees PROJECT NAME 9-65 Cooling Tower replacement PERMIT # ?-• 0(4-7 (0 c\-72.EMW) If you do not proVide contractor bids or an engineer's estimate with your permit application, Public Works will review the cost estimates for reasonableness and may adjust estimates. 1. APPLICATION BASE FEE 2. Enter total construction cost for each improvement category: Mobilization $10,000.00 Erosion prevention $5,000.00 Water/Sewer/Surface Water $5,000.00 Road/Parking/Access $20,000.00 A. Total Improvements 3 Calculate improvement -based fees: B. 2.5% of first $100,000 of A. C. 2.0% of amount over $100,000, but less than $200,000 of A. D. 1.5% of amount over $200,000 of A. 4. TOTAL PLAN REVIEW FEE (B+C+D) 5. Enter total excavation volume 50 cubic yards Enter total fill volume 50 cubic yards $40.000.00 $250 (1) $1,000.00 Use the following table to estimate the grading plan review fee. Use the reater of the excavation and fill volumes. 1,000.00 (4) QUANTITY IN CUBIC YARDS RATE v Up to 50 CY Free 51 — 100 $23.50 101 — 1,000 $37.00 1,001 — 10,000 $49.25 10,001 — 100,000 $49.25 for 1ST 10,000, PLUS $24.50 for each additional 10,000 or fraction thereof. 100,001 — 200,000 $269.75 for 1 100,000, PLUS $13.25 for each additional 10,000 or fraction thereof. 200,001 or more $402.25 for 1ST 200,000, PLUS $7.25 for each additional 10,000 or fraction thereof. GRADING Plan Review Fees TOTAL PLAN REVIEW FEE DUE WITH PERMIT APPLICATION (1+4+5) $ (5) 1,250.00 The Plan Review and Approval fees cover TWO reviews: 1) the first review associated with the submission of the application/plan and 2) a follow-up review associated with a correction letter. Each additional review, which is attributable to the Applicant's action or inaction shall be charged 25% of the Total Plan Review Fee. Approved 09.25.02 Last Revised 02/21/17 BULLETIN A2 TYPE C PERMIT FEE ESTIMATE PLAN REVIEW AND APPROVAL FEES DUE WITH APPLICATION PW may adjust estimated fees 6. Permit Issuance/Inspection Fee (B+C+D) 1,000.00 (6) 7. Pavement Mitigation Fee 0.00 (7) The pavement mitigation fee compensates the City for the reduced life span due to removal of roadway surfaces. The fee is based on the total square feet of impacted pavement per lane and on the condition of the existing pavement. Use the following table and Bulletin 1B to estimate the p Approx. Remaining Years Pavement Overlay and Repair Rate (per SF of lane width) 20-15 (100%) $10.00 15-10 (75%) $7.50 10-7 (50%) $5.00 7-5 (33%) $3.30 5-2 (25%) $2.50 2-1 (10%) $1.00 0-1 $0.00 8. GRADING Permit Issuance/Inspection Fee Grading Permit Fees are calculated using the following table. Use the greater of the excavation and fill volumes from Item 5. QUANTITY IN CUBIC YARDS RATE ./ 50 or less $23.50 51 —100 $37.00 101 — 1,000 $37.00 for lst 100 CY plus $17.50 for each additional 100 or fraction thereof 1,001 — 10,000 $194.50 for lst 1000 CY plus $14.50 for each additional 1,000 or fraction thereof. 10,001 — 100,000 $325.00 for the 1st 10,000 CY plus $66.00 for each additional 10,000 or fraction thereof 100,001 or more $919.00 for lst 100,000 CY plus $36.50 for each additional 10,000 or fraction thereof. 9. Technology Fee (5% of 6+8) Approved 09.25.02 Last Revised 02/21/17 2 23.50 (8) 51.18 (9) • 4 BULLETIN A2 TYPE C PERMIT FEE ESTIMATE PLAN REVIEW AND APPROVAL FEES DUE WITH APPLICATION PW may adjust estimated fees 10. TOTAL OTHER PERMITS A. Water Meter — Deduct ($25) B. Flood Control Zone ($52.50 — includes Technology Fee) C. Water Meter — Permanent* D. Water Meter — Water only* E. Water Meter — Temporary* * Refer to the Water Meter Fees in Bulletin Al Total A through E 0.00 (9) 11. ADDITIONAL FEES A. Allentown Water (Ordinance 1777) B. Allentown Sewer (Ordinance 1777) C. Ryan Hill Water (Ordinance 1777) D. Allentown/Foster Pt Water (Ord 2177) $ E. Allentown/Foster Pt Sewer (Ord 2177) $ F. Special Connection (TMC Title 14) G. Duwamish H. Transportation Mitigation I. Other Fees Total A through I DUE WHEN PERMIT IS ISSUED (6+7+8+9+10+11) $ //0 + 0.00 (10) ESTIMATED TOTAL PERMIT ISSUANCE AND INSPECTION FEE This fee includes two inspection visits per required inspection. Additional inspections (visits) attributable to the Permittee's action or inaction shall be charged $60.00 per inspection. WATER METER FEE Permanent and Water Only Meters Size (inches) Installation ---------, ---......,, Cascade Water Alliance RCFC 01.01.2017 —12.31.2017 Total Fee 0.75 $625 ----,... $6005 V $6630 1 $1125 -------,$15,0,12'.-50 $16,137.50 1.5 $2425 $32,450 2 $2825 $48,040 -----------.._ $50,865 3 $4425 f;025 $96,080 --- $100,505 4 $7825 $150,125 $157,950 6 $12525 $300,250 $312,775 Approved 09.25.02 Last Revised 02/21/17 /Temporary Meter 0.75" $300 2.5" $1,500 CO TUKWILA ETRAKIT 6200 SOUTHCENTER BLVD TUKWILA, WA 98188 206-433-1870 CITY OF TUKWILA 0017340000802374464500 Date: 04/30/2019 03:11:28 PM CREDIT CARD SALE R-E-P-R-I-N-`i" MASTERCARD CARD NUMBER: **********9321 K TRAN AMOUNT: $2,394.42 APPROVAL CD: 090852 RECORD #: 000 CLERK ID: Laurie X {CARDHOLDER'S SIGNATURE} I AGREE TO PAY THE ABOVE TOTAL AMOUNT ACCORDING TO THE CARD ISSUER AGREEMENT (MERCHANT AGREEMENT IF CREDIT VOUCHER) Thank you! Merchant Copy CO TUKWILA ETRAKIT 6200 SOUTHCENTER BLVD TUKWILA, WA 98188 206-433-1870 CITY OF TUKWILA Date: 04/30/2019 03:11:28 PM CREDIT CARD SALE R-E-P-R-I-N-T MASTERCARD CARD NUMBER: **********9321 K TRAN AMOUNT: $2,394.42 APPROVAL CD: 090852 RECORD #: 000 CLERK ID: Laurie Thank you! Customer Copy Receipt Number DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID PermitTRAK $2,394.42 D19-0087 Address: 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S BLDG 9-065 Apn: 0003400018 $2,394.42 Credit Card Fee $69.74 Credit Card Fee R000, 69,908,00.00 0.00 $69.74 DEVELOPMENT $2,000.00 PW PERMIT ISSUANCE/INSPECTION FEE R000.342.400.00.00 0.00 $1,000.00 PW CONSTRUCTION PLAN REVIEW R000,345,830.00.00 0.00 $1,000.00 PUBLIC WORKS $273.50 BASE APPLICATION FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $250.00 GRADING PERMIT ISSUANCE R000,342.400.00.00 0.00 $23.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $51.18 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R17543 R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $51.18 $2,394.42 Date Paid: Tuesday, April 30, 2019 Paid By: MARTIN R PROBST Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 09085 Printed: Tuesday, April 30, 2019 3:13 PM 1 of 1 SYSTEMS Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila DESCRIPTIONS PerrnitTRAK ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID $23,492.87 , D19-0087 Address: 9725 E MARGINAL WAY 5 BLDG 9O65 Apn: 0003400018 $23,492.87 Credit Card Fee $684.26 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $684.26 DEVELOPMENT $22,138.50 1111.111111=MMEMINIMMINIIII 11111111MMEMENE11.1111111111111111 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE R000.322.100.00.00 R000.345.830.00.00 8640.237.114 0.00 $13,402.12 0.00 $8,711,38 0.00 $25.00 TECHNOLOGY FEE $670,11 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R17152 R000.322,900.04.00 0.00 $670.11 $2.3,49 . 7 Date Paid: Wednesday, March 13, 2019 Paid By: MARTIN PROBST Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 022639 Printed: Wednesday, March 13, 2019 9:23 AM 1 of 1 SYSTEMS CO TUKWILx ETKAxIT 6200 50UTH[ENTER BLVD TUKWILA, WA 98188 206'433'1878 CITY OF TUKNILA Date: 03/13/2019 09:22;23 AM CREDIT CARD SALE MASTERCARD CARD NUMBER: ****+****+9321 K TRAN AMOUNT: $23'492.87 APPROVAL [D: 92I639 RECORD #: 000 CLERK ID: Bill Thank you! Customer Copy BOEING 9-65 Cooling Tower Replacement Tukwila, Washington Structural Calculations February 20I 9 CEI Project #161052 Boeing Project #W4 157008 REVIEWED FOR COVE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 Crty of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CITY OF T UK vILA MAR 13 2019 PERMIT CENTER SEATTLE j 1601 Fifth Ave., Suite 900 I Seattle,WA 98101-1620 ( 206.623.0717 www.coffman.com •COFINEERSFMAN NG BOEING 9--65 COOLING TOWER REPLACEMENT TUKWILA, WASHINGTON STRUCTURAL DESIGN CALCULATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGES STRUCTURAL NARRATIVE 1 SEISMIC ANALYSIS 2-9 MOMENT FRAME DESIGN 10-19 TYP PIPE SUPPORT DESIGN 20-43 20' TALL PIPE SUPPORT DESIGN 44-65 COOLING TOWER FOUNDATION DESIGN 66-67 INTERIOR PIPE SUPPORT CHECKS 68-77 PIPE OPENING RETROFIT 78 DIAPHRAGM CONNECTION RETROFIT 79 r BOEING 9-65 COOLING TOWER REPLACEMENT TUKWILA, WASHINGTON STRUCTURAL DESIGN CALCULATIONS Summary An opening will be created in the interior masonry wall of the 9-65 cooling tower pump building. A steel moment frame will be constructed within the wall opening to provide gravity support of the existing roof deck and steel beams and supplemental lateral support. The ASCE 7-10 lateral base shear was calculated for the 9-65 building. The remaining piers of masonry wall around the opening will still resist the majority of force on this line of lateral resistance due to their high lateral stiffness compared to the steel moment frame. However, the moment frame was designed to take the full tributary lateral force if required due to failure of the masonry piers. The existing masonry walls were found to be adequate based on the acceptance criteria of ASCE 41 for life safety at the ASCE 7-10 design earthquake level. The existing connection between the pump building roof diaphragm and masonry walls was not adequate. A retrofit will be performed to transfer the ASCE 7-10 demand as required. 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 1 Jf1iLOLS1(.1(V41 w,LL (t) S-0 ---- NE h 6 -0 6ROLD—Etiv1ib\ L. --t'Dcr-M-111J I tifC 1)Lr4\^-11) PLk ukh vakt,c._ 3 (1),kg o ve0. 1/1' Duk- t(3 6p, 410 6Rourq (fiu FoQw, Do -rire\me 19 6-A,Accc.) c, usu /xcctc 3,ro LArcwc Forqt srAz 1,0( 1,01 M ACOFFMAN imaNGINEERS ation ale sheet no. checked e SEA.a12a4 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 2 tfltR!ufl cervI--EK oF A-1! )71" gl 13J 21 (16) 4 f (6, 6.q-) 7 2-01 0( WI) 1161011-161`r fr kjzik hofF 30_ v6„. 6 11 (lk 3 -)000'' 23(11) ;11 A v7 260 ;ill 1-?90 2 Nth, NOf 13SO i)( x0,6 ilOpy FN crio 1-6,0 29 P"' )? 1,(s..kro 9UU rrin 900 e(0 ptU qj 801 - ctio (12_?.)(1152-,1"0L) 11,0 960 (27)) AERTY'M project by location date Meat checked date sheet no, jal no. SEA-8 rzo4 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 3 90,00) A. Y150 AS9fFNI1 sheet no. protect by location client Yob no. 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower SEM:11204 Page 4 8 6D 90,000 ( R. r 0"0,0'j itr) 1°I rsoo 900 f J5tscsi tit) Ks 5 (OW `-/ PO 3a- k14 2197ib')1 f'et4 z> rz 100: tr'N)(10) (.1 uj S9Ttill's project by ati dee sheet no. client :tacker job no, dale SEA-111204 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 5 TokcApwkL.Lo - -WOk (0,0S)(2.Z6 7 tIstt\b cM PIOT\ Oiv 4 EISPRE14) 94L-r- r LF((-iTtUk, rN/rik 0. 06 NV& AE9Tt'f41 project by locahon dale sheet no, checked f oh no. date SEA-01204 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 6 r r M (kip-ft) 142 V (kip) 37 LOR r (ft) k (kip) k*r^2 Fv (kip) Ft (kip) F (kip) 1 8.3 884 60898.76 21.7763 2.91032 24.68662 2 8.3 234 16120.26 5.76433.4 0.770379 6.534693 3 14.97 384 86054.75 9.459387 2.28015 11.73954 4 10.5 884 97461 0 3.681731 3.681731 5 10.5 884 97461 0 3.681731 3.681731 1502 357995.8 RIGID DIAPHRAGM FORCE DISTRIBUTION 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace cooling Tower Page 7 t fir - ' O-/W< L.A(�. P�tQa �? O&Nike4 V 22Q QoU kito a5 ©. / (0 (i fl� 6 pt., 0.760 (2 )-k 0 . S (1) (i (X0 r1 0`c kQ 6 c,s� 0, 9(5,7 5) 31't D (R= 6,:. c 0, 2/ L/o t JOiAlr LlptJW 11, #u 1osP (,A\C sJ)) k(vet) 1./(* 13‘f (Kiwt,fArt,vv AcoFFMAN N G I N E E R S project by location date sheet no, dieni checked date SEA.Bi2b4 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 8 on Tx- ck(M--f (rok&C (tvkirRtg-t- el? g.3 Ve( QN Po *- 0 1)( pik6 okjA L T-6.7. mit) froo LE: (ot,-4.--i-E-1)) rokt 7- 0i,), A ,6 • '1 / 0 99 •4K AFOFFMAN NGINEERS stteet no. by date ofterd i0b no. dale SEA-51204 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 9 klida 0lPL4 vP<Oral) ptf'(2. /Yi6), --t> psf 1-44A AEOFFMAN NGINEERS projeol lien dale t no. en! SEA-61204 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Goofing Tower Page 10 12/08/116 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower pagen CEI HJO 161052 -6.8k -6.8k 9-65 MF SK - 2 Nov 14, 2016 at 12:18 PM 161052 S Masonry MF.r3d 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 12 12/0B/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 13 4.oads: LC \ CEI HJO 161052 .5k 9-65 MF SK - 4 Nov 14, 2016 at 12:18 P 161052 S Masonry MF.r3d 12/06/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 14 Mempe(eodeksDisplafed E ResiAt;'-for CEI 161052 Coda Chock (Env) No Cal .9M.0 15,90 44,76 9-65 MF Nov 14, 2016 at 12:19 P 161052 S Masonry MF.r3d 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 15 tiro AIR TECHNOLOGIES Company : CEI Designer : HJO Job Number : 161052 Model Name : 9-65 MF Nov 14, 2016 Checked By: Global Display Sections for Member Calcs 5 Max Internal Sections for Member Calcs 97 Include Shear Deformation? Yes Increase Nailing Capacity for Wind'? Yes Include Warping? Yes Trans Load Btwn Intersecting Wood Wall? Yes Area Load Mesh (inA2) 144 Merge Tolerance (in) .12 P-Delta Analysis Tolerance 0.50% Include P-Delta for Walls? Yes Automatically Iterate Stiffness for Walls? Yes Max Iterations for Wall Stiffness 3 Gravity Acceleration ft/secA2 32.2 Wall Mesh Size (in) 24 Eigensolution Convergence Tol. (1.E-) 4 Vertical Axis Z Global Member Orientation Plane XY Static Solver Sparse Accelerated Dynamic Solver Accelerated Solver Hot Rolled Steel Code AISC 14 h 60-10 : RFD Adjust Stiffness? Yes(Iterative) RISAConnection Code AISC 14th(360-10): LRFD Cold Formed Steel Code AISI S100-12: ASD Wood Code AF&PA NDS-12: ASD Wood Temperature <IOOF Concrete Code ACI 318-11 Masonry Code ACI 530-13: ASD Aluminum Code I AA ADM1-10: ASD - Building Number of Shear Regions 4 Region Spacing Increment (in) 4 Biaxial Column Method Exact Integration Parme Beta Factor (PCA) .65 Concrete Stress Block Rectangular Use Cracked Sections? Yes Use Cracked Sections Slab? Yes Bad Framing Warnings? No Unused Force Warnings? Yes Min 1 Bar Diam, Spacing? No Concrete Rebar Set REBAR SET ASTMA615 Min % Steel for Column 1 Max % Steel for Column 18 RISA-3D Version 13.0.0 [P1.1.1.1..\...\5.14.5 Design Calculations\161052 S Masonry MF.r3d] Page 1 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 16 N 0 Company : CEI Designer : HJO Job Number : 161052 Model Name : 9-65 MF Global, Continued Nov 14, 2016 Checked By: Seismic Code ASCE 7-10 Seismic Base Elevation (ft) Not Entered Add Base Weight? Yes Ct X .02 Ct Z .02 T X (sec) Not Entered T Z (sec) Not Entered R X R Z Ct Exp. X .75 Ct Exp. Z .75 SD1 SDS SI 1 TL (sec) 5 Risk Cat 1 or 0 Z Om X 1 Rho Z 1 IThoX 1 _Hot Rolled Steel Proaerties G rksil Therm (11E..DensittAk/ft... YieldFksil u ksi Rt 1 A992 2 000 11154 .3 .65 .49 50 1.1 65 1.1 2 A36 Gr.36 29000 11154 .3 .65 .49 36 1.5 58 1.2 3 A572 Gr 50 29000 11154 .3 .65 .49 50 1.1 65 1.1 4 A500 Gr.B RND 29000 11154 1 .3 .65 .527 42 1.4 58 1.3 5 A500 Gr.B Rect 29000 11154 .3 .65 .527 46 1.4 58 1.3 6 A53 Gr.B 29000 11154 .3 65 .49 35 1 6 60 1 2 7 A1085 29000 I 11154 .3 .65 .49 50 1.4 65 1.3 Joint Coordinates and Temperatures TemD F Detach From Dia 1 N1 0 0 0 0 2 N2 0 11 0 0 3 N3 0 0 9.5 0 4 N4 0 11 9 5 0 5 N5 0 3.666667 9,5_ 0 6 N6 0 7.333333 9.5 0 Joint Boundary Conditions in Z Fkiin X Rot k-ft/rad Y Rot k-ft/rad Z Rot. k-ft/rad Footin Ni1 Reaction Reaction Reaction I 2 N2 Reaction Reaction Reaction ' 3 N3 Reaction 4 N4 Reaction Member Primary Data t RotSecti rt/Sha e TvDe Design List Material Desi n Rules 1 M1 Ni N3 I HSS8x8x6 Beam Wide Fiance A500 Gr.B Rect Typical 2 M2 N2 N4 HSS8x8x6 Beam Wide FlangelA500 Gr.B Real Typical 3 I M3 N3 N4 HSS8x8x6 I Beam IWide Flange A500 Gr.B Rectl Typical RISA-3D Version 13.0.0 [P:\...\...\...\...\...\5.14.5 Design Calculations\161052 S Masonry MF.r3c11 Page 2 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 17 111 Company : CEI Designer : HJO Job Number : 161052 Model Name : 9-65 MF Hot Rolled Steel Desian Parameters Nov 14, 2016 Checked By: Label Shape Length[ft Lbyv[ft] 1 M1 2 M2 HSS8x8x6 9.5 3 M3 HSS8x8x6 I 11 HSS8x8x6 9.5 Member Distributed Loads Lbzz[ft] Lcomp too[ft] Lcomp bot[ft L-torq... Kyy Kzz Lbw Lbyy Lbyy Cb Functi... Lateral Lateral Lateral Member Label Direction Start Magnitude[k/ft.F] End Magnitude[k/ft.F] Start Location[ft,%1 End Location[ft %] No Data to Print ... Joint Loads and Enforced Displacements (BLC I Dead) 1 Joint Label N6 L.D.M Direction MagnitudeRk,k-ft). (in,rad). (k*s^2/f.. -6.8 2 N5 -6.8 • Joint Loads and Enforced Displacements (BLC 2 : Live) Joint Label N6 L,D.M L Direction Magnitudeyk,k-ft),(in,rad) (k*s^24... -2.1 2 N5 L -2.1 Joint Loads and Enforced Displacements (BLC 3 : EQ) Joint Label L D M 1-17 N3 Member Area Loads Direction Magnitudeak,k-ft). (in.rad). (k*s^2/f.. .5 Joint A Joint B Joint C Joint D Direction Distribution Magnitude[ksf] No Data to Print ... 111 Basic Load Cases tion Cate.o X Gra...Y Gra... Z Gra... Joint Point Distrib..Area Surfac. Load Combinations Fa Fa 1 D Yes y 1 1 . _... _.... _... 2 EQ Yes y 3 1 3 1.2D+1.0S+EQ Yes Y 1 1.4 2 1 3 1 4 0.9D+EQ Yes Y 1 .7 3 1 Envelope Joint Reactions Joint X k LC Y Ik 1 Ni max 0 1 1.677 3 11.971 3 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 min 0 1 -.25 2 -.432 2 0 1 0 1 0 3 N2 max 0 1 -.25 2 12.867 3 0 1 0 1 0 1 4 min 0 1 -2.177 3 .432 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 5 N3 max 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 RSA-3D Version 13.0.0 [PA...\...\...\...\...\5.14.5 Design Calcula ions\161052 S Masonry MF. Page 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 18 OR 4 R S H N OLOG Company : CEI Designer : HJO Job Number : 161052 Model Name : 9-65 MF Nov 14, 2016 Checked By: Envelope Joint Reactions (Continued) Joint X 1 LC Y fkl LC Z fkl LC MX fk-ftl LC MY M.1 LC MZ fk-ftl LC 6 mi 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1_ 1 7 N4 max 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 8 min 0 1 0 11 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 9 Totals: max 0 1 0 1 1 24.839 3 10 min 0 1 -.5 21 0 Envelope AISC 14th 360-10 LRFD Steel Code Checks CoriCheck 1 1 M1 HSS8x8x6 .171 9.5 13 .014 ov 3393141430561014310143IiH11b 2 M2 HSS8x8x6 .221 19.5 13 .018 0 y 3393.1411430.56 101.43 101.43 -.H1-1b 3 M3 HSS8x8x6 .258 3.667 Li03 11 lv31381.149143e.56 101.431101.4311-14-11-Th Material Takeoff Material Hot Rolled Steel 2 A500 Gr.B Rect Total HR Steel Warning Loa Size HSS8x8x6 Pieces Lenath 30 30 eight .1 Message No Data to Print ... RISA-3D Version 13.0.0 [P:\...\...\...\...\...15.14.5 Design Calculations\ 61052 S Masonry MF.r3d] Page 4 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 19 0 I PIPE SuPPbtktS XPJk LIJL-14HT k6 KK,itl, 7`-o L IC PI Pt= 10 STQNpRF INSULATIONNULlO 10-4 2 pcf f0' z S, Li s,5 09r V,C Pfp,E, k-srRot,4% 'L 1N %LAT-101V: 2" x-rkpky, p(1( ( f 1! I IV SULNT 1 pf-f re) P1 Pi ‘r if X -STRONK7', rNLTroAi 2 'TOP TIEkPIPE 001 1.1( 3.1 Mi0 29-i 3.s Lolv -PEW' lorr ()WE vE. 650 4/-2- p)( (AC' '3 7 -(00 AfriE9TNII sheet no. project locallon client checked ono, dale 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower SEP,S1204 Page 20 5 C LDf CH IS rioq-BOILDIW/ STRUGTUR z SL = tAke coQ STEEL OtIP opunTED 4-1E1(71-rr SE I Sri K C1PJfN'' 6c1,01 I t 0 gcu c-i'rekiNc_ Fp .z_( Iro I WIT L100 F4- SeLP r (500 Si 00 goor Ya7/1 6 1,950 usk_ ?duo V 3 631* &‘ soo-f o.qo I 7g)*t sa5 qrti 0,1)1. I u AleTNT, Mated location date sheet no. Giant checked job no. do* SEA•13 f2O4 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 21 PiPE 6u000Q5-- BMC PL T-E KJ 0 N tv AN CH ORSLQ compkUSIlw ON PL 641 lc' TL\ at Lc .8-I - 2 e-)o SrqS tz_s‘ CA kr: 5, e FtCt1 j Ek„,,,toPe440 Pe II, I 004-)(0,1-0!) (3 .56 s LcFOk oteiks 2,e, a5 F-cA ARTY'N'i project by location dale street no, client checked job no. 12/08/16 SEA•BIZa4 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 22 N6 N4 N9 NIO N5 N3 N7 CEI HJO 161052 Pipe Support SK- 1 Nov 14, 2016 at 12:22 PM 161052 S 161107 Pipe Support.r3d 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 23 Loads: BLC 1, Dead CEI HJO 161052 Pipe Support SK - 2 Nov 14, 2016 at 12:22 PM 161052 S 161107 Pipe Support.r3d 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 24 Loads: BLC 2, Ex CEI HJO 161052 Pipe Support SK - 3 Nov 14, 2016 at 12:23 PM 61052 S 161107 Pipe Suppor1r3d 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 25 r x Loads: BLC 3, Ey CEI HJO 161052 Pipe Support SK - 4 Nov 14, 2016 at 12:23 PM 161052 S 161107 Pipe Support.r3d 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 26 r r Code Check (Env) INo Cale 1.0 .90-1.0 .75-.99 .50-.75 0.-.50 Member Code Checks Displayed (Enveloped) Results for LC 5, 1.2D+Ex+0.3Ey CEI HJO 161052 Pipe Support SK - 5 Nov 14, 2016 at 12:23 PM 161052 S 161107 Pipe Support.r3d 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 27 SIERSA TECHNOLOGIES Company : CEI Designer : HJO Job Number : 161052 Model Name : Pipe Support Nov 14, 2016 Checked By: Global Display Sections for Member Calcs 5 Max Internal Sections for Member Calcs 97 Include Shear Deformation? Yes Increase Nailing Capacity for Wind? Yes Include Warping? Yes Trans Load Btwn Intersecting Wood Wall? Yes Area Load Mesh (in"2) 144 Merge Tolerance (in) .12 P-Delta Analysis Tolerance 0.50% Include P-Delta for Walls? Yes Automatically Iterate Stiffness for Walls? Yes Max Iterations for Wall Stiffness 3 Gravity Acceleration (ft/secA2) 32.2 Wall Mesh Size (in) 24 Eigensolution Convergence Tol. (1.E-) 4 Vertical Axis Z Global Member Orientation Plane XY Static Solver Sparse Accelerated Dynamic Solver Accelerated Solver Hot Rolled Steel Code AISC 14th(360-10): LRFD Adjust Stiffness? Yes(Iterative) RISAConnection Code AISC 14th(360-10): LRFD Cold Formed Steel Code AISI S100-12: ASD Wood Code AF&PA NDS-12: ASD Wood Temperature < 100F Concrete Code ACI 318-11 Masonry Code ACI 530-13: ASD Aluminum Code AA ADM1-10: ASD - Building Number of Shear Regions 4 Region Spacing Increment in 4 Biaxial Column Method Exact Integration Parme Beta Factor (PCA) .65 Concrete Stress Block Rectangular Use Cracked Sections? Yes Use Cracked Sections Slab? Yes Bad Framing Wamings? No Unused Force Warnings? Yes Min 1 Bar Diam. Spacing? No Concrete Rebar Set REBAR SET ASTMA615 Min % Steel for Column 1 IMax % Steel for Column 8 RISA-3D Version 13.0.0 [P:\...\...\...\...\...\...\161052 S 161107 Pipe Support.r3d] Page 1 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 28 toot r ri r Company : CEI Designer HJO Job Number : 161052 Model Name : Pipe Support Global, Continued Nov 14, 2016 Checked By: Seismic Code ASCE 7-10 Seismic Base Elevation (ft) Not Entered Add Base Weight? Yes Ct X .02 Ct Z .02 T X (sec) Not Entered T Z (sec) Not Entered R X R Z 3 Ct Exp. X .75 Ct Exp. Z .75 SD1 SDS 1 Si 1 T (sec) 5 Risk Cat 1 or 0 Z Om X Rho Z 1 Rho X Hot Rolled Steel Properties Nu Rt 1 A992 29000 11154 .3 .65 .49 50 1.1 65 1.1 2 A36 Gr.36 29000 11154 .3 .65 .49 36 1.5 58 1.2 3 A572 Gr.50 29000 11154 .3 .65 .49 50 1.1 65 1.1 4 A500 Gr.B RND 29000 11154 .3 65 .527 42 1 4 58 1.3 5 A500 Gr.I3 Rect 29000 11154 .3 .65 .527 46 1.4 58 1.3 6 A53 Gr.B 29000 11154 .3 .65 .49 35 1.6 60 1.2 7 A1085 29000 11154 .3 .65 .49 1 50 L 1 4 65 1.3 Hot Rolled Steel Section Sets 1 2 Tube Beam Label Shape HSS4x4x4 W4x13 Type Design List Column SquareTube Beam Wide Flange Joint Coordinates and Temperatures A500 Gr.B Red A992 Typical Typical [ [1 [IJ [In4l 3.37 3.83 7.8 3.86 7.8 11.3 12.8 .151 Detach From Di 1 N1 0 2 N2 3.5 0 0 -0 3 N3 0 0 6.75 0 4 N4 3.5 0 6.75 0 5 N5 0 0 8 0 6 N6 3.5 0 8 0 7 N7 0, 0 5.25 0 8 N8 3.5 0 5.25 0 9 N9 1.75 0 8 0 10 N10 1.75 0 6.75 0 11 N11 1.75 0 5.25 0 RISA-3D Version 13.0.0 [R1...1...\...\...\..1..\161052 S 161107 Pipe Support.r3d] Page 2 Material Design R...A in2 Ivyin4 Izz in4 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 29 PIM • R T E CHNOLOGIE Company : CEI Designer : HJO Job Number : 161052 Model Name : Pipe Support Nov 14, 2016 Checked By: Joint Boundary Conditions Joint Label ,N2 Ni X jkiinl Reaction Reaction Y Reaction Reaction Z[klinl Reaction Reaction X Rot,[k-ft/radj Y Rot[k-ft/rad] Z Rot.[k-ftlrad Reaction Reaction Footing Member Primary Data Label I Join 1 M1 N2 N6 Tube - - Column SquareTube A500 Gr.B Rect _ Typical Typical Typical Typical Typical 2 M2 N1 N5 Tube Column SquareTube A500 Gr.B Rect 3 M3 N6 N5 Beam Beam Wide Flange A992 4 M4 N4 N3 Beam Beam Wide Flange A992 5 j M5 N8 N7 Beam Beam Wide Flange A992 Hot Rolled Steel Des:an Parameters Shape Lenothffil Lbw[ftl - 1 M1 Tube 8 ___..., ___,.., _ ._....,... , , _ . ........ Lateral 2 M2 Tube 8 Lateral 3 1 M3 Beam 3J Lbvv Lateral _4_J 5 M4 Beam 3. t__yy__.b Lateral M5 Beam 1 3.5 Lbyy Lateral Member Distributed Loads Member Label Direction Start Magnitudejkift.9 End Magnitude[k/ft.F] Start Location[ft.%] End Location[ft %] No Data to Print ... Joint Loads and Enforced Displacements (BLC 1 : Dead) - • A 1 N9 L Z -.5 2 N10 L Z -.4 3 N11 L Z -.65 Joint Loads and Enforced Displacements (BLC 2 • Ex) Joint Label _ff * A 1 N9 L X .808 2 N10 L X H .566 3 N11 L X .646 Joint Loads and Enforced Displacements (BLC 3 : Joint Label * A 1 N11 L Y .646 2 N10 L Y .566 3 N9 L Y .808 om Member Area Loads Joint A Joint B Joint C Joint D Direction Distribution Magnitude[ksfj No Data to Print ... RISA-3D Version 13.0.0 [P:\...\...\...\...\...\...\161052 S 161107 Pipe Support.r3d] Page 3 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 30 EPA TECHNOLOGIES Company : CEI Designer : HJO Job Number : 161052 Model Name : Pipe Support Nov 14, 2016 Checked By: Basic Load Cases BLC Descriotion 1 Dead None -1 3 2 Ex None 3 I Ey None 3 Load Combinations 1 D Yes Y -••• • •-•••• 2 Ex Yes Y 2 3 Ev Yes y 4 1.4D Yes y 114 5 1.2D+Ex+0.3Ev Yes Y 1 1.4 2 1 3 .3 6 1.2D-Ex+0.3Ev Yes Y 1 1.4 2 -1 3 .3 7 1.2D+Ex-0.3Ev Yes Y 1 1.4 2 1 3 -.3 8 1.2D-Ex-0.3Ey Yes Y 1 1.4 2 -1 3 -.3 9 1.2D+Ev+0.3Ex Ves Y 1 1.4 2 .3 3 10 1.2D-E +0.3Ex rYes Y 1 1.4 2 .3 3 -1 11 1.2D+E -0.3Ex es Y 1 1.4 2 -.3 3 1 12 1.2D-E -0.3Ex Mesi Y 1 1.4 2 -.3 3 -1 13 0.9D+Ex+0.3Ev [Yes Y 1 .7 2 14 0.9D-Ex+0.3Ey Yes Y 1 .7 2 -1 3 .3 15 0.9D+Ex-0.3Ev Yes Y 1 .7 2 1 3 -.3 16 0.91)-Ex-0.3Ey IYes Y 1 1 .7 2 -1 3 -.3 17 0.9D+Ev+0.3Ex Yes I Y 1 .7 2 .3 3 1 18 0.9D-Ey+0.3Ex Yes Y 1 .7 2 .3 3 -1 19 0.9D+E -0.3Ex Yes y 1 .7 2 -.3 20 0.9D-Ey-0.3Ex Yes Y 17 2 -.3 3 -1 Envelope Joint Reactions LC LC 1 N2 max 1.041 14 1.01 20 5.264 5 6.989 9 0 1 .... 0 _ 1 2 min -.985 5 -1.01 19 -3.266 14 -6.989 10 0 1 0 1 3 N1 max .985 6 1.01 18 5.264 6 6.989 11 I 0 1 0 1 4 min -1.047 2 -1.01 17 -3.907 2 -6.989 12 0 1 0 1 5 Totals: max 2.02 14 2.02 10 2.638 6 6 min -2.02 2 -2.02 9 0 2 Envelope MSC 14th(360-10): LRFD Steel Code Checks Member *Pnc nhi*Pnt Fk nhiMn* 1 M1 HSS4x4x4 .444 0 9 .028 5.25 z 5 106.7357139.518 16.181 16.181 1....H1-1b 2 11/12 HSS4x4x4 .444 0 11 .028 5.25 z 6 106.735139.518 16.181 16.181 1.-H1-1b 3 M3 W4x13 .079 1.75 9 .021 0 v 5 151.646 172.35 10.95 23.55 1....H1-lb 4 M4 W4x13 076 0 5 .033 .109 y 5 151.646 172.35 10.95 23.55 2.--F11-11) 5 M5 W4x13 .222 0 5 .093 .401 y 5 151.646 172.35 10.95 23.55 2.--H1-1b I Material Takeoff Size 1 Hot Rolled Steel .....„ 2 A500 Gr.B Red HSS4x4x4 2 16 .2 3 A992 W4x13 3 10.5 .1 4 Total HR Steel 5 26.5 .3 RISA-3D Version 13.0.0 [P:\...\...\...\...\...\...\161052 S 161107 Pipe Support.r3d] Page 4 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 31 0 RSA T E CHNOLOGIES Company : CEI Designer : HJO Job Number : 161052 Model Name : Pipe Support Nov 14, 2016 Checked By: Warning Loq Message No Data to Print ... woo RISA-3D Version 13.0.0 [PA...\...\...\...\...\...\161052 S 161107 Pipe Support.r3d] Page 5 low 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 32 Rectangular HSS Moment Connection Location: Pipe support framing connection - typ. Chord geometry HSS4x4x1/4 B:= 4in H := 4in t:= 0.233in U:= 0.5 Br, ft:= = Plate geometry B := 4in tp := 0.28in type := where u Qf := min 1.3 0.4. — = 1 Material properties Fy:= 46ksi 70ksi E:= 29000ksi FYP •-= 36ksi Fu := 58ksi Fup := 58ksi Loading Pu := 12kip Limits of applicability — 30 = 1 t — 35 = 1 t B > 0.25 = 1 B F < 52ksi = 1 Y Fy < 0.8 = 1 Fu rep-1 ACOFFMAN N G I N E E R S project: 9-65 Cooling Tower subject: HSS Connection client: Boeing by: HJO date: 12/8/2016 job no.: 161052 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 33 Local Yielding of Plate ( 10 Pn_py := min — F t B F •t •B)= 24.973 kip t 0.95 pu DCR • on error Shear Yielding Bep:= min ( 10. B,, r B B = 2.33. in ' P 0.506 Pp_sy:= 0.6. Fy. t. (2. tp + 2. Bep) if B > 0.85• B v B < (B — 2. t) = 33.569 kip P —P — "NA" otherwise cksy := 0.95 DCR:= "NA" on error "„„,"," ri_sy Chord Sidewall Local Yielding Pp_csiy := 2- F. t• (5. t + tp) if p = 1.0 30.975 kip "NA" otherwise 4:1)csiy := 1.0 "NA on error — 0.387 csly n csly Sidewall Local Crippling 0.376 Pn_slc:= if 13 = 1.0 3. t P 1.6t2(1 + ,,\/ E• F • Qf if H — 3. t j Y ( 48. t3 H — 3. t) ), V E• Fy• Qf otherwise "NA" otherwise 4slc := 0.75 if type = "T" = 0.75 0.9 otherwise DCR "NA" on error — 0.127 type = 125.855 kip FFMAN ENGINEERS project: 9-65 Cooling Tower subject: HSS Connection client: Boeing by: HJO date: 12/8/2016 job no.: 161052 PI 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 34 www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: CEI Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Page: 1 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos, No.: Pipe support Date: 11/7/2016 Specifier's comments: 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: HIT -RE 500 V3 + HAS 3/4 Effective embedment depth: hstase = 12.000 in. (Ileums = - in.) Material: 5.8 Evaluation Service Report: ESR-3814 Issued I Valid: 6/1/2016 I 1/1/2017 Proof: Design method ACI 318-14 / Chem Stand-off installation: eb = 0.000 in. (no stand-off); t = 0.500 in. Anchor plate: ; E = 0 psi; fyk = 35998 psi; yms = 1.100 lx x ly x t = 11.000 in. x 7.000 in. x 0.500 in.; (Recommended plate thickness: calculated (0.039 in.)) Profile: Square HSS (AISC); (L x W x T) = 4.000 in. x 4.000 in. x 0.250 in. Base material: cracked concrete, 2500, fs' = 2500 psi; h = 24.000 in., Temp. short/long: 32/32 °F Installation: hammer drilled hole, Installation condition: Dry Reinforcement: tension: condition B, shear: condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) Tension load: yes (17.2.3.4.3 (d)) Shear load: yes (17.2.3.5.3 (c)) Geometry [in.] & Loading [lb, in.lb] Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schoen Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schoen 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 35 www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: CEI Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Page: 2 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Pipe support Date: 11/7/2016 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Load case: Design loads Anchor reactions ubj Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 1 4320 262 250 77 2 0 262 250 77 3 4320 262 250 77 4 0 262 250 77 max, concrete compressive strain: 0.23 [%o) max. concrete compressive stress: 992 [psi] resulting tension force In (ky)=(-4.000/0.000): 8641 [lb] resulting compression force in (x/y)=(4.428/0.000): 11165 [lb] 3 Tension load y 0 3 Tclson 0 1 Load Nua (lb) Capacity oN„ [Ib] Utilization pp, = NU./$ N5 Status Steel Strength* 4320 15762 28 OK Bond Strength** 8641 12435 70 OK Sustained Tension Load Bond Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Strength** 8641 9538 91 OK * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (anchors in tension) 3.1 Steel Strength Nsa = ESR value 4) N. a Nua Variables Ase,N [in] refer to ICC-ES ESR-3814 ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 futa IPSi] 0.33 Calculations N. [Ib] 72500 24250 Results N,„ [lb] 4) steel norefuclile N„,, [Ib] N. [Ib] 24250 0.650 1.000 15762 4320 tint Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 36 www. hilt i. u s Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: CEI Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Page: 3 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos, No.: Pipe support Date: 11f7/2016 3.2 Bond Strength _ ANa r Nag — (Atiao)l1 act ,Na N ec2,Na W ed,Na V cp,Na Nba 4) Nag N. ANa = see ACI 318-14, Section 17.4.5.1, Fig. R 17.4.5.1(b) • AN.0 = (2 CNa)2 ▪ CNa = 10 d1100 1 kireola= (11.0 CNa W eon = 0.7 + 0.3 (Cam) 5 1.0 CNa cp,Na = MAX(ccaPin, cNc a) 1.0 NbB= a • k,c7 aKsaecis • 71 !PI ill 01 '1 XV ecl ,Na W ec2,Na W cp,Na Nba [Ib] oire 1.000 1.000 1.000 35343 Results rNag [Ib] 4) bond (I) seismic 4, nonductile 4) N„ [lb] N. [lb] 25508 0.650 0.750 1.000 12435 8641 oar da • he ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.1.b) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.1d) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.3) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.4b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.5b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.2) Variables T k,c,uner [psi] da [in.] he [in.] ca,rea [in.] t Ka [psi] 2130 0.750 12.000 4.000 1250 eci,N [in.] eczN [in.] c„ [in.] X, a aksels 0.000 0.000 24.125 1.000 1.000 Calculations cNa [in.] AN. [in,2] ANao [in.] kV ed,Na 10.389 382.11 431.76 0.816 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Mb AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan r awe 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 37 Company: CEI Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Page: 4 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Pipe support Date: 11/7/2016 3.3 Concrete Breakout Strength Ncbg N, ANc ANDO ec,N W ed,N W cp,N Nt, r in Variables he [in.] 12.000 cac [in.] 24.125 AN. ANDO ec,N ed,N W c,N W cp,N Nb 2 Nu. see ACI 318-14, Section 17.4.2.1, Fig. R 17.4.2.1(b) = 9 h!f =(4 _ 12 e, 5 1.0 3 he = 0.7 + O. .6a ni'ef lln) 1.0 1caffir, 1.5hv =MAX Cc' Cac = a \if: h105 ec,N [im] 0.000 kc 17 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.1b) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.4) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.5b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.7b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.2a) ec2,N [in.] ca.rnin [in.] 0.000 1.000 Calculations AN. [in.2] ANo [in.2] w ecl,N 936.00 1296.00 1.000 Results N [Ib] 4,concrete 4) seismic 4.000 f. [psi] 2500 W c,N 1.000 W ec2,N W ed,N W c4).N 1.000 0.767 1.000 4) nonduclile 0 N [Ib] N,,„ [Ib] 19 64 0.650 0.750 1.000 95 8 8641 Nb [Ib] 35334 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilt AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 38 r www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: CEI Page: 5 HJO Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Pipe support Date: 11/7/2016 4 Shear load Load Vu. [lb] Capacity V„ [lb] Utilization Ilv = Vud()V,, Status Steel Strength* 262 8730 3 OK Steel failure (with lever arm)* N/A N/A N/A N/A Pryout Strength (Concrete Breakout 1047 33477 4 OK Strength controls)** Concrete edge failure in direction y+** 1047 4200 25 OK ' anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (relevant anchors) 4.1 Steel Strength Vsaeq = ESR value (1) Vete& Vua Variables Nor (in-2] • refer to ICC-ES ESR-3814 ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 fut. [psi] 0.33 Calculations Voa,„,,, [Ib] 14550 Results Voa„„, [Ib] 14550 72500 41 steel nonductde (1) v,[lb] vu„ [Ib] 0.600 1.000 8730 262 4.2 Pryout Strength (Concrete Breakout Strength controls) Vwg 4) V, pc ANc0 y oc,N W ed,N W cp,N Nb ANc k`P Awo W ec,N 11 ed,N c,N W cp,N Nb] ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.3.1b) ? VuEl see ACI 318-14, Section 17.4.2.1, Fig. R 17.4.2.1(b) = 9 h,!,i = (1 + 2 eN 3 hof = 0.7 + 0. = MAX 1.0 ef) <1.0 1-5h 1.5he1) S 1.0 Ca c Cac = X ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.4) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.5b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.7b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.2a) Variables kep hat [in.] eci,N [in.] eaN [in.] ca,,,,n [in.] 2 12.000 0.000 0.000 4.000 W c,N co, [in.] kA. a f. [Psi] 1.000 24.125 17 1.000 2500 Calculations ANC [in.2] 1144.00 Results V„, [Ib] 47824 ANda [in.?) W ecl,N ec2,N Y ed.al 1296.00 1.000 1.000 0.767 4) concrete 4) seismic ft) nonductile 0.700 1.000 1.000 Vcop [Ib] 33477 op,N Nb [Ib] 1.000 35334 Vua [Ib] 1047 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c )2003-2909 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schwan Hilli is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 39 I 1r www.hilti.us P ofis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: CEI Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Date: 6 9-65 Cooling Tower Pipe support 11/7/2016 4.3 Concrete edge failure in direction y+ Ave ft V ec,V W ed.V c,v h,V paraiiel,V Vb •-wco Vu. see ACI 318-14, Section 17.5.2.1, Fig. R 17.5.2.1(b) = 4.5 gi 1 vc„ 4) V AVc AVc0 111 sc,V ed,V h,V (= 1 +)5 1.0 3cal = 0.7 + O. ca2 ) .5cal ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.1b) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5,2.5) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.6b) '5;1 1 0 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.8) Vb ho = 9 X a -Nif'a 415 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.2.2b) Variables cal [in.] 4.000 la [in.] 6.000 Calculations Avc [in.2] 120.00 Results Vcbg [lb] 6000 ca2 [in.] X a 1.000 ecv [in.] c,v ha [in.] 0.000 1.000 24.000 da [in.] f. [Psi] parailel,V 0.750 2500 1.000 Avco [in.2] ec,V W ed,V V h,v Vb [Ib] 72.00 1.000 1.000 1.000 3600 4) concrete 0.700 4) seismic 4, 4, Vcbg [lb] Vaa 1.000 1.000 4200 1047 5 Combined tension and shear loads PR I3v C Utilization13" [%] Status 0.906 0.249 5/3 95 OK NV = + <= Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan ler0 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 40 r r WW W hilthus Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: CEI Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: 1 E-Mail: Page: 7 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Pipe support Date: 11/7/2016 6 Warnings • Load re -distributions on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered. The anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the loading! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! • Condition A applies when supplementary reinforcement is used. The (t) factor is increased for non -steel Design Strengths except Pullout Strength and Pryout strength. Condition B applies when supplementary reinforcement is not used and for Pullout Strength and Pryout Strength. Refer to your local standard. • Design Strengths of adhesive anchor systems are influenced by the cleaning method. Refer to the INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE given in the Evaluation Service Report for cleaning and installation instructions • Checking the transfer of loads into the base material and the shear resistance are required in accordance with ACI 318 or the relevant standard! • An anchor design approach for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F is given in ACI 318-14, Chapter 17, Section 17.2.3,4.3 (a) that requires the governing design strength of an anchor or group of anchors be limited by ductile steel failure. If this is NOT the case, the connection design (tension) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17.2.3.4.3 (b), Section 17.2.3.4.3 (c), or Section 17.2.3.4.3 (d). The connection design (shear) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17.2,3.5.3 (a), Section 17,2.3.5.3 (b), or Section 17.2.3.5.3 (c). • Section 17.2.3.4.3 (b) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (a) require the attachment the anchors are connecting to the structure be designed to undergo ductile yielding at a load level corresponding to anchor forces no greater than the controlling design strength. Section 17.2.3.4.3 (c) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (b) waive the ductility requirements and require the anchors to be designed for the maximum tension / shear that can be transmitted to the anchors by a non -yielding attachment. Section 17.2.3.4.3 (d) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (c) waive the ductility requirements and require the design strength of the anchors to equal or exceed the maximum tension / shear obtained from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by ch. • Installation of Hilti adhesive anchor systems shall be performed by personnel trained to install Hilti adhesive anchors. Reference ACI 318-14, Section 17.8.1. Fastening meets the design criteria! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 41 imo wArw.h I Itlus Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: CEI HJO Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos, No.: Date: 8 9-65 Cooling Tower Pipe support 11/7/2016 7 Installation data Anchor plate, steel: ; E = 0 psi; fyk = 35998 psi Profile: Square HSS (AISC); 4.000 x 4.000 x 0.250 in. Hole diameter in the fixture: cif = 0.813 in. Plate thickness (input): 0.500 in. Recommended plate thickness: calculated (0.039 in.) Drilling method: Hammer drilled Cleaning: Compressed air cleaning of the drilled hole 7.1 Recommended accessories Anchor type and diameter: HIT -RE 500 V3 + HAS 3/4 Installation torque: 1200.000 in.lb Hole diameter in the base material: 0.875 in. Hole depth in the base material: 12.000 in. Minimurn thickness of the base material: 13.750 in. according to instructions for use is required Drilling Cleaning • Suitable Rotary Hammer • Properly sized drill bit 5.500 • Compressed air with required accessories to blow from the bottom of the hole • Proper diameter wire 5,rysh Setting • Dispenser including cassette and mixer • Torque wrench 5.500 m im• 1.500 8.000 1.500 Coordinates Anchor in. Anchor x 1 -4.000 -2.000 2 4.000 -2.000 3 -4.000 2.000 4 4.000 2.000 c.k c.y cy 8.000 8.000 4.000 4.000 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schoen Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan r 110.1 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 42 www.hilti.us Profls Anchor 2.6.6 Company: CEI Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: E: Mail: Page: 9 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Pipe support Date: 11/7/2016 8 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles, formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating, mounting and assembly instructions, etc., that must be strictly complied with by the user. All figures contained therein are average figures, and therefore use -specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product. The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in. Therefore, you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors, the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover, you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert, particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits, prior to using them for your specific facility. The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors, the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. • You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular, you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and, if applicable, carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis. If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software, you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website. Hilti will not be liable for consequences, such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs, arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PFtOFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schoen HiIli is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 1•1+ 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 43 Qij PIP 5 UP PrAtin• - 5UP P 0 tcer(ij 1IT-&- 1,k.S r4.? 24 (1) Of' LANVZiLfW 2) / Ptpu cti L I/ 61 11v z I /0 (.k 1,0i lf.r: I .5 Ice I) - .3 CP I 0 U- 6' WIRY 2. 4,1.5 1-5 \n/ 1000 12_5o Ito z 3r9K T-ortyL AFOFFMAN NG1NEERS neet no. 11/0' lo eked SEA-01204 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 44 • IR PI PE suPP64,1- COWPJ (t4€(4( 13,4 L NSY -1-(MD Fba- / _Fy , ryptp (--(2 cit‘(0,2!)f) 0/m4i 36(0,36 V)p Ls- 0 ,3 5(0,4) (-10") (0, ?) 61i161 UP rukb R, S 0A91 3, V6 0,2.6 3/16‘' c'Otf- EN9'''f,' Ns t no. lent ed no. SEA-131RP. 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace cooling Tower Page 45 CEI FI,10 161052 Pipe Support 20' SK - 1 Dec 5, 2016 at 11:40 AM 161052 S 161107 Pipe Support 20... r 1:2/06/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 46 IN 161052 Loads: BLC 1, Dead CIE1 HJO Pipe Support 20' SK - 2 Dec 5, 2016 at 11:40 AM 161052 S 161107 Pipe Support 20... 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 47 ,z 'too IMO tor tt lbw Loads: BLC 2, Ex CEI HJO Pipe Support 20' 161052 SK - 3 Dec 5, 2016 at 11:40 AM 161052 S 161107 Pipe Support 20... PI 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 48 Loads: BLC 3, Ey CEI HJO PI 161052 6.1 Pipe Support 20' SK - 4 Dec 5, 2016 at 11:41 AM 161052 S 161107 Pipe Support 20... 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 49 PI Yi Member Code Checks Displayed (Enveloped) Results for LC 13, 0.9D+Ex+0,3Ey CEI HJO 161052 SK - 5 Pipe Support 20Dec 5, 2016 at 11:42 AM 161052 S 161107 Pipe Support 20... 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 50 fC ' Company : CEI Designer : HJO Job Number : 161052 Model Name : Pipe Support 20' Dec 5, 2016 Checked By: G obal Display Sections for Member Calcs 5 Max Internal Sections for Member Calcs 97 Include Shear Deformation? Yes Increase Nailing Capacity for Wind? Yes Include Warping? Yes Trans Load Btwn Intersecting Wood Wa . Yes Area Load Mesh (inA2) 144 Merge Tolerance (in) .12 P-Delta Analysis Tolerance 0.50% Include P-Delta for Walls? Yes Automatically Iterate Stiffness for Walls? Yes Max Iterations for Wall Stiffness 3 Gravity Acceleration (ft/secA2) 32.2 Wall Mesh Size (in) 24 Eigensolution Convergence Tol. (1.E-) 4 Vertical Axis Z Global Member Orientation Plane XY Static Solver Sparse Accelerated Dynamic Solver Accelerated Solver Hot Rolled Steel Code AISC 14th(360-10): LRFD Adjust Stiffness? Yes(Iterative) RISAConnection Code AISC 14th(360-10): LRFD tCold Formed Steel Code AISI S100-12: ASD Wood Code AF&PA NDS-12: ASD Wood Temperature < 100F Concrete Code ACI 318-11 Masonry Code ACI 530-13: ASD Aluminum Code I AA ADM1-10: ASD - Building Number of Shear Regions 4 Region Spacing Increment (in) 4 Biaxial Column Method Exact Integration Parme Beta Factor (PCA) .65 Concrete Stress Block Rectangular Use Cracked Sections? Yes Use Cracked Sections Slab? Yes Bad Framing Wamings? No Unused Force Warnings? Yes Min 1 Bar Diam. Spacing? No Concrete Rebar Set REBAR SET ASTMA615 Min % Steel for Column 1 Max % Steel for Column 8 R SA- D Version 13.0.0 [PA...\...\...k 6 052 S 161107 Pipe Support20 foot.r3d] Page 1 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 51 111 RI TECHNOLO OlES Company : CEI Designer : HJO Job Number : 161052 Model Name : Pipe Support 20' Dec 5, 2016 Checked By: _Global Continued Seismic Code ASCE 7-10 Seismic Base Elevation (ft) Not Entered Add Base Weight? Yes Ct X .02 Ct Z .02 T X (sec) Not Entered T Z (sec) Not Entered R X 3 R Z 3 Ct Exp. X .75 Ct Exp. Z .75 SD1 1 SDS 1 S1 1 ... TL (sec) 5 Risk Cat I or II Om Z 1 Om X Rho Z 1 Rho X 1 Hot Rolled Steel Properties Label Rt 1 A992 29000 11154 .3 .65 .49 50 t1 65 1.1 2 A36 Gr.36 29000 11154 .3 .65 .49 36 T.5 58 1.2 3 A572 Gr.50 29000 11154 .3 .65 .49 50 1.1 65 1.1 4 A500 Gr.B RND 29000 11154 .3 .65 .527 42 1.4 58 1.3 A500 Gr.B Rect 29000 11154 .3 .65 .527 I 46 1.4 58 1.3 A53 Gr.B 29000 11154 .3 .65 .49 35 1.6 60 1.2 7 A1085 29000 11154 .3 .65 .49 50 t 4 65 1.3 Hot Rolled Steel Section Sets Label Tvoe Material 7r -1 Tube HSS10x6x6 Column SquareTube A500 Gr.B Rect Typical 10.4 61 8 137 139 2 Beam W10x22 Beam Wide Flange I A992 Typical 6.49 11.4 118 .239 3 1 Cross Tube HSS6x6x5 Beam Wide Flange A500 Gr.B Rect Typical 6.43- 34.3 I 34.3 55.4 Joint Coordinates and Temperatures 1 LirlIJUI N1 A II 0 T 11i 0 .tni 0 1 emp v-1 0 ueiacn rrom uiap N2 11 0 0 0 3_J 4_J N3 0 0 10 0 N4 11 0 10 0 5 N5 0 0 20 0 6 N6 11 0 20 0 7 N7 0 0 6 0 8 N8 11 0 6 0 9 N9 5.5 0 20 ,0 10 N10 5.5 0 10 0 11 N11 5.5 0 6 0 12 N12 5 5 0 12 RISA-3D Version 13.0.0 [P:\...\...\...\...\...\...\161052 S 161107 Pipe Support 20 foot.r3d] Page 2 PIN • 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 52 ER, TECHNOLOG Company : CEI Designer : HJO Job Number : 161052 Model Name : Pipe Support 20' Dec 5, 2016 Checked By: Joint Boundary Conditions Joint Label - - - 1 N2 Reaction Reaction Reaction Reaction 2 Ni Reaction Reaction Reaction I Reaction Member Primary Data Desian List 1 M1 N2 N6 _ Tube Column SguareTube A500 Gr.6 Rect Typical Typical Typical TypiCai Typical Typical 2 M2 N1 N5 Tube Column SquareTube A500 Gr.B Rect 3 M3 N6 N5 Beam Beam Wide Flange A992 4 M N4 N3 Cross Tube Beam Wide FlangeA500 Wide Flange Gr.B Rect A992 5 M5 N8 N7 Beam Beam 6 M6 N10 N12 Cross Tube Beam Wide Flange A500 Gr.B Rect Hot Rolled Steel Design Parameters Label M1 Tube 20 Lateral 2 M2 Tube 20 Lateral 3 M3 Beam 11 Lbvv Lateral 4 M4 Cross Tube 11 Lbyy Lateral 5 M5 Beam 11 Lbw Lateral 6 M6 Cross Tube 2 Lbyy Lateral Member Distributed Loads Member Label Direction Start Magnitude[kan End nitude k/ F StarkStaj,,ocathn No Data to Print ... 0 nd Location 0 Joint oads and Enforced D isplace en (BLC 1 : Dead 1 2 . 3 Joint Label N9 N11 N12 L,D,M L L L Joint Loads and Enforced Displacements (BLC 2: Ex) in Direction MagnitudeRk,k-ft), (in.rad). (k*s^2/f... -1 -1.25 _ffi (in rid * A 1 ' N9 L X Q.. - - - --- 4. • , . - - -, Z44 2 N12 L X .63 3 1 N11 L X .89 Joint Loads and Enforced Displacements (BLC 3 • Ev) r 1 L 3 Joint Label N9 N12 N11 Member Area Loads L,D,M L L Direction Y Y Y Magnitude[(k,k-ft). (in.rad) (k*s^2/f.. 2.44 .63 .89 Joint A Joint B Joint C Joint D Direction Distribution Magnitude[ksf] No Data to Print ... RISA-3D Version 13.0.0 [P:\...\...\...\...\...\...\161052 S 161107 Pipe Support 20 foot.r3d] Page 3 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 53 r r Designer Company : CEI 1112 : HJO 4IR4S Job Number : 161052 Checked By: TECHNOLOGIES Model Name : Pipe Support 20' Dec 5, 2016 Basic Load Cases BLC Descri tio 1 Dead None -1 2 Ex None 3 ' Ey None 3 Load Combinations escriotion S... PDe..SR... BL 1 D Ye y 11 2 Ex Yes y 3 Ey Yes y 3 1 4 1.4D Yes y 1 1.4 5 1.2D+Ex+0.3Ev Ves Y 1 1.4 2 1 3 .3 6 1.2D-Ex+0.3Ey Yes y 1 1.4 2 -1 3 .3 7 1.2D+Ex-0.3Ev Yes Y 1 1.4 2 1 3 -.3 8 1.2D-Ex-0.3Ey Yes Y 1 1.4 2 -1 3 -.3 9 1.2D+Ev+0.3Ex Yes Y 1 1.4 2 .3 3 10 1.2D-Ey+0.3Ex Yes Y 1 1.4 2 .3 3 -1 11 1.2D+Ev-0.3Ex Yes Y 1 1.4 2 -.3 3 1 12 1.2D-Ey-0,3Ex fres Y 1 lA 2 -.3 3 -1 13 0.9D+Ex+0.3Ev Yes Y 1 .7 2 1 14 0 90 Ex+0 3Ey Yes Y 1 .7 2 -1 3 .3 15 0.9D+Ex-0.3Ev Yes Y 1 .7 2 1 3 -.3 16 0.9D-Ex-0.3Ey Yes Y 1 .7 2 -1 3 -.3 17 0.9D+Ey+0.3Ex Yes Y 1 .7 2 .3 3 I 1 18 0.9D-Ey+0.3Ex Yes Y 1 .7 2 .3 I 3 -1 19 0.9D+Ey-0.3Ex Yes Y 1 .7 2 -.3 3 1 20 0.9D-Ey-0.3Ex Yes Y 1 7 2 -.3 3 -1 Envelope Joint Reactions Joint X L Z Fkl 1 N2 max 1.933 14 1.982 20 8.903 5 31.16 9 . . 0 1 0 1 2 min -2.096 5 -1.982 19 -3.984 14 -31.16 10 0 1 0 1 3 N1 max 2.096 6 1.982 18 8.903 6 31.16 11 0 1 0 1 4 min -2.003 2 -1.982 17 -5.609 2 -31.16 12 0 1 0 1 max 3.96 14 3.96 10 6.544 6 6 6 min -3.96 5 -3.96 9 0 2 Envelope MSC 14th(360-10): LRFD Steel Code Checks * * * ...LI* 1 M 1 HSS10x6x6 .278 0 9 .033 10 y 11224.314430.56 81.765 116.61 ....H1-1b 2 M2 HSS10x6x6 .278 0 11 .033 10 y 9 224.3141430.56 81.765 116.61 1...H1-1b 3 M3 W10x22 .248 5.5 9 .030 11 v 6 141.407 292.05 22.875 97.5 1....H1-1 b 4 M4 HSS6x6x5 .171 0 5 .026 0 y 5 213.692266.202 46,92 46.92 2- Fl-1b 5 M5 W10x22 .192 11 6 .054 11 v 6 141.407 292.05 22.875 97.5 2....H1-113 6 M6 HSS6x6x5 .035 0 9 .009 0 y 9 264.275266.202 46.92 46.92 1-H1-1 b Material Takeoff 1 2 Material Size Hot Rolled Steel A500 Gr.B Rect 1 HSS10x6x6 Pieces 2 Lengthgt]. 40 Weightpq 1.5 3 A500 Gr.B Rect HSS6x6x5 2 13 .3 RISA-3D Version 13.0.0 [PA...\...\...\,..\...\...\161052 S 161107 Pipe Support 20 foot.r3d] Page 4 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 54 S TECHNOLOGIES Company : GEI Designer HJO Job Number : 161052 Model Name : Pipe Support 20' Dec 5, 2016 Checked By: Material Takeoff (Continued) 5 WarningLo Material Total HR Steel Size W10)(22 Pieces 2 6 LenothifU 22 75 weictimn .5 2.3 Message No Data to Print RISA-3D Version 13.0.0 [PA 61052 S 161107 Pipe Support 20 foot. dj Page 5 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 55 Rectangular HSS Moment Connection Location: Pipe support framing connection - typ. Chord geometry HSS4x4x1/4 B:= 10in H := 6in t:= 0.349in U := 0.5 B 13:- = 0.575 Plate geometry Bp := 5.75in t := 0.36in type := Of := min( 1.3 — 0.4. —u 1 = 0.952 Material properties F .= 46ksi FEXX:= 70ksi V' Fyp 36ksi E := 29000ksi Fu := 58ksi 58ksi Loading Pu := 20kip Limits of applicability - 5 30 - t — H 5 35 = 1 t B 0.25 = 1 B Fy 5 52ksi = 1 F 5 0.8 = 1 Fu where 13 =' AFOFFMAN NGINEERS project: 9-65 Cooling Tower subject: HSS Connection client: Boeing by: RIO date: 12/8/2016 job no.: 161052 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 56 r Local Yielding of Plate ( 10 Pn_ply:= min —. F • t. B F •t •B )-_ 32.216 kip g Y P YP P t (1)ply := 0.95 •:,..kl.,,.....,,,,,....• ...4, ....,... :.::.,.pcfi.....,.t...:.„,i7!.NA';..::!ia..:oo...,007qrii;,..:i,.,.::,,-,i9.:...0.....::,,,.iiii: :...i!.;..;.,......:,:,;........;...::1-2:...:..g.......,:.:1;."..:.1.161,!;:i4jY"...:ri,..1y:..,,',,.:.:;;I,Iii...,:.',2i Shear Yielding i 10. B) Bep := min ' , B = 2.007. in o B P \ -t- ) Pn_sy:= 0.6. Fy. t. (2. tp + 2. Bep) "NA" otherwise itl)sy := 0.95 if B >085.BvB <(B-2.t) = 45.595 kip P P pu " ' 0 4 6eg sy•Pr, Chord Sidewall Local Yielding Pn_csly 2 F. t. (5. t + tp) "NA" otherwise 1.0 if = 1.0 . "NA" pu OCR := "NA" on error "NA (13Icsly. Pn_csly Sidewall Local Crippling Pn_slc:= if = 1.0 1.6t2(1 + 3- tP E. F. Of if H - 3- t 48- t3 ), Qf otherwise H - 3. ) "NA" otherwise 4slc := 0.75 if type = "T" 0.9 otherwise OCR "NA = 0.75 P onerror_ - "NA" lc type = "NA" FPGTIN's project: 9-65 Cooling Tower subject: HSS Connection client: Boeing by: HJO date: 12/8/2016 job no.: 161052 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 57 IP! t : Woo PM www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: CEI Page: 1 HJO Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 20pipe support Date: 12/8/2016 Specifier's comments: 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: HIT -RE 500 V3 + HAS 3/4 Effective embedment depth: ho,act = 14.000 in. (het,iimit = - in.) Material: 5.8 Evaluation Service Report: ESR-3814 Issued I Valid: 6/1/2016 I 1/1/2017 Proof: Design method ACI 318-14 / Chem Stand-off installation: eb = 0.000 in. (no stand-off); t = 0.500 in. Anchor plate: ; E = 0 psi; fyk = 35998 psi; ym. = 1.100 x ly x t = 16.000 in. x 12.000 in. x 0.500 in.; (Recommended plate thickness: calculated (0.039 in.)) Profile: Rectangular HSS (AISC); (L x W x T) = 10.000 in. x 6.000 in. x 0.375 in. Base material: cracked concrete„ fc' = 4500 psi; h = 420.000 in., Temp. short/long: 32/32 °F Installation: hammer drilled hole, Installation condition: Dry Reinforcement: tension: condition B, shear: condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) Tension load: yes (17.2.3.4.3 (d)) Shear load: yes (17.2.3.5.3 (c)) Geometry [in.] & Loading [lb, in.Ib] z Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schwan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schoen 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 58 www.hllti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: CEI Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Page: 2 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos, No.: 20pipe support Date: 12/8/2016 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Load case: Design loads Anchor reactions [lb] Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 1 13366 533 500 183 2 0 533 500 183 3 13366 533 500 183 4 0 533 500 183 max. concrete compressive strain: 0.36 [96.] max. concrete compressive stress: 1569 [psi] resulting tension force in (x/y)=(-6.500/0,000): 26732 [lb] resulting compression force in (x/y)=(6.997/0.000): 28332 [Ib] 3 Tension load y Ton Load N„„ [lb] Capacity + N„ [lb] Utilization 13N = KA Nn Status Steel Strength* 13366 15762 85 OK Bond Strength** 26732 30789 87 OK Sustained Tension Load Bond Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Strength** 26732 35362 76 OK * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (anchors in tension) 3.1 Steel Strength = ESR value # a Nue Variables AN [n.2] refer to ICC-ES ESR-3814 ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1,1 futafpsil 0.33 Calculations Nsa [Ib] 24250 Results Ns. [lb] 24250 72500 ill steel 0.650 nonductile 1.000 4) N.. [lb] Ns. [Ib] 15762 13366 on Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schoen Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hirt; AG, Schwan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 59 www.hilti.us Company: CEI Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Page: 3 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos, No.: 20pipe support Date: 12/8/2016 3.2 Bond Strength Nag - (A "Ia rNa0 )Y ecl,Na W ec2,Na W ed,Na XV cp,Na Nba 4) Nag a Nua AN. = see ACI 318-14, Section 17.4.5.1, Fig. R 17.4.5.1(b) ANa0 = (2 CN8)2 CNa 'VA 1d. \kturote6 1 oc,Na (1 + fiN ) 5 1.0 CNa XV ed,Na = 0.7 + 0.3 (i — ca mn) 5 1.0 CN. Cp,Na MAX(Crn, eel 1.0 -ac -ac Nba = X a T k,c • aN,seis 'n' da • hef Variables T k,c,uncr [psi] 2467 ed,N [in.] 0.000 Calculations ci,a, [in.] 11.181 XV ecl,Na 1.000 Results N.9 [Ib] 63158 I da [in.] 0.750 ea,N [in.] 0.000 AN a [in.2] 701.37 ec2,Na 1.000 he [in.] 14.000 26.506 Ahlap [in.2] 500.10 cp,Na 1.000 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.1.b) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.1d) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.3) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.4b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17A.5.5b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.5.2) Camin [in.] a, a 1.000 ed,Na 1.000 Nba [lb] 45034 k,c [PSI] 1365 aN,sois 1.000 4) bond 4) seismic nonducble (I) Nag [Ib] N„„ [Ib] 0.650 0.750 1.000 30789 26732 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROF'S Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan L 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 60 www.hilt1.us Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: CEI Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: ter' Page: 4 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 20pipe support Date: 12/8/2016 3.3 Concrete Breakout Strength ANc Nthg ANc0 ec,PO4, 00,N c,N ‘1, cp,N Nb 41 N Nua Aw see ACI 318-14, Section 17.4.2.1, Fig. R 17.4.2.1(b) Aato = 9 h,20 1 = (1 + 3 h: W ec,N 2 e 1.0 = 0.7 + O. a'min 5h)" 5 1 0 .et NJ cp,N MAX,„a, 1.5het 1.0 C= ' C Nb = ka X. a \if: h:t5 ed,N Variables het [in.] 14.000 ce, [in.] 26.506 Calculations Ark [in.21 2142.00 Results N, [Ib] 72538 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.1b) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4,2.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.4) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.5b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.7b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.2a) eei,N [in.] ec2,N [in.] Camirl [in.] 0.000 0.000 A. a ( [psi] 17 1.000 4500 ANce ecl,N 41 ec2,N 1764.00 1.000 1.000 4) concrete 4) seismic nonductile 0.650 0.750 1.000 111 c,N 1.000 41 ed,N 1.000 Nee9 [Ib] 35362 41 cp,N 1.000 Nee [lb] 26732 Nb [lb] 59738 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Sehaan Hitti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 61 um www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: CEI HJO Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Date: 5 9-65 Cooling Tower 20pipe support 12/8/2016 4 Shear load Load Vu. [lb] Capacity 4 V„ [Ib] Utilization [311 = Vn Steel Strength* Steel failure (with lever arm)* Pryout Strength (Concrete Breakout Strength controls)** Concrete edge failure in direction" * anchor having the highest loading 4.1 Steel Strength Vsa,eq = ESR value Vsteel Vua Variables Ase,v [in.2] 533 N/A 2130 N/A **anchor group (relevant anchors) refer to ICC-ES ESR-3814 ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 fut. [psi] 0.33 Calculations Va.... [Ib] 14550 Results Vaa,„, [IbJ 14550 72500 4)5 0.600 nonclocale 1.000 4.2 Pryout Strength (Concrete Breakout Strength controls) V = [(Zt'lc Vauu V„„ AN, see ACI 318-14, Section 17.4.2.1, Fig. R 17.4.2.1(b) ANc0 W ec,N V ed,N W cp,N Nb ec,N W ed,N ‘11 c,N V cp,N N = 9 h,20 1 3 hat C = 0.7 + 0.3 1.5hef = mAx rnin 1-5ha1 ;lc Cac kc X a hy c,N 1.000 Calculations AN, [in.2] 2805.00 Results V [lb] 189982 Vaa [Ib] 8730 8730 N/A 132987 N/A V„„ [Ib] 533 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.3.1b) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.4) 5 1.0 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.5b) 5 1.0 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.7b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.2a) Cac [in.] 26.506 ANco [in.2] 1764.00 41) concrete 0.700 ed.N [in.] 0.000 17 111 ecl N 1.000 4) seismic 1.000 ()am [in.] 0.000 A. a 1.000 11, ec2,N 1.000 (I) nonductile 1.000 caoin [in.] fa [psi] 4500 11/ ed,N 1.000 4 \lc., [lb] 132987 7 N/A 2 N/A cp.N 1.000 Vss [lb] 2130 Status OK N/A OK N/A Nb [Ib] 59738 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilt AG, FL-9494 Schoen Hitt is a registered Trademark of Hilt AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 62 www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: CEI Page: 6 HJO Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos. No.: 20pipe support Date: 12/8/2016 5 Combined tension and shear loads Pft PV UtilizationN,v r/01 Status 0.868 0.061 1.000 78 OK Priv = q3N÷ / 1.2 <= 1 6 Warnings • Load re -distributions on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered. The anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the loading! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! • Condition A applies when supplementary reinforcement is used. The cD factor is increased for non -steel Design Strengths except Pullout Strength and Pryout strength. Condition B applies when supplementary reinforcement is not used and for Pullout Strength and Pryout Strength. Refer to your local standard. • Design Strengths of adhesive anchor systems are influenced by the cleaning method. Refer to the INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE given in the Evaluation Service Report for cleaning and installation instructions • Checking the transfer of loads into the base material and the shear resistance are required in accordance with ACI 318 or the relevant standard! • An anchor design approach for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F is given in ACI 318-14, Chapter 17, Section 17.2.3.4.3 (a) that requires the goveming design strength of an anchor or group of anchors be limited by ductile steel failure. If this is NOT the case, the connection design (tension) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17.2.3.4.3 (b), Section 17.2.3.4.3 (c), or Section 17.2.3.4.3 (d). The connection design (shear) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17.2.3.5.3 (a), Section 17.2.3.5.3 (b), or Section 17.2.3.5.3 (c). • Section 17.2.3.4.3 (b) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (a) require the attachment the anchors are connecting to the structure be designed to undergo ductile yielding at a load level corresponding to anchor forces no greater than the controlling design strength. Section 17.2.3.4.3 (c) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (b) waive the ductility requirements and require the anchors to be designed for the maximum tension / shear that can be transmitted to the anchors by a non -yielding attachment. Section 17.2.3.4.3 (d) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (c) waive the ductility requirements and require the design strength of the anchors to equal or exceed the maximum tension / shear obtained from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by no. • Installation of Hilti adhesive anchor systems shall be performed by personnel trained to install Hilti adhesive anchors. Reference ACI 318-14, Section 17.8.1. Fastening meets the design criteria! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hitti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 63 www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: 7 Installation data CEI HJO Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Date: 7 9-65 Cooling Tower 20pipe support 12/8/2016 Anchor plate, steel: ; E = 0 psi; fyk = 35998 psi Profile: Rectangular HSS (AISC); 10.000 x 6.000 x 0.375 in. Hole diameter in the fixture: cif = 0.813 in. Plate thickness (input): 0.500 in. Recommended plate thickness: calculated (0.039 in.) Drilling method: Hammer drilled Cleaning: Compressed air cleaning of the drilled hole according 7.1 Recommended accessories Drilling • Suitable Rotary Hammer • Properly sized drill bit Coordinates Anchor in. Anchor x 1 -6.500 -4.500 2 6.500 -4.500 3 -6.500 4.500 4 6.500 4.500 c.. Cleaning Anchor type and diameter. HIT -RE 500 V3 + HAS 3/4 Installation torque: 1200.000 in.lb Hole diameter in the base material: 0,875 in. Hole depth in the base material: 14.000 in. Minimum thickness of the base material: 15.750 in. to instructions for use is required • Compressed air with required accessories to blow from the bottom of the hole • Proper diameter wire rysh 8.000 C.X c-r 1 .000 Setting • Dispenser including cassette and mixer • Torque wrench 8.000 o 1.500 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 KM AG, FL-9494 Schaan Mkt is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 64 www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.6 I Company: CEI Page: 8 i..i Specifier: HJO Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Address: Sub -Project I Pos, No.: 20pipe support Phone I Fax: I Date: 12/8/2016 E-Mail: P I 8 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles, formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating, mounting and assembly instructions, etc., that must be strictly complied with by the user. All figures contained therein are average figures, and therefore use -specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product. The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in. Therefore, you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors, the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover, you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert, particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits, prior to using them for your specific facility. The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors, the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. • You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular, you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and, if applicable, carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis. If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software, you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website. Hilti will not be liable for consequences, such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs, arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility, PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 65 1 1 (ooL( Kill T1)vE.-- R, r-oulub oui LoAKD fv6 ) Co u Lt Tul-IEQS -11)1-pt_ rk-t 14-' 2 -0 ) IL 5 e 2-4 Ob( ITHr (r-431-4 N N E E PS project by location date sheet no. client lab rM date 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower SEA.81204 Page 66 A= Is.S'N1� 6 cF k76 fez 1 zel \ 1FN9!FMANNEERS no. SEA-81204 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Goofing Tower Page 67 ler a 50PPORY- - Pre-Riok*, -0' 5LE pRE0 ous 131PC CAL( S uv= 6( 107f / j 6/0* Mt* 2. 5 I zir Fp ri 0.11 or6?) DEtlYips. rocz 7kts-AAL M Zit LC 1 Plkir LOP VO0 Pk' 50-14 R-00 7-1 0111S' \f Evvr,/, ACOFFMAN NGINEERS sheet no. locaenn cberk chocked job no. SEA-13t204 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 68 PR L1)M PR kL A kics-toiz- 2 0 13 ex_E P Ref (ALE : 0( ck=-- /ale< AFOFFMAN NGINEERS pried location client sheet no. by date checked lob no. dale 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower SEkB1204 Page 69 SWAY STRUT ASSEMBLY z ANVIL Fig. 211, Fig. C-211 Sway Strut Assembly r Fig. 640, Fig. C-640: Field Welded Strut 4^ 1rr ALL AROUND WELD BY FIELD OPTION 1 OPTION 2 C-C ±3'h' FOR FIG. 211 C-C ± 2' FOR FIG. 640 W ROD END LOCKING REAR BRACKET (R.H.) NUT (INCLUDES PIVOT PIN) (W = C TO C - 2F) FIG. 640 Z V < ONLY EXTENSION PIECE OPTION 3 -- T 4=1- — ROD END (L.H.) T D1 I+—N E CCM PIPE CLAMP (INCLUDES STUD) (�1 FIG. 211, C-211, FIG. 640 & FIG. C-640: LOAD (LBS) * DIMENSIONS (IN) Size Fig. 211 & Fig. 640 Fig. 211 Fig. 640 Load ■ Rod End Extt. PieceA p Di hi R S T C-C W F Weld Z C-C F Max Min Max Min Max Min A 650 3/4 1 1 2 11/4 14 5/6 5/6 0.3720.372 60 16'/z 531/6 9% 33/46 3/6 60 12'/e 2" /6 B 1,500 1 1', 2'/z 23/a % 13/6 13/8 0.749 0.747 108 19 991/6 101/6 47/6 96 147/re 3"/6 C 4,500 1 2 00.749 120 111'/e 10'/e 1 8,000 1'/4 2�/s 3/4 1'/z 0.99921 0.997 1103/e 113/6 4'/6 5/6 16'/z 4'/6 2 11,630 11/20.997 2'/z 0.99 213/6 110 5 16% 41/4 3 15,700 13/4 3 3 3 3/6 3/4 2 �� 1 /6 1.24 1.247 22�/8 108'/z 53/4 183/6 5 4 20,700 2 3 1 249 1247 25 108 13 6 3/6 20'/z 5'/4 5 27,200 2'/4 4 6'/8 4'/4 1'/4 21/22 1.497 26'/z 1061/z 63/4 22 6 6 33,500 2'/z 4 5 7z/a 53/e 13/4 3 23/6 1.747 281/2 104% 7% 233/4 6% 7 68,200 3 53/4 9%6% 2 3'/z 3 11.997 .997 321/z 1021/z 15 83/4 % 28 8 8 120,000 4 6 71/4 14 83/4 2% 43/4 33/e 2.497 391/4 98 171/4 11 3/4 343/4 101/4 • Loads must not be applied outside a 10° included angle cone of action to the pipe c amp axis without special authorization. Fig. 640 shipped at maximum length C-C, field cut to "W" to suit, unless otherwise specified. PH-1.14 tow 12/08/16 For more information please visit www.anvileps.com/product/sway-strut or contact eps_contact@anviiintl.com Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 70 www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: CEI Page: Specifier: HJO Project: Address; Sub -Project I Pos. No.: r Phone I Fax: E-Mail: 1 Date: Specifier's comments: m 1•• PI 1 9-65 Cooling Tower Pipe support brace 12/5/2016 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: Effective embedment depth: Material: Evaluation Service Report: Issued I Valid: Proof: Stand-off installation: Anchor plate: Profile: Base material: Installation: Reinforcement: Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) Geometry [in.] & Loading [Ib, in.lb] o Kwik Bolt TZ - CS 1/2 (2) hatact = 2.000 in., hnom = 2.375 Carbon Steel ESR-1917 6/1/2016 I 5/1/2017 Design method ACI 318-14 / Mech. eb = 0.000 in. (no stand-off); t = 0.500 in. ; E = 0 psi; fyk = 35998 psi; yms = 1.100 x I x t = 4.000 in. x 10.000 in. x 0.500 in.; (Ftecommended plate thickness: calculated (0.039 in.)) no profile cracked concrete, 2500, fc' = 2500 psi; h = 4.000 in. hammer drilled hole, installation condition: Dry tension: condition B, shear: condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar Tension load: yes (17.2.3.4.3 (d)) Shear load: yes (17.2.3.5.3 (c)) CO Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 71 Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: CEI Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Page: 2 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Pipe support brace Date: 12/5/2016 IN11111•11111111111111111111111111111111i 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Load case: Design loads Anchor reactions OW Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 1 520 520 0 520 2 520 520 0 520 max. concrete compressive strain: - (5100) max. concrete compressive stress: - [psi] resulting tension force in (x/y)=(0.000/0.000): 1040 [lb] resulting compression force in (x/y)=(0.000/0.000): 0 [lb] 3 Tension load Load N„„ Ilb] Capacity $ Nn (Ib] Utilization fi N = N4,4 N, Status Steel Strength* 520 8029 7 OK Pullout Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Strength** 1040 2344 45 OK ' anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (anchors in tension) 3.1 Steel Strength Nsa = ESR value N. Nu. Variables As e N refer to ICC-ES ESR-1917 ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 f.t. [psi] 0.10 Calculations N. [Ib] 10705 Results Ns. [Ib] 10705 106000 4) steel 0.750 nonductile 1.000 4) N. [lb] 8029 Nu. [lb] 520 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schoen Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 72 • www.hilti.us 1 • Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: CEI HJO Page: 3 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Pipe support brace Date: 12/5/2016 3.2 Concrete Breakout Strength Ark AN ,N W ed,N c,N W cp,N Nb • Nth9 Nua AN, see ACI 318-14, Section 17.4.2.1, Fig. R 17.4.2.1(b) ANc0 ec,N 11/ ed,N W cp,N Nb = 9 tif 1 = 4. 2 eN S 1.0 3 he = 0.7 + 0.3 S 1.0 1.5he = MAX 1.5he 1.0 ''BC CBC = kck a Iffc hei5 Variables he [in.] 2.000 ca, [in.] 5.500 Calculations AN. [in.2] 72.00 Results Nag [Ib] 4808 0,1,N [in.] 0.000 k 17 AN. [in.2] 36.00 4) concrete 0.650 ec2,N [in.] 0.000 x 1.000 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.1b) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.4) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.5b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.7b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.2a) Ca,mie [in. t [psi] 2500 W ect,N V ec2,N 1.000 1.000 W c,N 1.000 W ed,N 1.000 cRN NI, [lb] 1.000 2404 4) seismic nonductile N,,b, [Ib] N. [lb] 0.750 1.000 2344 1040 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hitti AG, FL-9494 Schoen Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schwan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 73 • , r • www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: CEI Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Page: 4 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Pipe support brace Date: 12/5/2016 4 Shear load Load V. [lb] Capacity # V, [lb] Utilizationpv = Va Va Status Steel Strength' 520 3572 15 OK Steel failure (with lever arm)* N/A N/A N/A N/A Pryout Strength** 1040 3366 31 OK Concrete edge failure in direction ** N/A N/A N/A N/A * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (relevant anchors) 4.1 Steel Strength = ESR value Valeal Vua refer to ICC-ES ESR-1917 ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 Variables A4e,v [in.2] taw [psi] 0.10 106000 Calculations Vaa,, [Ib] 5495 Results V.. [lb] 51 nonductle Vaa [lb] Vaa [Ib) 5495 0.6 0 1.000 3572 520 4.2 Pryout Strength Vcin - [(AN ec,N ed,N c,N Wcp,N Nb] Vcpg Vua ANa see ACI 318-14, Section 17.4.2.1, Fig. R 17.4.2.1(b) ANco = 9 h,,f 1 )41 ec,N ed,N cp,N Nb = (1 3 = 0.7 + O. i) 1.0 INAAxt 1.5het) 5 i.o X Om Cac = Ica a NiTa N ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.5.3.1b) ACI 318-14 Table 17.3.1.1 ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.1c) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.4) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.5b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.7b) ACI 318-14 Eq. (17.4.2.2a) Variables kcp hef [in.] ed,N [in.] eczN [in.] cap,a [in.] 1 2.000 0.000 0.000 W c,N ca, [in.] kc 2, a f [psi] 1.000 5.500 17 1.000 2500 Calculations ANc 72.00 Results Vcpg [Ib] 4808 AN,0 36.00 4, concrete 0.700 ecl,N 1.000 W ec2,N 1.000 4) seismic nonductile 1.000 1.000 ed,N 1.000 W cp,N 1.000 Vr[Ib] Vaa [Ib] 3366 1040 Nb [lb] 2404 Input data arid results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c )2003-2909 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/06/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 74 www.hiltlus Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: CEI t� Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Page: 5 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Pipe support brace Date: 12/5/2016 5 Combined tension and shear Toads PN pv S Utilization J N,v [%] Status 0.444 0.309 5/3 40 OK pNv=3 r3v<=1 6 Warnings • Load re -distributions on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered. The anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the loading! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! • Condition A applies when supplementary reinforcement is used. The m factor is increased for non -steel Design Strengths except Pullout Strength and Pryout strength. Condition B applies when supplementary reinforcement is not used and for Pullout Strength and Pryout Strength. Refer to your local standard. • Refer to the manutacturer's product literature for cleaning and installation instructions. • Checking the transfer of loads into the base material and the shear resistance are required in accordance with AlC318 or the relevant standard! • An anchor design approach for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F is given in ACI 318-14, Chapter 17, Section 17.2.3.4.3 (a) that requires the goveming design strength of an anchor or group of anchors be limited by ductile steel failure. If this is NOT the case, the connection design (tension) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17,2.3.4.3 (b), Section 17.2.3.4.3 (c), or Section 17.2.3.4.3 (d). The connection design (shear) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17.2.3.5.3 (a), Section 17.2.3.5.3 (b), or Section 17.2.3.5.3 (c). • Section 17.2.3.4.3 (b) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (a) require the attachment the anchors are connecting to the structure be designed to undergo ductile yielding at a load level corresponding to anchor forces no greater than the controlling design strength. Section 17.2.3.4.3 (c) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (b) waive the ductility requirements and require the anchors to be designed for the maximum tension / shear that can be transmitted to the anchors by a non -yielding attachment. Section 17.2.3.4.3 (d) / Section 17.2.3.5.3 (c) waive the ductility requirements and require the design strength of the anchors to equal or exceed the maximum tension / shear obtained from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by Do. • Hilti post -installed anchors shall be installed in accordance with the Hilti Manufacturer's Printed Installation Instructions (MPII). Reference ACI 318-14, Section 17.8.1. Fastening meets the design criteria! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hit6 is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 75 Imo • r www.hiltLus Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: CEI HJO Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Date: 6 9-65 Cooling Tower Pipe support brace 12/5/2016 7 Installation data Anchor plate, steel: ; E = 0 psi; fyk = 35998 psi Profile: no profile Hole diameter in the fixture: df = 0.563 in. Plate thickness (input); 0.500 in. Recommended plate thickness: calculated (0.039 in.) Drilling method: Hammer drilled Cleaning: Manual cleaning of the drilled hole according 7.1 Recommended accessories Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ - CS 1/2 (2) Installation torque: 480.001 in.lb Hole diarneter in the base material: 0.500 in. Hole depth in the base material: 2.625 in. Minimum thickness of the base materiel: 4.000 in. to instructions for use is required. Drilling Cleaning • Suitable Rotary Hammer • Manual blow-out pump • Properly sized drill bit Coordinates Anchor in. Anchor 1 2 x y 0.000 -3.000 0.000 3.000 c.„ C+x 2.000 2.000 Setting • Torque wrench • Hammer 0 0 0 0 0 0 tri 2.000 2.000 c., 0.1 to-x Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003.2009 Haft AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 76 r 11.1 www.hilti.us Profis Anchor 2.6.6 Company: CEI Specifier: HJO Address: Phone I Fax: E-Mail: Page: 7 Project: 9-65 Cooling Tower Sub -Project I Pos. No,: Pipe support brace Date: 12/5/2016 8 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties • Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles, formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating, mounting and assembly instructions, etc., that must be strictly complied with by the user. All figures contained therein are average figures, and therefore use -specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product. The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in. Therefore, you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors, the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover, you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert, particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits, prior to using them for your specific facility. The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors, the correctness and the relevance of the results or, suitability for a specific application. • You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular, you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and, if applicable, carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis. If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software, you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date verson of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website. Hilti will not be liable for consequences, such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs, arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 77 pP( o .T4 6k 9 0 (7 ) LL-4, q/, 2 COFFMAN NEERS oroieet location date shee no. ellen eh heti Job 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 78 DIA511 AI' -'NE ET14.051T 25k. t I-1 I t-r 1 PON pov,t4oR 26g1 V- 2-0 ;6z_ (2) Ntartok., v,t 2,0tch) 5 pc ar-- ARTt'111 project cited! daie checked Job no, dale- SEA-B1204 12/08/16 Boeing 9-65 Replace Cooling Tower Page 79 FILE SPECIFICATIONS ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION BOEING 9-65, REPLACE COOLING TOWER Tukwila, Washington November 2018 Boeing Project #W4 1 57008 CEI Project No. 161052 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION bict-oo 87 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019 PERMIT CENTER AFRF,FMM SEATTLE ANCHORAGE HONOLULU LOS ANGELES SPOKANE 1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 900 907,276.6664 808.687,8884 818.285.2650 509.328.2994 Seattle,WA 98101-1620 inc L11 n7 17 LASTING treativoy roio.tsimlatitms,ops ! , TABLE OF CONTENT DIVISION SECTION TITLE 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 Summary 012500 Substitution Procedures 013300 Submittal Procedures 015000 Temporary Facilities and Control 016000 Product Requirements 017300 Execution 017700 Closeout Procedures 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data 017839 Project Record Documents 017900 Demonstration and Training 019113 General Commissioning Requirements 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS 024100 Demolition 024119 Selective Demolition 03 CONCRETE 032990 Under Slab Vapor Barrier Sheeting 033000 Cast -In -Place Concrete 036200 Non -Shrink Grout 05 METAL 051200 Structural Steel Framing 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 070000 Roof Thermal and Moisture Protection Requirements 09 FINISHES 099113 Exterior Painting 099123 Interior Painting 21 FIRE PROTECTION 211000 Fire Protection Sprinkler System Specifications 23 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC 230519 Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping 230523 General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping 230533 Heat Tracing for HVAC Piping 230548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment 230550 Identification for Piping and Equipment BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER #W4 157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 230590 Testing Adjusting and Balancing 230700 Piping Insulation Systems 230800 Commissioning of HVAC 230900 Instrumentation and Control Systems 232100 Hydronic Piping 232123 Hydronic Pumps 232500 Cooling Water Filtration 236500 Cooling Towers 26 ELECTRICAL 260500 Common Work Results 260510 Existing Systems 260519 Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260526 Grounding and Bonding 260529 Hangers and Supports 260533 Raceway and Boxes 260553 Identification 260800 Commissioning of Electrical Systems 262200 Low -Voltage Transformers 262416 Panelboards 262416.01 Electrical Panelboard Schedules 262726 Wiring Devices 262813 Fuses 262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 2629 I 3 Enclosed Controllers 262923 Variable Frequency Motor Controllers (VFDs) 31 EARTHWORK 312000 Earth Moving 312500 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 321313 Concrete Paving 321723 Pavement Markings BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER #W4 157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 011000 SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents. B. Type of Contract: Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.3 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes receiving, unloading, handling, storing, protecting, and installing Owner -furnished products and making building services connections. 1.4 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section. B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Limits: Confine construction operations to areas within contract limits. 2. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways parking areas, loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on -site. C. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. 1.5 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy site and existing building(s) during entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts SUMMARY 011000 - 1 h.. 1E' BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's day-to-day operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated. 1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner and approval of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Notify Owner not less than 72 hours in advance of activities that will affect Owner's operations. B. Owner Limited Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed portions of the Work, prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and limited occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. 1 .6 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: 1. Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 2. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: I. Notify Construction Manager not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Construction Manager's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. C. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1. Notify Construction Manager not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. 2. Obtain Construction Manager's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations. D. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted. E. Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances is not permitted. F. Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times. G. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for drug and background screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site. SUMMARY 011000 - 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4 157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 011000 SUMMARY 011000-3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 012500 SUBSTI1 UTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary • Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions 1.3 DEFINITIONS • A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by the Contractor that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements. 1.4 ACTION SUBM I I TALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use (CSI Form 13.1A). 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, which will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. It h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. 1. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project. Iwo g. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. 1. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Engineer's Action: If necessary, Engineer will request additional information or documentation for evaluation. Engineer will notify Contractor through Construction Manager of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. 1 .5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCI ION PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Engineer will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors. involved. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 012500 c SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 013300 SUBMI 1'1 AL PROCEDURES MI her PART 1 - GENERAL 1 .1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Engineer's • and Construction Manager's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." Mal B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Engineer's and Construction Manager's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Engineer and Construction Manager's and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submittal for each discipline (Architectural, Civil, Fire Protection, Electrical, Mechanical, Plumbing and Structural) must contain all specified material. Multiple submittals will not be accepted except for structural. 3. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Specification Section number and title. b. Submittal category: Action; informational. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Description of the Work covered. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300- 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Digital Data Files: Electronic digital data files of the Contract Drawings will be provided by Engineer for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. 1. Engineer will furnish Contractor one set of digital data drawing files of the Contract Drawings for use in preparing Shop Drawings. a. Engineer makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data NI drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings. b. The following digital data files will by furnished for each appropriate discipline: 11111 1) Floor plans. 2) Reflected ceiling plans 3) 3-D BIM Mode] um B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each discipline concurrently. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Engineer's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. Allow seven days for initial review of each submittal. D. Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements for each discipline and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Engineer and Construction Manager. 4. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use form acceptable to Project Manager which contains the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Engineer. d. Name of Contractor. e. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. f. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. SUBMI I I AL PROCEDURES 013300- 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION g. Category and type of submittal. h. Submittal purpose and description. i. Specification Section number and title. j. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items. k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. I. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. m. Related physical samples submitted directly. n. Indication of full or partial submittal. o. Transmittal number p. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. q. Other necessary identification. r. Remarks. E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by the Engineer/Architect. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. G. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: 1. Prepare and submit submittals required for each discipline. indicated in individual Specification Sections. 2. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. 3. Engineer, through Construction Manager, will return annotated file. B. Types of submittals are Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each discipline. 2. 3. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. Mark each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300- 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4I57008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams showing factory -installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6, Submit Product Data as a PDF electronic file. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 42 inches. 3. Submit Shop Drawings by electronic file in PDF format. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300- 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 6=1 b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. e. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. For projects where electronic submittals are required, provide corresponding electronic submittal of Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record. 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality - control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit five full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Engineer, through Construction Manager, will return submittal with options selected. 6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a, Number of Samples: Submit five sets of Samples. Engineer, Architect and Construction Manager will retain three. Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record sample. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2.2 DELEGATED -DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. B. Delegated -Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file of certificate, signed and sealed SUBMI 11AL PROCEDURES 013300- 5 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTORS REVIEW A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Engineer and Construction Manager. B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ENGINEER'S AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGERS ACTION A. Action Submittals: Engineer and Construction Manager will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. Engineer and Construction Manager will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action. B. Informational Submittals: Engineer and Construction Manager will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Engineer and Construction Manager will forward each submittal to appropriate party. C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work wi11 not be accepted. D. Incomplete or partial submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned by the Engineer without action. END OF SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300- 6 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 6.1 r A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, Engineers, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NPPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with all applicable codes. 1.5 PROJECT CONDMONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1 MI BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCT ION PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portable Chain -Link Fencing: Minimum 0.148-inch thick, galvanized -steel, chain -link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized -steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch-OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch-OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch-OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete or galvanized -steel bases for supporting posts. B. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire -resistive sheet, 10-mil minimum thickness, with flame - spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Methods 2. C. Dust -Control Adhesive -Surface Walk -off Mats: Provide mats minimum 36 by 60 inches. D. Insulation: Unfaced mineral -fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. B. Common -Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Engineer, Construction Manager, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings. C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. Store combustible materials apart from building, 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid -propane -gas or fuel -oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline -burning space heaters, open -flame heaters, or salamander -type heating units is prohibited. 2. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of eight at each return -air grille in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." C. Air -Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA-filter-equipped portable units with four -stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run continuously. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 2 ell 1=1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA. WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. Connect temporary sewers as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction. D. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. E. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. F. Heating: Provide temporary heating required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. G. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas. I. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed according to coordination drawings. a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems servicing occupied areas. b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA-equipped air -filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is complete. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust - producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust - containment devices. 3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter- equipped vacuum equipment. H. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equiprnent that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. 1. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes. 1. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by Owner. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. K. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common -use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Provide one telephone line for Owner's use. L. Electronic Communication Service: Provide a desktop computer in the primary field office adequate for use by Engineer, Architect and Owner to access Project electronic documents and maintain electronic communications. Provide internet access. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241. 2. Maintain support facilities until Substantial Completion inspection. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Traffic Controls: Comply with Owner's requirements. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire -fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. C. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel. D. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 4 11 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION api 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining 04 properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. voi 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. E. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste -collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. op F. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. G. Existing Elevator Use: Use of Owner's existing elevators will be permitted, provided elevators are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial use, including replacing worn cables, guide shoes, and similar items of limited life. 1. Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity. 2. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become PI damaged, engage elevator Installer to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required. H. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, provided stairs are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use. 1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect stairs and to maintain means of egress. If stairs become damaged, restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial Completion. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILII IES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil -bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to authorities having jurisdiction. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 5 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION I. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant- protection zones. 2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation -control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. 3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. 4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. D. Stoll iwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. E. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. F. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. G. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each work day. H. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. 1. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. J. Covered Walkway: Erect protective, covered walkway for passage of individuals through or adjacent to Project site. Coordinate with entrance gates, other facilities, and obstructions. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Construct covered walkways using scaffold or shoring framing. 2. Provide overhead decking, protective enclosure walls, handrails, barricades, warning signs, exit signs, lights, safe and well -drained walkways, and similar provisions for protection and safe passage. 3. Paint and maintain appearance of walkway for duration of the Work. K. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. L. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor -to -ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate occupied areas. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 6 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. Construct dustproof partitions with gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, and fire -retardant -treated plywood on construction operations side. 2. When required by the Project Manager, construct dustproof partitions with two layers of 6- mil polyethylene sheet on each side. Cover floor with two layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheet, extending sheets 18 inches up the sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with fire -retardant -treated plywood. a. Construct vestibule and airlock at each entrance through temporary partition with not less than 48 inches between doors. Maintain water -dampened foot mats in vestibule. 3. Where fire -resistance -rated temporary partitions are indicated or are required by authorities having jurisdiction, construct partitions according to the rated assemblies. 4. Insulate partitions to control noise transmission to occupied areas. 5. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with gasketed dustproof doors and security locks where openings are required. 6. Protect air -handling equipment. 7. Provide walk -off mats at each entrance through temporary partition. M. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire -protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire -prevention program. I. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion -type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire -prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire -protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL A. Contractor's Moisture -Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document visible signs of mold that may appear during construction. B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows: 1. Protect porous materials from water damage. 2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 4. Remove standing water from decks. 5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 7 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows: 1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially enclosed building. 2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage. 3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter. 4. Discard or replace water -damaged material. 5. Do not install material that is wet. 6. Discard, replace, or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. 7. Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the material in drywall or other interior finishes. D. Controlled Construction Phase of Construction: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry -in conditions. 1. Use permanent HVAC system to control humidity. 3.6 REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. END OF SECTION 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 8 1114 Imo BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION int bid SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturersstandard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. I 3 DEFINITIONS A. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of -design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors. 2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, the Engineer will determine which products shall be used, 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1 r Imo BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3 Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and 1.11 to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. ino C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 1114 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. NMI 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. oity 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project -specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 ''Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES am, awl A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Engineer will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 2. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. The Engineer will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: The Engineer will consider Contractor's request for comparable product only when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, the Engineer will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3 Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3 USII Nei PO A BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01.6000 - 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 017300 EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in -place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Engineer of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Engineer before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity or increase deflection 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. B. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on -site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. EXECUTION 017300- 1 OR taw BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In -Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in -place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in -place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities including mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. B. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. C. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to the Project Manager." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Engineer and Construction Manager promptly. B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. EXECUTION 017300- 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER TUKWILA, WASHINGTON W4157008 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. ti toor 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required as• 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. dimensions. NNW 6. Notify Engineer and Construction Manager when deviations from required lines and levels 94 exceed allowable tolerances. 4.0 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. 111 C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and time topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations. rs D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Engineer and Construction Manager. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. I. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. EXECUTION 017300- 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with hmt other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 11111 1. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. Cut in -place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other wool construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. 40 C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. mi D. Protection: Protect in -place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. 04 E. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas. IIIt EXECUTION 017300- 4 lek pi P." 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface • of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance, Remove in -place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and 1.• appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and woo intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in -place ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure. 130EING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA. WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION F. Cutting: Cut in -place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. I. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls Of partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. G. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. I. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Owl b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. EXECUTION 017300- 5 Imo BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION H. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.6 OWNER -INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel. B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel. 1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction. 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion, G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on -site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. 1. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. IR EXECUTION 017300- 6 IMO BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. OR D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. awl 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 017300 EXECUTION 017300— 7 r r BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. B. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMI1 TALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 1.5 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. I. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by the Construction Manager. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700- 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 5. Submit test/adjust/balance records. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. to, 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, OR equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training." 6. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 7. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 8. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. Nal war D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, the Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1 .6 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection far determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment. 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Engineer's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Engineer. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3 Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700- 2 AM BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Engineer will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1.7 LIST OF INCOMPLETE II hMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect and Construction Manager. d. Name of Contractor. 1.0 e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in MS Excel electronic file format. Engineer, through Construction Manager, will return annotated file. 1.8 SUBM1 I I AL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700- 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6.10 0111 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health !PR or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1101 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING PR A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste -removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. Pla B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: 111 a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even -textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. P I e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free • of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. tow h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. • Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision -obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. IN CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700- 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. o. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. 1) Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA Standard 1992-01. Provide written report on completion of cleaning. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. P. q. 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. END OF SECTION 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700- 5 111 IOW • BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. I. Engineer will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance submittals are acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. PDF Electronic File. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Engineer. a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory. b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals. 2. Paper Copies. Provide three (3) copies bound in a three-ring notebook. Include a complete 1/14 operation and maintenance directory. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic Imo sleeves. C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 days before commencing low demonstration and training. Engineer and Commissioning Authority will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's and Commissioning Authority's comments. Air D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion. .111 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823- 1 t* BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS • A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: • 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager. 7. Name and contact information for Engineer. 8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority. 9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Engineer that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed Ito the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. E. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823- 2 • BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION • that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily • navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening • file. • F. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy, bound and labeled volumes. • Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11 -inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded • oversize sheets. a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or 4 maintenance of equipment or system. • b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, subject matter of contents and indicate Specification Section number on bottom of spine. Indicate volume number • for multiple -volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy -paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each section of the manual. • Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification • Section number and title of Project Manual. • 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-1 1-inch white bond paper. • 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. 1 a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as • foldouts. • b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled • envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and • drawing locations. • 2.2 OPERATION MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and • equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. • OPERATION AND MAIN I ENANCE DATA 017823- 3 • 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. B. Descriptions: Include the foliowing: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color -coding where required for identification. 2.3 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823- 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. Po 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. WO E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and ii• conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 2.4 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source infounation, manufacturersmaintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below. B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, • identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or • schedule designation or identifier where applicable. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation • including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. ..1 • OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823- 5 6.• BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential Olt maintenance procedures: imp 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. • 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. vow 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. E, Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. I. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, 111 quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. • F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts • identified and cross-referenced to manufacturersmaintenance documentation and local sources woo of maintenance materials and related services. PIN G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. lot H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. B. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 1. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823- 6 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional • manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. NEI .11 D. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. I. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. E. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturersprinted data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1,111 I. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared record Drawings in Section 017839 "Project Record Documents." F. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. low END OF SECTION 017823 mu • no mot om mo mid • OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823- 7 tow B OEIN G 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.0 • SECTION 017839 1ml PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary 11111 Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS NI A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: 1111 a. Initial Submittal: 1) Submit one paper -copy of marked -up record prints. PI 2) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one of file prints. 3) Engineer will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional IN information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. in• b. Final Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. 2) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, um+ including addenda and contract modifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked -up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop • Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether • individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked -up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. $ai PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839- 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or other change directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. I. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked -up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red -colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839- 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. mig 5. Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings where applicable. tor rei PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Engineer's and Construction Manager's reference during normal working hours, END OF SECTION 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839-3 mot, so Mat BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 017900 o pt DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 1111 PART 1 - GENERAL 11411 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS IMO A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations arid to ensure availability of Owner's personnel. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. Review the following items in detail: 1. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems, f. Special operating instructions and procedures. 2. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900- 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 1. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m Special operating instructions and procedures. 3. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 4. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 5. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTRUCTION A. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. B. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. C. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on -site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in -place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals. END OF SECTION 017900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900- 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 019113 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only. Except where a date is noted, the latest version of the publication at time of contract award shall be used. 1. The commissioning agent will be contracted directly by Boeing. 2. Commissioning shall meet the minimum requirements of the 2015 Washington State Energy Code. 3. ASHRAE Guideline 0: (2005) The Commissioning Process -P/C: 02/2009. 4. ASHRAE Guideline 1: (2007) HVAC&R Technical Requirements for the Commissioning Process. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Acceptable Performance: A component or system being able to meet specified design parameters under actual load including satisfactory documented completion of functional performance tests, control system trending and resolution of outstanding issues. B. Acceptance Phase: The phase of constnaction after startup and initial checkout when functional performance tests, O&M documentation review and operations & maintenance staff training occurs. C. Basis of Design (BOD): A document prepared by the Designer of Record that records concepts, calculations, decisions, and product selections used to meet the Owner's Project Requirements (OPR) and to satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, standards, and guidelines. The document includes both narrative descriptions and lists of individual items that support the design process. D. Building Envelope: Products, assemblies, equipment: and systems that comprise the building exterior; including but not limited to foundations, floors, walls, doors, windows, openings, skylights, roof, and air barriers. E. Commissioning (Cx): Documented confirmation that building systems function in compliance with criteria set forth in the Contract Documents and OPR. F. Commissioning Authority (CxA): An entity designated by the Owner, not associated with the General Contractor. This entity oversees and recommends approval of the completion of all General Contractor and subcontractor commissioning activities. G. Commissioning Coordinator (CC): A representative responsible for coordinating commissioning activities on behalf of the subcontractor. Each CC will participate as a member of the project Commissioning Team. GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION H. Commissioning Plan: A document prepared by the CxA that outlines the Cx team organization, communication paths, schedule, allocation of resources, matrix of responsibilities, installation/testing requirements, and documentation requirements of the commissioning process. Commissioning Report: A document prepared by the CxA at completion of the project. Commissioning Specialist (CxS): Individual designated by the Contractor as the construction team primary point of contact for coordination of commissioning activities with the subcontractors, Owner and CxA. K. Commissioning Team: Owner, A/E and Contractor entities/individuals that participate in the commissioning process. L. Functional Performance Test (FPT): A test used to verify and document the full range of components, systems, and assemblies function in accordance with the Contract Documents. M. Owner: Entity with the highest level of responsibility for directing the project. N. Issue: A condition in the installation or function of a component, piece of equipment, or system that does not appear to be in compliance with the contract documents or Owner Project Requirements (OPR). O. Issues Log: A list of systems/equipment installation or performance issues that have been noted. The list is prepared by the CxA. It includes the current disposition of each issue and the date and description of final resolution. P. Owner Project Requirements (OPR): Non -technical document developed by the Owner. It is updated at regular intervals to state the intended concepts, goals, budget, performance, and other criteria to which the completed project must conform. Q. Pre -functional Checklist (PFC): Criteria used to verify that equipment/system/assembly installations, start-up, and operation comply with the Contract Documents, equipment submittals, and manufacturersinstructions. R. Seasonal Performance Tests: Functional tests that are scheduled at such time when system design conditions can be replicated or simulated. S. Start-up: The initial start-up or activation of dynamic equipment. T. Subcontractor: Member of the Contractor construction team providing a service or product. U. Systems Manual: A manual that provides information needed to understand, operate, and maintain the equipment/systems/assemblies. V. Trending: Monitoring of equipment and sequences using the building control system or data loggers. 1.3 DESCRIPTION A. The work described in this section includes the formal and comprehensive commissioning process and responsibilities of the Contractor. GENERAL COMMISSIONING QUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 019113-2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. The Owner and CxA are not responsible for construction management, means, methods and job safety related to Commissioning activities. C. There are several participants working together to form the Commissioning Team and coordinate the commissioning process. Participants include but are not limited to the Owner, CxA, Contractor, CxS, subcontractors, CC's and vendors. With the exception of the Owner and CxA, these participants are supervised and provided direction by the Contractor only. D. Commissioning is the process to verify that building components, products, assemblies, systems, equipment, mechanical, electrical, controls and special systems function together properly to meet performance requirements and design intent described in the Contract Documents. Commissioning shall encompass and coordinate traditionally separate functions of system documentation, installation checkout, equipment start-up, control system calibration and point-to-point checkout, testing and balancing, integration of separate systems, and functional performance testing. Commissioning is intended to achieve the following specific objectives according to the Contract Documents. 1. Verify and document proper installation, sequence of operation, and performance of building components, products, assemblies, equipment and systems. 2. Verify the integration and interoperability of different systems and assemblies as required. 3. Provide functional buildings, assemblies and systems with minimal operational problems at the time of acceptance and occupancy. 4. Document completion of operations & maintenance staff training and instruction. E. Commissioning does not take away from or reduce responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the CxA and provide the Owner with a finished and fully functioning facility or product. F. This section shall in no way diminish the responsibility of the Contractor in performing the aspects of work and testing as outlined in the contract documents. G. The Contractor shall be responsible for executing and performing the commissioning process as outlined below and in references and attachments throughout the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor shall furnish labor and materials sufficient to meet the requirements of commissioning under this contract. Apparent conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the CxA and Owner for resolution. 1.4 QUALITY CONTROL A. Commissioning Specialist (CxS) shall possess the qualifications of an individual experienced with the commissioning of building systems of similar scope and complexity to those of work under this contract. The CxS shall have experience as a project manager or superintendent responsible for the coordination of building systems and assemblies to be commissioned on this project. The CxS coordinates the commissioning activities with the Commissioning Coordinators, CxA and Owner. B. Commissioning Coordinators (CC): Individuals on subcontractor teams to be identified in the Commissioning Plan by the Contractor and responsible to coordinate commissioning activities with the CxS. GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 019113-3 bir BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1 Typical CC activities include attendance at commissioning meetings and providing regular input on commissioning activities. Alternates shall be identified during CC absences. 2. The Contractor is required to establish the CCs as necessary and delegate commissioning responsibilities through subcontracts. The CxS supervises the CC activities. C. Commissioning Meetings: 1. The CxA will organize and lead regular commissioning meetings. The meeting agendas typically include general status discussion, commissioning schedule updates, documentation progress, installation & testing progress, Issues Log review and issues resolution. The CxA will provide meeting minutes to the Owner for distribution to the Contractor. 2. The Contractor shall require CxS and CC attendance at the meetings for coordination of commissioning activities and resolution of issues. 1.5 COMMISSIONING — DOCUMENTATION A. The CxA will be collecting all completed commissioning documentation from the Contractor. 1. The CxA may deploy the use of an electronic database or other method to electronically collect and store installation checklists, startup reports, pressure tests, functional tests, 3rd party tests, TAB reports and other materials that confirm completion of all commissioning activities. 2. Commissioning team shall receive instructions from the CxA for transmission and formatting of the documentation collected for each building component, assembly, piece of equipment and system to be commissioned. 3. Access to the data storage location will be provided to the CxS and CC's by the CxA. 4. The Contractor shall provide the CxA with updated documentation on a regular basis as commissioning activities are completed. B. The required commissioning documents will be reviewed by the CxA before inclusion in the final Commissioning Report. C. The Commissioning Plan provided by the CxA includes instruction for documentation file naming and uploading documents. Instructions will be provided to the Contractor at the Commissioning Kick -Off Meeting. I .6 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This section includes general commissioning requirements that apply to the implementation of the commissioning process. Additional commissioning requirements may be included in other Divisions or specification sections of the contract documents. B. After the commissioning kick-off meeting, the CxA will provide the Contractor with the following documents: 1. Commissioning Plan 2. Pre -Functional Checklists 3. Functional Performance Tests GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4I57008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. The following specification sections contain or reference additional installation, testing, acceptance, and documentation requirements. Interpretation of these specifications by themselves shall not provide relief from the requirements stated in other areas of the contract documents: 1. 013300, Submittal Procedures 2. 017700, Closeout Submittals 3. 017823, Operations and Maintenance Manuals 4. 017900, Demonstration and Training 5. 230800, Commissioning of HVAC 6. 260800, Commissioning of Electrical Systems 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be reviewed by the CxA and submitted in accordance with Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: I. Commissioned Equipment Naming Convention and I.D. Tagging 2. Piping Pressure Test Documentation 3. Pre -Functional Check List Completed Documentation 4. Manufacturer Equipment Startup Report 5. DDC (EMCS) Point -to -Point Checkout Sheets 6. DDC (EMCS) System Trending Reports 7. Test Equipment Calibration Certificates 8, Training Agendas and Completion Verification Documentation 1.8 SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONED A. The following items are included in the scope of work and Commissioning Plan for this project, and will witnessed by CxA: 1 Mechanical Systems (Division-23) a. Cooling Towers b. Cooling Towers pumps c. Sump pumps d. Water filtration unit e. Pump room exhaust fan and associated motorized dampers. f. Motorized valves g. Control sensors (pressure, temperature, etc...) h. Heat Trace i. Electric heater GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 5 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Electrical Systems a. Medium -Voltage Cable b. Low -Voltage Power Conductors and Cables c. Grounding and Bonding d. VFDS B. Pre -Functional Checklists and Functional Performance Tests are provided by the CxA and included with the Commissioning Plan. They provide representative examples of the documentation requirements and level of rigor to be expected by the Contractor for each commissioned component/equipment/system/assembly during the installation and acceptance testing phases of the commissioning process. C. The Contractor shall test all equipment/systems/assemblies. 1.9 COMMISSIONING PLAN A. The Commissioning Plan will be provided by the CxA. It provides information about the commissioning process and responsibilities of the commissioning team members. The CxA shall update the plan as the construction process evolves. B. The Plan includes but is not limited to detailed information regarding the following items: 1. Commissioning process 2. Commissioning team members and responsibilities 3. Pre -Functional Checklists 4. Functional Performance Test scripts 5. Documentation requirements C. The Pre -Functional Checklists and Functional Performance Tests provide installation and testing verification procedures. The functional performance tests provide step-by-step actions and expected results that demonstrate the systems perform in accordance with the sequences of operation and other contract documents. D. Use of an electronic database may be required by the CxA for documenting the completion of commissioning activities. The Commissioning Plan will provide instructions for access and use of the database. 1.10 RESPONSIBILITIES OF OWNER AND COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY A. Responsibilities of the Owner and Commissioning Authority (CxA) are described in the Commissioning Plan. B. The CxA reports directly to the Owner. CxA responsibilities include reviewing the progress of certain commissioning activities assigned to the contractor and witnessing contractor tests. All CxA reviews, responses and recommendations are communicated directly to the Owner. C. The CxA does not provide direction to the Contractor. GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 6 IMO ria BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 TESTING EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor shall provide all equipment and tools to facilitate testing and access to commissioned equipment including lighting, safety equipment, lifts and ladders, two-way radios, etc. Equipment shall be maintained in good repair and operational condition throughout the duration of use on the project. B. Types and use of equipment on site shall comply with all Owner restrictions and other safety requirements. 2.2 TESTING EQUIPMENT PROVIDED A. The Contractor shall provide all test equipment necessary to perform startup, initial checkout, and required functional performance tests. Special equipment, tools, and instruments available only from the vendor, specific to a piece of equipment, and required for testing shall be included in the base bid price and shall become the property of the Owner after testing has been completed. Data logging equipment and software required to test equipment shall not become the property of the Owner. 2.3 EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION A. The Contractor is responsible for testing equipment calibration. Prior to testing, the Contractor shall provide documentation that the equipment has current calibration which can be traced to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) calibration. All testing equipment shall be of sufficient quality and accuracy to test and measure system performance within the tolerances specified. Unless otherwise noted, the following minimum requirements apply: 1. Pressure and temperature sensors shall have an accuracy of plus or minus 2.0 percent of the value range being measured (not the full range of the meter) and have been calibrated within the last year. 2. All equipment shall be calibrated according to the manufacturer's recommended intervals and recalibrated when dropped or damaged. Calibration tags shall be affixed or certificates readily available during testing. 3 Submit calibration documentation of all testing equipment with each testing episode. Serial numbers of equipment and standards used for Quality Control, zeroing, and calibration shall be included. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COMMISSIONING SEQUENCE OF EVENTS A. The commissioning process is described in the Commissioning Plan and includes but is not limited to the following activities: 1. Commissioning kickoff & regular commissioning coordination meetings 2. Regular scheduling updates for commissioning activities 3. Equipment and product submittal review GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 7 if BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 4. Equipment installation verification 5. Equipment start-up activities 6. Completing pre -functional check lists 7. Control system Point -to -Point verification 8. Back check test & balance (TAB) report 9. Equipment/system functional performance testing 10. Trending review 11. Seasonal performance tests (if applicable) 12. Warranty period review 13. Assembly of Final Commissioning Report *NI 3.2 CONTRACTOR WORK PRIOR TO COMMISSIONING tint A. Submit Commissioning Plan updates. Updates shall include current identification/contact information for all parties participating on the Commissioning Team. Provide plan updates for the contract changes and clarifications affecting commissioning. B. Submit a preliminary Commissioning Schedule. Contractor shall update and distribute the Commissioning Schedule for review at each commissioning meeting. The schedule shall identify and maintain several specific milestone dates for each piece of commissioned equipment; include dates for completed installation, equipment start-up, point-to-point verification, TAB back check, FPT readiness, and Owner operations & maintenance staff training. C. Submit equipment naming convention with unique I.D. tag number for each piece of commissioned equipment. The naming convention shall comply with the Owner's final naming convention. The approved I.D. numbering scheme shall be used by the Contractor, subcontractors, vendors and suppliers of submittals and project closeout documentation, and other documents provided to the CxA. D. All submittals as defined in the Division specifications related to components, assemblies, and systems being commissioned must be approved prior to equipment startup or functional performance testing. All proposed changes identified after submittals are approved shall immediately be brought to the Owner's attention for review and approval. E. The contractor shall provide the means for access, equipment, and supplies required during the Functional Performance Tests. 3.3 PARTICIPATION IN COMMISSIONING AND MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORT A. Attend the commissioning meetings to facilitate the commissioning process. The commissioning meetings will further define the testing requirements and participation of each entity with the CxS and CxA. The Contractor shall assure attendance of the appropriate CC's at the meetings. B. Attend special meetings intended to clarify the controls sequences of operation and reconcile any differences with the design intent after the first sequence of operations is submitted and reviewed. GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 8 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1 C. Provide skilled technicians from each trade to install, start-up, and test the assemblies and systems. The technicians shall be directed by the Contractor to assist the CxS and CxA with testing, adjustments, troubleshooting, issues resolution, and continue until the required system performance is achieved. 1 D. Provide access without obstructions to permit the CxA and others to observe installation and functionality of equipment and controls. The Contractor shall furnish ladders, lifts, flashlights, and other assistance to maintain safe conditions as required. E. Complete the phases of work so each system can be installed, started, tested, and otherwise commissioned to the satisfaction of the CxA. The contractor has primary responsibilities with obligations to complete all systems, sub -systems and assemblies so they are fully functional per the contract documents and related directives, clarifications, change orders, etc. F. The Contractor shall alert the CxA when RFIs and Change Orders are issued that relate to or may impact the commissioned systems. Make available to the CxA PDF copies of the documents in their final approved state with related attachments. G. Contractor -initiated system changes that alter the commissioning process she] be submitted to the Owner for review and approval. H. Submit completed piping pressure testing documentation. Include an organized naming convention for each set of documents. 1. Submit the proposed Manufacturer Equipment Start-up Report forms. J. Submit completed Pre -Functional Check (PFC) list documentation for CxA review prior to equipment start-up. K. Submit completed DDC Point -to -Point system check documentation. Include an organized naming • convention for each set documents. L Submit completed DDC System Trending Reports. Update the trending reports as construction progresses. 3.4 DUTIES OF CONTRACTOR A. Contractor shall designate a Commissioning Specialist (CxS). I . The primary role of the CxS is to organize and provide leadership for the subcontractor Commissioning Coordinators (CC), 2. The CxS shall check all Contractor commissioning documentation. Identify errors and make corrections prior to submitting for CxA approval. 3. Coordinate and assist the CxA with integrating changes and periodic updates to the Commissioning Plan. 4. Perform site observations to follow installation progress and to verify system installation and readiness for testing. po 011 GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 9 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Contractor shall require the subcontractors to designate Commissioning Coordinators (CC). 1. The CC's shall provide scheduling input on behalf of their firm to the CxS on all activities that affect installation, start-up, TAB, functional acceptance testing, operator training, warranty, and project closeout. 2. The CC's shall coordinate with and support the CxS with completing the commissioning requirements. C. Develop comprehensive equipment start-up & point-to-point verification plans with the CxS. Integrate with the Commissioning Plan. D. The PFC sheet and FPT list information is used to tack the completion of installation and testing activities. Update the PFC data as soon as each task is completed, and include the as -built equipment make, model, serial number and other related fields for each comrnissioned item. PFC lists are to be completed prior to commencement of equipment start-up and functional performance tests. E. Start-up documentation and point-to-point test results are required as prerequisite to functional performance testing. F. Correct issues found during start-up, functional performance testing and as contained in the Issues Log in a timely manner to allow for testing/re-testing activities within the commissioning schedule. Communicate corrective actions to the CxA. G. Submit electrical testing reports for review and approval. H. Report TAB issues to the CxA. Resolve the issues in a timely manner so that functional performance tests can be completed on schedule. Coordinate test & balance information with the CxA and provide the final set -point values for input into controls system. J. Maintain and review the updated as -built drawings each week during construction with the CxA. The updates shall include equipment/system changes and all revisions related to the control system sequences of operation. K. Operations & maintenance staff training for commissioned equipment, systems and assemblies is 11111 required. Agendas and material content planned for use in the training sessions shall be reviewed with the CxA. fillL Coordinate activities with all required participants and conduct the seasonal and other incomplete Iwo tests with the CxA. Summarize results in a report and submit for CxA review. M. Participate and assist with a review of equipment/systems operation within ten months after substantial completion. The review shall include coordination for resolution of deficiencies with the Owner. 3.5 NOTIFICATION OF SYSTEM COMPLETION A. Two weeks prior to the beginning of start-up or test activities for each system, the CxS shall provide a detailed look -ahead schedule. This schedule shall be updated weekly and shall provide GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 10 PI IR BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION information to include date, time, location, and anticipated duration of each start-up or testing activity. B. The CxA shall witness equipment start-up performed by the equipment manufacturer's representative. The Contractor shall document start-up of the equipment and provide in PDF format to the CxA. C. When systems are ready for functional performance testing, CxS shall notify the CxA in writing at least 72 hours in advance of scheduled tests. 3.6 VERIFICATION OF PERFORMANCE A. The design and approved submittal data shall be incorporated into the PFC's by the CxA. B. Discrepancies between submitted and installed information will be noted in the Issues Log by the CxA for Contractor resolution. C. PFC installation sheets and startup reports shall be completed by the Contractor. D. PFC sheets shall be back checked by the CxA. Contractor shall facilitate resolution of issues noted in the Issues Log. E. As -built data shall be included with the PFC's by the Contractor. F. Verification of performance shall take place after formal notice from the Contractor that the following steps have been completed: 1. The pre -functional checklists (installation and operational) have been signed -off by the CxS and CxA. 2. FPT scripts have been "Pretested" by the Contractor and the system and/or equipment is deemed ready for the CxA to witness final functional performance tests. G. Performance demonstration shall be done by the systems and equipment trade representatives and shall be coordinated by the CxS and witnessed by the CxA. Verification shall include demonstration of performance listed in the functional performance tests prepared by the CxA. H. The CxA witnessed functional performance tests data will be documented at the time of verification. 1. The contractor shall notify the CxA as soon as possible of any issues identified during construction that may affect the commissioning process or final system performance. 3.7 WORK TO RESOLVE DEFICIENCIES A. Items such as excessive noise, improper adjustments, misapplied equipment and deficient performance of equipment under varying loads shall result in additional work being required to complete commissioning of the systems. Whereas the CC's shall have input and the opportunity to discuss the work and resolution of problems with the CxS, the Owner shall have final authority for accepting the work plan for achieving acceptable performance of systems and equipment. GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 11 Imo BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Corrective work shall be completed by the Contractor in a timely fashion to permit the on time • completion of the commissioning process per the approved commissioning schedule. When requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide a manufacturer's representative to oversee corrective measures. C. Experimentation to render system performance shall be permitted: 1. If the CxS deems the experimentation work to be ineffective or untimely as it relates to the commissioning process, the CxS shall notify the Owner indicating the nature of the problem, expected steps to be taken, and the deadline for completion of activities.. 2. If deadlines pass without resolution of the problem, the Owner reserves the right to obtain supplementary services and/or equipment to resolve the problem. 3 Costs incurred to solve the problem in an expeditious manner shall be the Contractor's responsibility. 3.8 SEASONAL COMMISSIONING AND OCCUPANCY VARIATIONS A. Seasonal commissioning pertains to testing under full or near full -load conditions during peak Imo heating and peak cooling seasons as well as part -load conditions in the spring and fall. Initial commissioning shall be done by the Contractor and witnessed by the CxA prior to substantial completion, regardless of season. C. Commissioning under conditions representing other than the current season shall be undertaken at a later time by the Contractor and witnessed by the CxA. The CxS shall coordinate seasonal testing with TAB contractor for opposite season testing. D. Discrepancies discovered after substantial completion with equipment installation, performance or workmanship shall be handled as warranty items by the Contractor and coordinated with the CxA. E. CxS shall provide the CxA with data to update the Commissioning Report to include seasonal testing and warranty period activities. F. CxS shall coordinate the schedule and status of the commissioning activities with the CxA. CxA will provide oversight and verify completeness of the commissioning activities, and report status directly to the Owner representative. G. Postponed or deferred commissioning pertains to any remaining testing that was disallowed from being performed prior to substantial completion. Owner approval is required for testing that is postponed or deferred. H. CxA will update Final Commissioning Report to include seasonal test results, deferred test results and warranty period activities after they have been completed by the Contractor. 3.9 RETESTING AND RECOMMISSIONING A. Deficiencies with material/equipment, integrated tests or in any part of the installation revealed by commissioning tests shall be investigated, replaced, or repaired by the Contractor. GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 12 P4 Nol BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Commissioning tests shall be repeated at the Contractor's expense until no fault appears, and until the repeated test results are approved by the Owner. 3.10 FINAL COMMISSIONING REPORT A. The Final Commissioning Report is assembled by the CxA after the documentation and commissioning activities performed by the Contractor have been completed. B. At the satisfactory conclusion of the commissioning process, the CxA will formally recommend system and equipment performance acceptance to the Owner. END OF SECTION 019113 fml GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 019113 - 13 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 024100 61, DEMOLITION 1 PART 1 - GENERAL IP I .1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. This Section includes the specifications for demolition, removal, and disposal of surface and subsurface structures and related ancillary components; street improvements; pavement, foundations and footings; including backfilling of excavations and depressions to restore site to final grade. B. Extent of demolition work shall be as follows: 1. Completely remove buildings and structure foundations, footings, and foundation systems, mai and all concrete encountered during excavation and construction. Unless otherwise specified, existing concrete footings more than 3 feet below the bottom of subballast, and !NI those parts outside of the Project area more than 2 feet below natural ground surface may remain in place. Existing pavement sections in areas to be removed are as shown on the vow Contract Drawings. 2. Disconnect, cut, and cap utility services at location shown on Drawings. 3. Excavation, backfilling, and compaction are specified in Sections 312000 — Earth Moving. C. Work specified in this Section also includes removal, relocation, salvage, and disposal of selected improvements as indicated, located within street right-of-way or area of existing improvements, where care must be exercised to prevent damage to existing utilities or portion of improvements that are to remain. 1. Removal and disposal of pavements, curbs, and sidewalks, and other facilities of no salvage value. Pi 2. Removal, relocation, and delivery of salvageable items to the appropriate owners, such as fencing and signs, as indicated. D. Temporary facilities, such as fences, barricades, warning lights, and other protective measures are per a separate agreement with Boeing. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all removal items during pre -bid site review. As boi demolition is performed, the Contractor shall coordinate activities with the existing utilities. F. Related Requirements: 1. 013300 Submittal Procedures. DEMOLITION 024100 - 1 rri BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls. 3. 017300 Execution. 4, 017900 Demonstration and Training. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and American Society of Safety Engineers (ASSE): 1. ANSI/ASSE A10.6-2006 Safety & Health Program Requirements for Demolition Operations. • 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Structure - Walls, slabs, beams, foundations, footings, piles, foundation systems, pavements, curbs, and ramps, loading docks, stairs, roof or canopies, and sidewalks integral to the structure. B. Asphalt Concrete Pavements - Streets, driveways, alleyways, or other surfaces constructed from bituminous mix, or any combination of bituminous mixes or surfaces treatments. C. Portland Cement Concrete Pavements - Streets, driveways, alleyways, or other slabs greater than four inches in thickness, constructed from portland cement concrete, granite, sandstone, with or without asphaltic overlay. D. Concrete Sidewalks - Concrete slabs that average four inches or less in thickness, with or without asphaltic overlay. Sidewalks greater than four -inches average thickness, not including any asphaltic overlay, are considered as portland cement concrete pavements. 1.5 SUBM11 I ALS A. General: Submittals shall be as mutually agreed with Boeing. B. Demolition Plan: Provide a demolition plan and schedule to the Owner's Representative for review, describing the proposed sequence, methods, and equipment for demolition, removal, and disposal of structure(s), including salvage if required. Coordinate with Owner's Representative in relation to items included in this section. Include description of proposed haul routes. C. Permits: Submit copies of demolition, hauling, and debris disposal permits and notices to the • Owner's Representative prior to start of demolition for review and record purposes. Dispose of waste and excess materials at a legally licensed landfill/disposal facility outside jobsite. • D. Utility Severance Certificates: Provide certificates of severance of utility services to the Owner's Representative for review and record purposes. • E. Private Property Owner's Release: If material demolished and removed from the site will be deposited on private property, submit two copies of written releases not more than 15 days before the start of work. Releases shall absolve The Owner from responsibility concerning the depositing of material on private property, and shall be signed by the owners of property on which the material will be deposited. DEMOLITION 024100 - 2 Pk BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 km.• TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PIM tor 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Perform all work in strict accordance with applicable government Codes and Regulations, especially meeting all safety standards and requirements of WA/OSHA and Boeing. Provide additional measures, added materials and devices as directed by the Owner's Representative. B. PERMITS: Obtain all special permits and licenses and give all notices required for performance and completion of the demolition arid removal work, hauling, and disposal of debris, and other permit requirements identified in this Section. C. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements. 1.7 SITE CONDITIONS A. Protection of Persons and Property: 1. Install temporary chain link fencing around the area of work. 2. Erect and maintain temporary bracing, shoring, lights, barricades, signs, and other measures as necessary to protect the public, workers, and adjoining property from damage from demolition work, all in accordance with applicable codes and regulations. 3 Barricade and post with warning lights open depressions and excavations occurring as part of this work when accessible through adjacent property or through public access. Operate warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise required. 4. Protect utilities, pavements, and facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by the demolition operations. B. Existing utilities may contain asbestos. However, asbestos -related work is not included in the scope of this Section. If asbestos and other hazardous substances are discovered, contact the Owner's Representative for guidance. 1114 C. Protection of Utilities: 1. Protect active sewer, water, gas, electric, and other utilities; and drainage and irrigation lines indicated or, when not indicated, found or otherwise made known to the Contractor before or during demolition work. If utility is damaged, immediately notify the Owner's Representative and the utility owner for corrective action. 2. Prior to the demolition of any building, coordinate with the Owner for the disconnection and termination of all water, sewer, electric, telephone, other facilities that are connected. D. Dust control shall be as specified in Section 312500 - Erosion and Sediment Control E. Unknown Conditions: 1. The Contract related documents may not represent all surface and subsurface conditions at the site and adjoining areas. The actual conditions shall be verified by the Contractor before commencing work. 2. Contractor shall contact Utility Notification Center to locate existing drainage and utilities. 3. Protect existing utilities and drainage from damage. DEMOLITION 024100 - 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PI PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND FACILITIES A. Furnish all materials, tools, equipment, devices, appurtenances, facilities, and services as required OR for performing the demolition and removal work. B. Materials used for backfill shall conform to the requirements for backfill of Section 312000 - Earth • Moving. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Notify the Owner's Representative 48 hours prior to beginning demolition work. B. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers, fences and security devices around the perimeter of the construction site, as indicated in the schedule of work and as directed by the Project Representative. C. Mark location of existing utilities 3.2 PRESERVATION OF REFERENCE MARKERS A. Record the locations and designation of survey markers and monuments prior to their removal. low Provide three reference points for each survey marker and monument removed, established by a land surveyor licensed in the State of Washington. MI Ind B. Store removed markers and monuments during demolition work, and replace them upon completion of the work. Re-establish survey markers and monuments in conformance with the recorded • reference points. Forward to the Owner's Representative a letter verifying re-establishment of survey markers and monuments, signed by a land surveyor licensed in the State of Washington. • 3.3 DEMOLITION mai A. Perform demolition in accordance with the verified demolition plan, permits and ANSFASSE A10.6. OR B. Blasting will not be permitted. Ng C. Plug abandoned utility conduits and pipes identified on the plans with commercial concrete for a distance of 2 pipe diameters or as required by the utility owners and/or Boeing standards or as directed by the Construction Manager. Pi D. Backfill depressions caused by excavations, demolition, and removal with materials placed and mei compacted in accordance with Section 312000 - Earth Moving. 1. Perform and complete all operations in connection with backfilling and grading in such manner to ensure proper drainage. 2. Backfill and level to adjacent ground elevation all subsurface spaces. DEMOLITION 024100 - 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION u u WEI MI • • . Grade the ground surface to eliminate water pockets. E. Do not start demolition until submittals are reviewed and approved. F. Exercise pollution controls as specified in the Contractor's Health and Safety Plan and the Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan required by Section 312500 — Erosion and Sedimentation Control. G. Comply with conditions and restrictions of demolition permit. H. Abandonment and/or removal, of underground hazardous material storage tanks (including fuel tanks) - hi accordance with requirements of the Contractor's Health and Safety Plan. Backfill excavations caused by tank removal as specified in Section 312000 - Earth Moving. Remove asphalt and concrete pavement, curbs, walks, steps, retaining walls, slabs and aprons per the limits designated on the Drawings. Utilities - Demolish pipes, conduits, manholes, catch basins and other utility structures as designated on the Drawings. K. When sawcutting concrete pavement, driveway, or sidewalk, with or without asphalt overlay, the depth of sawcut shall be full depth unless noted otherwise in the Project Drawings. I. Curb shall be sawcut full height and width. 2. Asphalt concrete shall be sawcut full depth. 3. Sawcutting shall be where required on Drawings. 4. To thoroughly clean sawcuts, the Contractor shall employ methods acceptable to the Owner either using, or as effective a method as using, high-pressure water to thoroughly flush the sawcuts of all debris and contaminants. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS A. Dispose of removed materials, waste, trash, and debris in a safe, acceptable manner, in accordance with applicable laws and ordinances and as prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Burying of trash and debris on the site will not be permitted. C. Remove trash and debris from the site at frequent intervals. D. Removed materials, trash, debris, and unsalvageable materials shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed and disposed of in a legal manner. Dispose of waste and excess materials at a legally licensed recycling or landfill/disposal facility outside jobsite. E. Remove materials to be salvaged and store in a protected area and, at completion of Contract, turn over to Owner's Representative or deliver to designee. 3.5 CLEANUP A. Provide a clean and orderly site. Perform cleaning as specified. MI DEMOLITION 024100 - 5 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION END OF SECTION 024100 DEMOLITION 024100 - 6 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION OM Mal SECTION 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. I .3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off -site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. B. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Pre -demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. 5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed. um SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes. 1.7 FIELD CONDI I IONS A. Boeing will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Boeing's operations will not be disrupted. B. Notify Engineer of Record of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. C. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Boeing before start of the Work. 2. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Engineer of Record and Boeing. Hazardous materials will be removed by Boeing under a separate contract. D. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations as required by Boeing. 1. Maintain fire -protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations as required by Boeing. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. Notify warrantor before proceeding. B. Notify warrantor on completion of selective demolition, and obtain documentation verifying that existing system has been inspected and warranty remains in effect. Submit documentation at Project closeout. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations or as described in the Drawings. B. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Boeing. Boeing does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in record documents. C. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Engineer of Record. E. Engage a licensed professional engineer to perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of adjacent structures during selective demolition operations. 1. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings. 1. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. 1. Comply with Boeing requirements for existing services/systems interruptions. B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Boeing will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor. 2. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 3. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 4. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire -suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. c. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. d. Equiprnent to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris -removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Comply with Boeing requirements for access and protection. B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3 Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 5. Comply with Boeing requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling. C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished to be designed by licensed engineer. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 -4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLII ION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: I. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame -cutting operations. Maintain portable fire -suppression devices during flame - cutting operations. 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin -infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off -site. 7. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 8. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. B. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Using power -driven saw, cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch at junctures with construction to remain. Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete. Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated. B. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals using power -driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts. C. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade: Saw -cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and remove. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA - approved landfill. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 -5 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4I57008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Boeing's property and legally dispose of them. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 6 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA. WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 032990 UNDER SLAB VAPOR BARRIER SHEETING • PART 1 - GENERAL 61110 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS !PI A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Work includes but is not limited to sheeting membrane overlaying gravel fill under interior concrete slabs on grade. 1.3 ACTION SUBMI11ALS Lir A. Submit product data in accordance with Section 013300 for sheeting and patching materials. Include manufacturer's current recommended installation methods. l .4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver in accordance with Section 016000 and the foliowing: 1. Prevent puncturing and tearing. 1.5 PROJECT AND SITE CONDITIONS A. Work of this section follows satisfactory completion of: 1. Substrate construction. kir 2. Drains and other through projections. 3. Level and compacted gravel base. 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Time work of this section in accordance with established progress schedule. Iwo 1. Prohibit slab installation until work of this section is properly installed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Reinforced waterproof paper with polyethylene coating both sides: 1. Sisalkraft Moistop 295, Nocelet Dampproof XX, or approved equal. load 2. Lap sealant or tape: as recommended by manufacturer. UNDER SLAB VAPOR BARRIER SHEETING 032990- 1 • BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION • B. Sand: Fine river -washed sand. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Don't install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes your acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 1. Place over compacted gravel base with a minimum number of joints. a. Lap 4 inches minimum. Seal lapped joints and patches. b. Turn up edges at vertical surfaces not less than 4 inches. c. Exercise care to avoid puncturing or tearing sheeting during installation. Patch tears as they occur. 2. Install 2-inch sand layer over sheeting before pouring slabs on grade. Thoroughly wet just before pour. END OF SECTION 032990 UNDER SLAB VAPOR BARRIER SHEETING 032990- 2 ine• BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 033000 • CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast -in -place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following: 1. Footings. 2. Slabs -on -grade. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for drainage fill under slabs -on -grade. 2. Section 321313 "Concrete Paving" for concrete pavement and walks. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast - furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. D. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates B. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Form materials and form -release agents. 4. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 5. Waterstops. 6. Curing compounds. 7. Bonding agents. 8. Adhesives. 9. Semi -rigid joint filler. 10. Joint -filler strips. 11. Repair materials. C. Material Test Reports - Aggregates: Provide from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with requirements: D. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements indicating compliance with specified tolerances. E. Field quality -control reports. 1.6 QUAL11 Y ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personrkel qualified as ACI- certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and ism equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade I, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 2 IOW BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1 IR laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. E. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel." F. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: I. ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5. 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." G. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. H. Pre -installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast -in -place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready -mix concrete manufacturer. d. Concrete subcontractor. e. Special concrete finish subcontractor. 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, curing procedures, construction joints, forms and form removal limitations, shoring procedures, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances, steel reinforcement installation, trench elevation measurements, concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth -Formed Finished Concrete: Form -facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. I. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Exterior -grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High -density overlay, Class I or better. b. Medium -density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill -release agent treated and edge sealed. c. Structural 1, B-B or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. d. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. B. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Pan -Type Forms: Glass -fiber -reinforced plastic or formed steel, stiffened to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. D. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. I. Formulate form -release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form -facing materials. E. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, removable or snap -off metal or glass -fiber -reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties with integral water -barrier plates to walls indicated to receive damp proofing or waterproofing. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of pre - consumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. B. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. C. Deformed -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497/A 497M, flat sheet. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), plain -steel bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic -protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless -steel bar supports. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type VII. Supplement with the following: a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F or C. b. Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120. B. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica. C. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 3M coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source I. Maximum Coarse -Aggregate Size: 1 inch nominal. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. D. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. I. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 5. High -Range, Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. bid C. Set -Accelerating Corrosion -Inhibiting Admixture: Commercially formulated, anodic inhibitor or mixed cathodic and anodic inhibitor; capable of forming a protective barrier and minimizing 'Cos chloride reactions with steel reinforcement in concrete and complying with ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Axim Italcementi Group, Inc.; CATEXOL CN-CI. b. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Rheocrete CNI. c. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 5 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA. WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION d. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; DCI. e. Sika Corporation; Sika CNI. D. Non -Set -Accelerating Corrosion -Inhibiting Admixture: Commercially formulated, non -set - accelerating, anodic inhibitor or mixed cathodic and anodic inhibitor; capable of forming a protective barrier and minimizing chloride reactions with steel reinforcement in concrete. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Rheocrete 222+. b. Cortec Corporation; MCI- 2000. c. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; DCI-S. d. Sika Corporation; FerroGard 901. 2.6 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Axim Italcementi Group, Inc.; CATEXOL CimFilm. b. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Confilm. c. ChemMasters; SprayFilm. d. Conspec by Dayton Superior; Aquafilm. e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Film (J-74). f. Edoco by Dayton Superior; BurkeFilm. g. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Eucobar. h. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Vapor -Aid. i. Lambert Corporation; LAMBCO Skin. j. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; E-CON. k. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; EVAPRE. I. Metalcrete Industries; Waterhold. m. Nox-Crete Products Group; MONOFILM. n. Sika Corporation; SikaFilm. o. SpecChem, LLC; Spec Film. p. Symons by Dayton Superior; Finishing Aid. q. TK Products, Division of Sierra Corporation; TK-2120 TRI-FILM. r. Unitex; PRO -FILM. s. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex Envio Set. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 6 imat BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA. WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. rn) when dry. C. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Anti -Hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB. b. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Kure 200. c. ChemMasters; Safe -Cure Clear. d. Conspec by Dayton Superior; W.B. Resin Cure. e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day -Chem Rez Cure (J-11-W). f. Edoco by Dayton Superior; Res X Cure WB. g. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Kurez W VOX; TAMMSCURE WB 30C. h. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 420. i. Lambert Corporation; AQUA KURE - CLEAR. j. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R. k. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100-CLEAR. 1. Nox-Crete Products Group; Resin Cure E. m. Right Pointe; Clear Water Resin. n. SpecChem, LLC; Spec Rez Clear. o. Symons by Dayton Superior; Resi-Chem Clear. p. TK Products, Division of Sierra Corporation; TK-2519 DC WB. q. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure 100. F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, PR nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor covering. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Anti -Hydro International, Inc.; AH Clear Cure WB. PI b. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Kure-N-Seal WB. c. ChemMasters; Safe -Cure & Seal 20. d. Conspec by Dayton Superior; Cure and Seal WB. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 7 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION e. Cresset Chemical Company; Crete-Trete 309-VOC Cure & Seal. f. Dayton Superior Corporation; Safe Cure and Seal (J-18). g. Edoco by Dayton Superior; Spartan Cote WB II. h. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Aqua Cure VOX; Clearseal WB 150. i. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Cure & Seal 309 Emulsion. j. Lambert Corporation; Glazecote Sealer-20. k. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Dress & Seal WB. I. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Vocomp-20. m Metalcrete Industries; Metcure. n. Nox-Crete Products Group; Cure & Seal 150E. o. Symons by Dayton Superior; Cure & Seal 18 Percent E. p. TK Products, Division of Sierra Corporation; TK-2519 WB. q. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Starseal 309. G. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, 18 to 25 percent solids, nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor covering. I. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Kure-N-Seal W. b. ChemMasters; Safe -Cure Clear. • c. Conspec by Dayton Superior; High Seal. lam d. Dayton Superior Corporation; Safe Cure and Seal (J-I 9). e. Edoco by Dayton Superior; Spartan Cote WB II 20 Percent. 1111 :NJ f. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Diamond Clear VOX; Clearseal WB STD. g. Kaufman Products, Inc.; SureCure Emulsion. h. Lambert Corporation; Glazecote Sealer-20. Flai. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Dress & Seal WB. 1.• j. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Vocomp-20. k. Metalcrete Industries; Metcure 0800. I. Nox-Crete Products Group; Cure & Seal 200E. m. Symons by Dayton Superior; Cure & Seal 18 Percent E. n. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Starseal 0800. • CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 8 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA. WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION H. Clear, Solvent -Borne, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. I. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Kure-N-Seal 25 LV. b. ChemMasters; Spray -Cure & Seal Plus. c. Conspec by Dayton Superior; Sealcure 1315. d. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day -Chem Cure and Seal (J-22UV). e. Edoco by Dayton Superior; Cureseal 1315. f. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Super Diamond Clear; LusterSeal 300. g. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Sure Cure 25 h. Lambert Corporation; UV Super Seal. 1. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Lumiseal Plus. j. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; CS-309/30. k. Metalcrete Industries; Seal N Kure 30. 1. Right Pointe; Right Sheen 30. m. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex AC 1315, 2. VOC Content: Curing and sealing compounds shall have a VOC content of 200 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). I. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Kure 1315. b. ChemMasters; Polyseal WB. c. Conspec by Dayton Superior; Sealcure 1315 WB. d. Edoco by Dayton Superior; Cureseal 1315 WB. e. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Super Diamond Clear VOX; LusterSeal WB 300. f. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Sure Cure 25 Emulsion. g. Lambert Corporation; UV Safe Seal. h. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; Lumiseal WB Plus. i. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Vocomp-30. j. Metalcrete Industries; Metcure 30. k. Right Pointe; Right Sheen WB30. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 9 PM t.1 • BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4 I 57008 TUKWILA. WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. Symons by Dayton Superior; Cure & Seal 31 Percent E. m. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Vexcon Starseal 1315. 2. VOC Content: Curing and sealing compounds shall have a VOC content of 200 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.7 RELATED MATERIALS /11 A. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059/C 1059M, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. B. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two -component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 1. Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. 2.8 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Over-layment: Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch and that can be filled in over a scarified surface to match tor adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement • as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. 2.9 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: I. Fly Ash: 25 percent. 2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent. 3. Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag: 50 percent. 4. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag: 50 percent portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. IMO CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 10 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 5. Silica Fume: 10 percent. 6. Combined F1y Ash, Pozzolans, and Silica Fume: 35 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent. 7. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag, and Silica Fume: 50 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent. C. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water -reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water -reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water- cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 4. Use corrosion -inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated. E. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. 2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. All Elements: Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as specified in the "Concrete" section of the General Notes on Drawing 09-099-S2D-1. 2.11 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.12 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1- 1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. B. Project -Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum -type batch machine mixer. I. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released. 2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd., increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 11 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixture time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain fomiwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct fomiwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth -formed finished surfaces. 2. Class C, 1/2 inch for rough -formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Do not chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 12 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form -removal operations and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. 1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. 2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form -release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Owner. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. 1. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, where indicated. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 13 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. Epoxy -Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair coating according to ASTM D 3963/D 3963M. Use epoxy -coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy -coated steel reinforcement. G. Zinc -Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged zinc coatings with zinc repair material according to ASTM A 780. Use galvanized steel wire ties to fasten zinc -coated steel reinforcement. 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Owner. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam -girder intersection. 4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 5. Space vertical joints in walls at 40 feet spacing maximum. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 6. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 7. Use epoxy -bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- fourth of concrete thickness as follows: I. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 14 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: After removing formwork, install joint -filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint -filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated. 2. Terminate full -width joint -filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants," are indicated. Install joint -filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. E. Doweled Joints: install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.6 WATERSTOPS A, Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Self -Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions, adhesive bonding, mechanically fastening, and firmly pressing into place. Install in longest lengths practicable. 3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Owner. C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water -reducing admixtures to mixture. D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 15 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION inches (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. I. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. F. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. G. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.8 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 16 • 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.9 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with AC1 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish. C. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power -driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces exposed to view. 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M), for a randomly trafficked floor surface: .• a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 25; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 17; and of levelness, F(L) 15. 10 b. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35; and of levelness, F(L) 25; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs -on -grade. c. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 30; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 15; for suspended slabs. d. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 45; and of levelness, F(L) 35; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 30; and of levelness, F(L) 24. 3 Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled, freestanding, 10-ft.- long straightedge resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed 1/4 inch. au/ 3.10 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in - place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 17 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.11 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and ACI 301 for hot -weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure foi Hied concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water -fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with inoisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture -retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings. b. Moisture cure or use moisture -retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture -retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 18 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies curing compound will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to rnanufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.12 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least 28 days. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw -cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 3.13 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and • replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Owner's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry -pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. • 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch (19 mm). Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and 111 brush -coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form -tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. • 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Owner. • • CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 19 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA. WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Repairing Unforrned Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 7. Repair random cracks and single holes one inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Owner's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Owner's approval. 3.14 F1F,LD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Boeing will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing and Inspecting: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 20 t ' mai BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Steel reinforcement welding. 3. Headed bolts and studs. 4. Verification of use of required design mixture. 5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 6. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 7. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs. D. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof. 2. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. (76 cu. m) or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive -strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 3. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 4. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M. a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. b. Cast and field cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. log 6. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one set of two laboratory -cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. It a. Test one set of two field -cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. b. A compressive -strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 7. When strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory - cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in -place concrete. 8. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 21 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION and no compressive -strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa). 9. Test results shall be reported in writing to Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive -strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. 10. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Owner but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 11. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 12. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 033000 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 22 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 036200 NONSHRINK GROUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Bearing support grouting for structural steel. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 033000 Cast -In -Place Concrete 1.3 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials: ASTM- 1. ASTM C 109-84: Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars PI (using 2-inch or 50mm Cube Specimens) 2. ASTM C 309: Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ref B. U.S. Corps of Engineers: COE CRD-C-611, Method of Test for Flow of Grout Mixtures (Flow cone method). 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer's literature describing material. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.5 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Schedule a job meeting for coordinating related work, materials, and techniques. 1. Request presence of Construction Manager, manufacturer's representative, installer and concerned trades persons. 2. Establish sequencing. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver in original unbroken containers. B. Store on pallets. Protect from damage until used. NONSHRINK GROUT 036200- I BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.7 PROJECT AND SI1E CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Ambient temperature during placing: 40° to 100°F. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Grout: Master Builders Technologies 4718 81st Place Southwest Mukilteo, Washington 98275 Tel: (206) 742-2992 2.2 PRODUCTS A. Grout: Embeco 885 1. Compressive strength 11,000 psi minimum at 28 days. a. Plastic: 11,000 psi b. Flowable: 9,000 psi c. Fluid: 8,000 psi B. Grout: Masterflow 928 1. Compressive strength minimum at 28 days. a. Plastic: 8,500 psi b. Flowable: 7,500 psi c. Fluid: 7,000 psi C. Water: Potable D. Curing compound: ASTM C 309; Type 1-D, fugitive dye; Class B, all resin. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes your acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. B. Protection: Protect surrounding surfaces to prevent damage due to work of this section. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Prepare and install grout according to manufacturer's printed instructions and special procedures established at pre -installation conference. NONSHRINK GROUT 036200- 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.3 CURING A. After initial grout set, apply curing compound on exposed grout. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: Conduct a minimum of four tests at random times and locations during each day's grouting operations. Conduct additional tests at Construction Managers direction. Each test will consist of the following: 1. Flow cone test: US COE Method CRD-C-611 2. Grout sample and test: ASTM C 109 B. Inspection: Notify Construction Manager when bearing surfaces are prepared and ready to • receive grout. Allow 3 working days for inspection and approval of bearing surfaces. lor C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide manufacturer's technical representative to attend preconstruction meeting, oversee job startup, provide site assistance. 3.5 CLEANING Pi A. Leave premises clean and free from residue of work of this section. ER END OF SECTION 036200 pi 1=1 %NI O R O R 1.1 • NONSHRINK GROUT 036200- 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Loi A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Structural steel. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural -steel frame, as classified by AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural -steel components. 1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Include embedment drawings. 3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. 4. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip -critical high -strength bolted connections. 5. Identify members and connections of the seismic -load -resisting system. 6. Indicate locations and dimensions of protected zones. 7. Identify demand critical welds. C. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs) and Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs): Provide according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for each welded joint whether prequalified or qualified by testing including the following: 1. Power source (constant current or constant voltage). 2. Electrode manufacturer and trade name, for demand critical welds. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 1 200 - 1 law PN BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. B. Mill test reports for structural steel, including chemical and physical properties. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category STD. B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category ACSE. C. Shop -Painting Applicators: Qualified according to AISC's Sophisticated Paint Endorsement PI or SSPC-QP 3, "Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Shop Painting Applicators." D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.I/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." I. Welders and welding operators performing work on bottom -flange, demand -critical welds shall pass the supplemental welder qualification testing, as required by AWS D1.8. FCAW-S and FCAW-G shall be considered separate processes for welding personnel qualification. E. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC 303. 2. AISC 341 and AISC 341s1. 3. AISC 360. 4. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to 'members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact. 1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Boeing's testing and inspecting agency observes repackaging and seals containers. 2. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM F 1852 fasteners and for retesting fasteners after lubrication. PI STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 1 200 -2 am BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER VV4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. • PART 2- PRODUCTS wi 2.1 STRUCTURAL -STEEL MATERIALS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent (confirm with Owner). B. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an average recycled content of steel products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less than the following: 1. W-Shapes: 60 percent. 2. Channels, Angles, M, S-Shapes: 60 percent. 3. Plate and Bar: 25 percent. 4. Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Sections: 25 percent. 5. Steel Pipe: 25 percent. 6. All Other Steel Materials: 25 percent. C. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M. D. Channels, Angles, M, S-Shapes: ASTM A 572/A 572M, Grade 50 (345) E. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M F. Corrosion -Resisting Structural -Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 588/A 588M, Grade 50 (345). G. Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B structural tubing. H. Corrosion -Resisting Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 847/A 847M, structural tubing. I. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B. 1. Weight Class: Standard 2. Finish: Galvanized J. Steel Castings: ASTM A 216/A 216M, Grade WCB with supplementary requirement S11. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 3 NEW Nor compressible -washer type with plain finish. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE C:OOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION K. Steel Forgings: ASTM A 668/A 668M. L. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 2.2 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heavy -hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade C, (ASTM A 563M, Class 8S) heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M), Type 1, hardened carbon -steel washers; all with plain finish. 1. Direct -Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325 (ASTM F 959M, Type 8.8), compressible -washer type with plain finish. B. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 490 (ASTM A 490M), Type 1, heavy -hex steel structural bolts or tension -control, bolt -nut -washer assemblies with splined ends; ASTM A 563, Grade DH, (ASTM A 563M, Class 10S) heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M), Type 1, hardened carbon -steel washers with plain finish. I. Direct -Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 490 (ASTM F 959M, Type 10.9), MI C. Zinc -Coated High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heavy -hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade DH (ASTM A 563M, Class 10S) heavy - hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M), Type 1, hardened carbon -steel • washers. I. Finish: Hot -dip or mechanically deposited zinc coating. • 2. Direct -Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325 (ASTM F 959M, Type 8.8), compressible -washer type with mechanically deposited zinc coating, baked epoxy -coated finish. D. Tension -Control, High -Strength Bolt -Nut -Washer Assemblies: ASTM F 1852, Type 1, heavy - hex head assemblies consisting of steel structural bolts with splined ends, heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts, and hardened carbon -steel washers. 1. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating. MIN Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed -stud type, cold -finished carbon steel; AWS D1.1/D1.1M, Type B. F. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36 I. Configuration: Straight. wad 2. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy -hex carbon steel. MR 3, Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 4. Washers: ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M), Type 1, hardened carbon steel. 5. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. pm STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 4 161 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION G. Headed Anchor Rcids: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36 straight. 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy -hex carbon steel. 2. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 3. Washers: ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M), Type 1, hardened carbon steel. 4. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. H. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy -hex carbon steel. 2. Washers: ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M), Type 1, hardened. 3. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. I. Sleeve Nuts: Made from cold -finished carbon steel bars, ASTM A 108, Grade 1018. 2.3 PRIMER A. Low -Emitting Materials: Paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers." B. Primer: SSPC-Paint 25, Type I zinc oxide, alkyd, linseed oil primer. C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780. 2.4 GROUT A. See Section 036200 "Non -shrink grout". 2.5 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC 360. 1. Camber structural -steel members where indicated. 2. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. 3. Identify high -strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6/A 6M and maintain markings until structural steel has been erected. 4. Mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. 5. Complete structural -steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop - priming operations. B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 1 200 - 5 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. E. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to SSPC-SP 1, "Solvent Cleaning". F. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed -stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions. SI 2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 1 G. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel framing members. 1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 3 Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work. 2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Shop install high -strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC 303 for mill material. 2.7 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of two inches. 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces to be high -strength bolted with slip -critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire -resistive materials (applied fireproofing). 5. Galvanized surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Rernove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards: 1. SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning." 2. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 6 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint comers, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. D. Painting: Prepare steel and apply a one -coat, nonasphaltic primer complying with SSPC- PS Guide 7.00, "Painting System Guide 7.00: Guide for Selecting One -Coat Shop Painting Systems," to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Boeing will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural -steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. • C. Bolted Connections: Shop -bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." D. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shop -welded connections will be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 3. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. 4. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. E. In addition to visual inspection, shop -welded shear connectors will be tested and inspected according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M for stud welding and as follows: 1. Bend tests will be performed if visual inspections reveal either a less -than -continuous 360- degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested, according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 2.9 EXAMINATION A. Verify, with steel Erector present, elevations of concrete -bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 7 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. Prepare a certified survey of bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2.10 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast -in - place concrete has attained its design compressive strength. 2.11 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC 303 and AISC 360. B. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry -bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of base plate. 3. Snug -tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage -resistant grouts. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." D. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service. E. Splice members only where indicated. F. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 8 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.12 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Install high -strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. • 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding 011 procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. sirs) I. Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth. 3 Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes • without exceeding tolerances in AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for mill material. t. 2.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect field welds. B. Bolted Connections: Bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.I/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. D. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field -welded shear connectors according to requirements in AWS DIUDIAM for stud welding and as follows: 1. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less -than -continuous 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Conduct tests on additional shear connectors if weld fracture a -..curs on shear connectors already tested, according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. E. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 9 0 !C , BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.14 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 10 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 070000 ROOF THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The specifications herein described are general guidelines created from information provided to Firestone Building Products by project specifiers and design professionals. They are intended to facilitate and assist in the selection of roof materials, not as a substitute for the judgment of a design professional. The ultimate selection of a specification for a particular roof remains the responsibility of the building owner and their design professionals. 1.2 NOTES A. The Firestone Building Products specifications will be strictly followed for all products supplied by the company. Prior to installation, Firestone Building Products must approve any deviation from the specifications. The works shall only be installed by an authorized contractor. 1. Installations must comply with all current relevant standards, codes of practice, and the Building Regulations. 2. A Firestone standard 10-year warranty shall be issued to the building owner on completion. 3. Al] materials shall be stored clear of ground and moisture with weather protective covering. Keep all adhesives, sealants and primers away from sources of ignition. 4. Do not apply roofing membrane during inclement weather or when ambient conditions will not allow proper application. 5. At the end of the working day: Temporarily seal the membrane to the deck to prevent any water infiltration. Temporary closures that ensure that moisture does not damage any completed section of the new roofing system are the responsibility of the roofing contractor. Completion of flashings, terminations and temporary closures shall be completed as required to provide a watertight condition. Ensure protection of warm deck insulation by temporary seal. Ensure that the sequence of laying enables temporary sealing of loose membrane edges to be down the slope and not against the flow of water. On resumption of work cut away the tail of the membrane from completed area and remove from roof. 6. Adequate temporary protection must be provided over the installed membrane during the works program, particularly at temporary walkways, access points to the roof, roofing material stockpiles etc. in order to prevent damage. 7. Safety scaffolding, rubbish skips, access ladders etc. should be agreed with the client and in accordance with the current Health and Safety regulations. 8 The main contractor shall ensure that all areas of the finished roofing system shall be protected from roofing related work traffic and other trades until completion of all works. ROOF THERMAL AND MOISTURE PRO I ECTION REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 070000 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.3 SAFETY A. Areas of caution on the roof such as roof edges, skylights, rooftop equipment, expansion joints, etc. shall be indicated with a safety perimeter by bonding a 140mm wide self -adhering QuickSeam Yellow Safety Strips onto the UltraPly TPO membranes with Single -Ply Prime, installed in accordance with the Firestone Technical Guidelines. All outlets must be protected to prevent debris entering and causing blockage of down pipes. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Job Site Considerations: 1. All Safety Regulations required by OSHA and other agencies having jurisdiction must he followed. 2. During the construction process, the roofing contractor is responsible for ensuring that all components of the Firestone roof system, including the finished areas are protected from Iwo damage, including, but not limited to: • a. Damage that may result from the continued construction process b. Direct contact with continuous steam or heat sources when the in-service temperature is in excess of 180 F (82 C) for Firestone Roof Products. c. Asphalt, coal tar, oil base or plastic room cements, and re -saturated roof products, which are not to be used in direct contract with the waterproofing components of the Firestone Roofing Products. d. Discharges, such as petroleum products, greases, oils (mineral and vegetable), animal fats and other byproducts, which may come in contact with the membrane 3. Refer to the Firestone Technical Information Sheet (T.I.S.) "Recommended Guidelines for Working on an Occupied Building" for specific guidelines when installing adhesives or asphalt products on an occupied building. 4. Cold Weather Application: When the outside temperature is below 40 F, installation of Firestone roof systems may require additional application precautions: a. Adhesives and sealants should remain in an environment between 60 degrees F and 80 degrees F for a minimum of 24 hours before installation. b. Materials should be used within four hours of removal from a heated storage area. If the materials are not used within that time period, they should be returned to the heated storage area until the temperature of the material returns to the temperature of the heated storage area. Typically, this is 24 hours. c. For additional information and guidelines, see the firestone application guide and the NRCA roofing and waterproofing manual. Old 5. Phased Construction/Temporary Roofing: a. Phased Construction is defined by the NRCA as "the installation of a roof system in two or more separate time intervals. Final surfacing is not considered a phase, and can be delayed in its application." Final surfacing, as defined by Firestone, is a flood coat and gravel or an approved roof surfacing, such as Firestone Acrylitop. In this definition, the granule cap sheet in a roof system is not considered final surfacing and should not be phase constructed. ROOF THERMAL AND MOISTURE PRO 1 1CTION REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 070000 - 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOL1NG TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION b. The use of phased construction would be the use of a temporary roof, which allows for the delayed installation of the roof system until more suitable weather, or until other trades can complete their projects. A temporary roof can be designed and installed in the same way as a vapor retarder, and can become a vapor retarder. 6. Temporary Roofing: a. A temporary roof may need to be installed if the installation of the roof system is required during unsuitable weather, or before completion of wood blocking, curbs, penetrations, or the erection of walls. b. The base piles for the Firestone roof system are not to be considered a temporary roof as the base piles are an integral component of the roof system. c. If temporary roof is needed due to construction requirements, Firestone recommends installing a modified asphalt base sheet or two fiberglass roofing plies in an appropriate adhesive over an approved substrate, to be used as the temporary roof. This temporary roof can serve to protect the interior of the building during the early stages of construction. It may then be removed or repaired, if necessary, and can be left as a vapor retarder prior to the installation of the finished Firestone roofing system. d. If roof insulation is installed under the temporary roof, the insulation shall be inspected for wet or damaged areas, so that such areas may be removed and replaced prior to installation of the Firestone Roof System. e. When a temporary roof is specified as a vapor retarder, precaution shall be exercised in protecting the temporary roof from other construction tradesmen. Damage to the temporary roof may impair its effectiveness as a vapor retarder. If the vapor retarder is installed as a temporary roof during construction, the vapor retarder shall be examined, and if necessary, repaired to ensure watertight integrity prior to installation of the remainder of the roof system. f Refer to the NRCA's roofing and Waterproofing Manual or contact Firestone Roof System Solutions Group for additional information regarding temporary roofs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOFING MATERIALS A. TPO membranes and accessories need to be supplied from the same manufacturer. 1. Manufacturer needs to be ISO 9001:2008 and ISO 14001:2004 certified. 2. Roofing Membrane: Firestone ULTRAPLYTM TPO membrane 1.5 mm (0.059"). The Firestone UltraPly TPO membrane is a flexible thermoplastic polyolefin (FPO) roofing membrane made from the incorporation of an ethylene propylene rubber into a polypropylene matrix and produced with a polyester weft -inserted reinforcement. The membrane can be supplied in the following dimensions and colors: a. Thickness: .059" (1.5 mm); b. Weight: 1.525 kg/m2; c. Length: 30.50 m; d. Width: 1.00 m; 1.50 m; 2.00 m; ROOF THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION REQUI ENTS REQUIREMENTS 070000 - 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION e. Color: White; gray 3 Dimension of the membrane will be chosen in view of the dimensions, complexity of the roof and in function of a wind uplift calculation as determined by national standards. 4. The membrane complies with the following characteristics when tested in accordance with EN 13956: a. Tensile strength (L/T): >= 1200 N/50 mm b. Elongation at break: >=, 20 % c. Tear Resistance (UT): >= 400 N d. Static loading: >= 20 kg (on soft and hard support) e. Resistance to impact: 1) Soft Support: >= 2000 mm (on) .4) 2) Hard Support: >= 800 mm (on) f. Cold foldability: <= -40 °C g. Durability/UV-exposure: Pass EN 1297 (>7500h) h. Solar Reflectance Index (initial/3 years): 98/81 (for white membrane) 5. The membrane has been assessed for its properties according to EN 13956 (CE mark), ASTM D-6878, DIN V 20000-201, is FM approved and carries the ETA 12/0419 certification. 6. Various BROOF(tl) (ENV 1187-1) classified build-ups using the membrane are available. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ponding water, snow, frost and/or ice present in more than trace amounts, must be removed from the work surface prior to installing the system. 3.2 ROOFING A. Existing Membrane: 1. Smooth Bitumen: All debris and non -adherent areas of the existing bitumen roof finish will be removed. Blisters and buckles will be cut open and sealed, defects will be repaired by gentle warming and redressing. 2. Granule Surfaced Bitumen: a. All chippings, debris and non -adherent areas of the existing bitumen roof finish will be removed from the surface. Blisters and buckles will be cut open and sealed, defects will be repaired by gentle warming and redressing. b. A separation layer of insulation board or a half -inch (12.7 min) thick Firestone ISOGARDTM HD Cover Board or equivalent will be installed prior to the installation of the roofing membrane. ROOF THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 070000 - 4 awl wig IWO BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Thermoplastic Membrane: a. The existing thermoplastic membrane will be cut at the perimeter and all flashings will be removed from the upstands and penetrations. When necessary, ihe membrane will be cut at equidistant intervals to release the tension out of the membrane. b. A separation layer of insulation board or a half -inch (12.7 mm) thick Firestone ISOGARDTM HD Cover Board or equivalent will be installed prior to the installation of the roofing membrane. 4. EPDM Membrane: a. All debris will be removed from the existing roof surface. All non -adherent parts of the existing EPDM membrane at upstands and penetrations will be removed. b. A separation layer of insulation board or a half -inch (12.7 mm) thick Firestone ISOGARDTM HD Cover Board or equivalent will be installed prior to the installation of the roofing membrane. B. Install the Firestone UltraPly TPO single -ply roofing membrane loose laid on a suitable substrate as close to its final position as possible, and allow to relax a minimum of 30 minutes before attachment or splicing. Adjoining sheets are overlapped at least 75 mm. Layout the Firestone UltraPly TPO membranes in a fashion so that field and flashing seams are installed to shed water. Orient the TPO sheets so that any exposed (cut) edges of a sheet are used as the bottom sheet in splices whenever possible. 1. The TPO sheets are to be fully adhered with TPO Bonding Adhesive on a compatible substrate. The adhesives must be roller applied in a thin even coat on both mating surfaces. Allow sufficient time for the adhesive to flash off before mating the surfaces. All strictly in accordance with Firestone specifications. 2. All TPO strips are heat -welded to form a continuous, watertight membrane (see § 4.3.1). 3.3 VAPOR CONTROL LAYER A. The necessity, type and thickness of the vapor control layer need to be determined based upon the designation of the building and the regional climatic conditions. 1. All installations need to be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and the method of fixation needs to be adapted to both the substrate and the roofing system to be installed. 2. Dress to provide sufficient edge protection to new thermal insulation at perimeter, abutments and details etc. 3.4 SEAMING A. All splices need to be hot air welded. 1. Set-up of the welding equipment is the responsibility of the installer. The air intake, temperature and speed of the machine must be adjusted to provide proper seam strength. 2. Seams made with an automatic welder must be a minimum of 38 mm wide. Seams made with hand welders must be a minimum of 50 mm wide. The weld shall be executed and pressured with a pressure roller. ROOF THERMAL AND MOISTURE PRO I E,CTION REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 070000 - 5 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Any visible cut edges with scrim exposed shall be covered with UltraPly TPO Cut Edge Sealant or TPO General Purpose Sealant. B. Base Tie -In: At all changes in angles greater than 15%, the membrane must be restrained using one of the approved 'Base Tie-inmethods as per the Firestone specifications. 1. Detail 1: Base tie-in with fasteners and plates: a. The TPO membrane should be mechanical attached with Firestone HD Seam Plates and fasteners or approved plates and fasteners as close as possible at the angle change, max. Every 300 mm O.C. The TPO membrane must extend 15 mm beyond the edge of the plates. b. Plates and fasteners are either installed on the flat roof substrate or on the wall. The selection for vertical or horizontal attachment is related to the ease of application (thickness of insulation and nature of the substrate). 2. Detail 2: Base tie-in with I PO coated metal: a. Mechanical fasten the Firestone UltraPly TPO Coated Metal to the supporting structure using appropriate fasteners, all according the Firestone guidelines. Position the fasteners not closer than 15 mm from the metal edge. b. Heat weld the field TPO membranes to the TPO Coated Metal flashing. Seams must meet requirements mentioned in § 4.3.1. C. Vertical Flashings Roof Edges and Penetrations: 1. Vertical facings are either flashed with the Firestone UltraPly TPO Coated Metal or with a separate strip of UltraPly TPO membrane which is fully adhered with TPO Bonding Adhesive and/or mechanically attached, all according the Firestone Technical Guidelines. If necessary, install a suitable overlayment (e.g. a half -inch (12.7 mm) thick Firestone ISOGARDTM HD Cover Board or equivalent) to ensure the adherence of the TPO membranes. 2. The required height for the TPO flashing should be determined by local regulations. Do not flash over existing through -wall flashings, weep holes and overflow scuppers. 3. On top of the upstands, the TPO membrane or TPO Coated Metal is mechanically attached and finished with an applicable detail (see further). D. Corners: 1. All corners should be finished using the Firestone Pre -molded Corners (inside or outside) or field fabricated corners from Firestone TPO Unsupported Flashing. 2. The corners are heat welded into place according the Firestone Technical Guidelines. 3.5 PIPE FLASHING A. All pipes must be anchored to the deck. Metal edges used at pipe penetrations must have rounded corners. 1. All TPO components should be protected from direct contact with steam or heat sources when the in-service temperature of the penetration is in excess of 60 °C. In such cases the flashing can be installed directly to an intermediate insulated cool sleeve. ROOF THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 070000 - 6 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 44 2. All penetrations must allow flashing terminations of a minimum height determined by local regulations. B. Pre -Molded Pipe Flashing: Pipe penetrations accessible from the top side and with a maximum diameter of 203 mm, can be flashed in using Firestone UltraPly TPO Pipe Flashing. Heat weld the boot to the surrounding TPO membrane around the base of the penetration and secure on top using a stainless steel clamping ring. Finish by applying a bead of General Purpose Sealant around the entire circumference of the Pipe C. Field Fabricated Pipe Flashing: Field fabricated flashing of pipes is to be executed using Firestone TPO Unsupported Flashing, in accordance with the Firestone Technical Guidelines. This method is to be used where the top of the pipe is not accessible and/or the pipes are larger than 203 mm in diameter. The TPO Unsupported Flashing is secured on top using a stainless steel clamping ring. Finish by applying a bead of General Purpose Sealant around the entire circumference of the Pipe. wow if MOO 4* r D. Pipe Clusters and Unusual Shaped Penetrations: Install pre -fabricated penetration pockets around the penetrations. Up to a pipe diameter or cluster of 90 mm a pre -molded TPO penetration pocket can be used, for larger openings a pocket can be made out of TPO coated metal. Fill the penetration pockets with firestone pourable sealant, so as to shed water. The pourable sealant shall be a minimum of 50 mm deep, use filler as required. All installed in accordance with the firestone technical guidelines 3.6 WALKWAY PADS A. Walkways shall be installed in specific areas such as access points to the roof (doorways, ladder) and on roof parts subjected to traffic more frequent than once per month. 1. Prior to heat weld the UltraPly TPO Walkway Pad (white) to the TPO membrane with textured side up. The TPO membrane needs to be clean and free of dirt, dust and debris. Install the Firestone UltraPly TPO Walkway Pads as per Firestone specifications. 2. For concrete pavers: place a layer of protection mat or an additional layer of TPO membrane underneath the pavers (min. 50 mm beyond the paver) to isolate them from the roofing membrane. 3.7 ROOF EXPANSION JOINTS A. The membrane is mechanically attached at both sides of the expansion joint using Firestone HD Seam Plates and Fasteners or an appropriate fastening system, maximum 300 mm on center. A compressible tube is added to allow for excess membrane. The expansion joint is then covered with a l'PO cover piece onto the TPO membrane. Ensure there is enough excess membrane to accommodate building movement. END OF SECTION 070000 ROOF THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS 070000 - 7 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 099113 EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following exterior substrates: 1. Steel 2. Galvanized metal 3. Concrete 4. Concrete Masonry Units (CMU) 1.2 SCOPE IN GENERAL A. Perform all work in accordance with this specification and accepted industry practices. Any deviations to this specification shall be issued as an addendum. B. Observe and comply with all Federal, State and Local laws, ordinances, codes, orders and regulations as applicable to surface preparation and application of specified PPG PAINTS Coating Systems; this includes environmental regulations and applicable Boeing Everett Site procedures for management of hazardous materials/waste, wastewater, storm water, and air emissions. C. Furnish all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to perform proper surface preparation and application of only designated PPG PAINTS and Coatings in strict accordance with this Specification. Store all materials in a trailer or other appropriate covered containment. Fuel and oil used for operation of equipment must also be stored inside when not in use. D. All products and systems in this specification are specific and exclusive to PPG PAINTS. Contact Steven Frank (253-872-3577) for PPG PAINTS application product -coating and ordering information. E. Any coating containing lead or any other hazardous material requires strict adherence to Applicable Federal, State and Local Regulations for proper sampling, monitoring, containment, removal, certification and disposal. F. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this specification with the best standards of practice as described by SSPC, MPI and PDCA good painting practices. G. Maintain continuity of personnel once assigned to the work of this contract. Coordinate transfer of key personal, though discouraged, with the Owner's designated representative. EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION H. Provide proper supervision at work sites of this contract during all operations. Communicate site safety and environmental (including spill notification) requirements to all employees on all shifts. Redo work that does not meet these specifications as determined by the Owner or other quality agents of the Owners through observation or testing measurement, at your own expense. "Paint" as used herein, means coating systems materials including primers, emulsions, epoxy, enamels, sealers, fillers, and other applied materials whether used as primei, intermediate finish coat or for top coating existing or new exterior painted surfaces. K. Remove all equipment, non -hazardous materials, debris containers, etc. from project site on completion of the project. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit listed submittals in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Submittal Procedures Section. 1. Reference Section 013300, Submittal Procedures. 2. The submittal must contain all specified material. Multiple submittals will not be accepted. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Samples: For each finish and for each color and texture required. D. Prior to ordering of paint, supply to Boeing's construction manager 2 full sets of paint brush- outs. Match brush out sheen with typical sheen to be applied. Brush outs will be labeled with the following: 1. Project Name 2. Product name and identification number 3. Color name and number 4. Level of sheen (flat, semi -gloss for example) 1.4 COORDINATION A. MPI Standards: 1, Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in "MPI Approved Products List." 2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and paint systems indicated. 1.5 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PRECAUTIONS: A. Observe important safety precautions when painting such as required ventilation, electrical grounding, and care in handling paint, solvents, and equipment; you are solely responsible for such concerns. EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 2 two PI 1.0 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. All personnel shall wear proper respiratory and safety equipment during surface preparation and coating operations. C. Ground all potentially explosive equipment to prevent accumulation of a charge of static electricity. D. The solvents used with some of the specified coatings can be explosive at low concentrations and are highly toxic. Because of toxicity, the maximum allowable concentration of vapor for several common solvents shall be not greater than the Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) limits as shown in the NIOSH Registry of Toxic and Chemical Substances. E. The OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit for airborne lead dust is now 50 mg/m3 29 CFR 1926.62 and requires respiratory protection, medical surveillance and other measures. F. When handling and mixing paints, workers shall wear gloves, eye shields and all other necessary protective clothing to assure workmen safety. During mixing and application of paint all flames, welding, and smoking shall be prohibited in the vicinity. Keep an appropriate type of fire extinguisher nearby. G. Maintain MSDS Reports on all specified paint materials on project site, accessible to employees. H. Store all hazardous materials (any solid or liquid with an (MSDS) in a trailer or equivalent appropriate covered containment. When mixing or transferring paints and solvents, you must take precautions to prevent spills to the outside environment. When containers of paint or solvent are not actively in use (e.g., being applied), they must have the lids tightly secured and the containers stored such that they are protected from precipitation and to prevent spills. Store all materials back in the trailer or containment at the end of the work day. Immediately clean up spills inside the trailer or containment. Do not allow spills to leak to the outside environment. Spill reporting requirements are in Service Provider Booklet delivered as a contract document the contents of which must be communicated to all employees on all shifts and posted in a prominent place. All spills to the environment, of any kind of material, are Boeing -recordable and may be reportable to state or federal agencies. J. Wastewater and storm water management are key elements of environmental compliance with this project. Capture and containerize all wastewater, from pressure washing or paint associated processes - including the washing of equipment. Boeing will be dispose of all captured waste. No wastewater may be removed from the site. Per Boeing's site storm water permit, no materials/liquids may enter the storm drain system including "clean" tap water. K. Provide all the MSDS for any material to be used or stored on Boeing sites to SHEA for approval prior to the material being brought on site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. All products and systems in this specification are specific and exclusive to PPG PAINTS. Contact: Steven Frank PPG PAINTS EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 3 tow BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 22643 83rd Avenue South, Suites E&F Kent, Washington 98032 253-872-3577 B. The basis -of -design manufacturer is PPG. Other manufacturers are acceptable only if they meet all requirements of the basis -of -design. Refer to Section 016000, Product Requirements. 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. Colors: Color for exterior painted steel as indicated on the drawings. 2.3 METAL PRIMERS/SEALERS A. Rust -Resistant Primer: 1. PPG Paints Devguard Multi -Purpose Tank & Structural Primer 4160. B. Primer: 1. PPG Paints Amerlock 2 Fast Dry, Surface Tolerant, High Solids Epoxy Coating. 2.4 EXTERIOR COATINGS FOR STEEL A. Exterior Aliphatic Urethane Semi -Gloss Quick -Drying Enamel: 1 PPG Paints PITT-GUARD Direct -To -Rust Epoxy Mastic Coating 97-145. 2. Semi -gloss: MPI #11 (Gloss Level 5): PPG Paints Amercoat 450HSG Semi -Gloss Acrylic Aliphatic Polyurethane. 2.5 EXTERIOR COATINGS FOR CONCRETE/MASONRY 1. PPG Paints PERMA-CRETE Interior/Exterior Acrylic Masonry Surface Sealer 4-808/4-809. 2. PPG Paints PERMA-CRETE Exterior Elastomeric 4-110 Series. 2.6 GALVANIZED METAL AND ALUMINUM SUBSTRATES A. Exterior Flat Acrylic 1. PPG Paints Pitt -Tech Plus Interior/Exterior DTM Industrial Primer 90-912. 2. PPG Paints Pitt -Tech Plus Interior/Exterior Semi -Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel 90-1210. 3. Paint color to match the surface to which the component is attached. Building surface color varies according to height: color of all items to vary accordingly. EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113-4 6.• BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION fl" PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION ha, A. Coordinate painting with the work of other sections. All galvanized and copper surfaces on the exterior of the building must be painted. B. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for 1114 maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing 4111 finishes and primers. D. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION AND APPLICATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulates. 1. Clean in accordance with SSPC SP-1 as required, minimum. 2. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated. 3. Clean all surfaces with Dura Prep 88 or similar, approved detergent solution to remove all surface contamination. Reduce Dura Prep 88 with 3 to 4 times using fresh, clean water. Apply generously by spray, brush, roller, or mop. Wait: 5 to 10 minutes - but do not allow to dry out; agitating the surfaces with scrub brush may improve cleaning action, then thoroughly water wash with potable water till no Dura Prep 88 remains. The surface is to be left clean and dry. Do not apply Dura Prep 88 under freezing conditions. C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. D. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. E. Thoroughly clean the surfaces to be painted until completely free from contaminates (e.g., mildew & chalk), and they are smooth, properly prepared and dry before application of any paint. Sufficient time shall elapse between coats to allow the paint to become completely dry and hard in accordance %dr with the paint manufacturer's recommendation. Po EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 -5 or Imo r BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION F. Schedule surface cleaning so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall onto wet newly painted surfaces. G. Cleaning of surfaces must be preceded by implementing precautions to prevent storm water contamination; again; all pressure washed liquids/solids must be collected and containerized for Boeing Environmental wastewater management. Collect and containerize paint chips separately if possible but do not be leave in place. Storm drains must be sealed in the area where surface cleaning is occurring to prevent discharge of all non -storm water from entering the storm water system. H. Each coat of paint shall be inspected and approved before the succeeding coat is applied. Slightly vary the color of succeeding coats: 1. Do not apply additional coats until the completed coat has been inspected and approved. 2. Upon completion of surface preparation inspection apply the following coating system(s) in accordance with this specification. The paint shall be applied by experienced painters in full body, without runs, sags, or excessive brush marks. Thinning will be permitted only as stated in the manufacturer's directions. K. Application of paint should be brush, roll and/or spray to meet aesthetic standards required by owner meaning all work shall be free of defects including but not limited to lap marks, excessive pin holes, holidays, roller marks, sags, runs and/or drips. Refer to SSPC good painting practices. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3 .3 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Steel Substrates: I. Aliphatic Urethane Semi -Gloss Quick -Drying Enamel System: a. Special Prime Coat - Rust -Penetrating Primer. 1) Apply over rusted portions of steel substrates where occurring. b. Prime Coat: Epoxy Primer matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Aliphatic Urethane Semi -Gloss Enamel. 1) Minimum Film Thickness: 2.0-5.0 mils dry; 3.1 — 7.8 mils wet. B. Concrete Substrates — 1. High Build Waterproofing Acrylic: a. Primer: 0.7-1.3 mils dry b. First Coat and Finish Coat: 5.4-7.2 mils dry. C. Galvanized Metal and Aluminum Substrates 1. Exterior Flat Acrylic: pm EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 6 im• BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1=r pe ON umt a. Bare Metal: One coat primer using PPG Paints Pitt -Tech Plus Interior/Exterior DTM Industrial Primer 90-912 @ 157-315 sq. ft/gal, and a film thickness of 2.0-4.0 mils dry. b. For items to blend with the surface to which they are attached or adjacent such as this work includes: two coats paint PPG Paints Pitt -Tech Plus Interior/Exterior Semi -Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel 90-1210 @ 164-327 sq. ft/gal, and a film thickness of 2.0-4.0 mils dry per coat. 3.4 WASTE DISPOSAL A. Provide Boeing with advanced written notification of proposed plan for generation and handling of all waste materials. You are held responsible for properly collecting and containerizing all waste materials and wastewater; Boeing will provide all appropriate waste containers and labels. At the completion of the job or when containers are full, notify Boeing, who will dispose or otherwise disposition the waste in compliance with all state, local, and federal regulations, and Boeing policy. B. All testing, if required, will be accomplished by Boeing Environmental. C. Provide owner with written plan for hazardous & non -hazardous waste management on site. D. Once a waste has been designated by Boeing Environmental Affairs as general trash or non- hazardous waste, it may be collected in lined and covered containers, e.g. tub skids; all containers must remain covered unless adding or removing waste. Non -hazardous waste must not be mixed with hazardous waste. END OF SECTION 099113 EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 7 OR BOEI.NG 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1. Steel. 2. Concrete. 3. Concrete masonry units (CMU). B. Product Data: For each product indicated. C. Benchmark samples for each type of coating. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit listed submittals in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Submittal Procedures Section. 1. Reference Section 013300, Submittal Procedures. 2. The submittal must contain all specified material. Multiple submittals will not be accepted. B. Product Data: For each product indicated. C. Benchmark Samples for each type of coating. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. All products and systems in this specification are specific and exclusive to PPG PAINTS. Contact: Steven Frank PPG PAINTS 22643 83rd Avenue South, Suites E&F Kent, Washington 98032 253-872-3577 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. IN 1'ERIOR PAINTING 099123- 1 • Imo Wei III URI .r BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Use only fillers and primers recommended in writing by the primary coating manufacturer for the substrate and coating used. B. VOC Content of Field -Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24); these requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: 1. Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. 2. Non -flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. 3. Anticorrosive and Ant -Rust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC content not more than 250 g/L. 4. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L. 5. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L. 6. Shellac, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L. C. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best quality paint material of the various coating types specified that factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint -material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. D. Colors: Match colors as indicated by manufacturer, number and name on the Color and Materials Schedule in the drawings. E. Interior Low -Luster Acrylic Enamel System: 1. PPG Paints Interior Primer Sealer 6-2. 2. PPG Paints Pure Performance Interior Eggshell Latex 9-300XI Series. F. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel. System: 1. PPG Paints Interior Primer Sealer 6-2. 2. PPG Paints PURE PERFORMANCE Interior Semi -Gloss Latex 9-500 Series. G. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Dryfall Enamel 1. PPG Paints SPEEDHIDE® SUPER TECH® WB Interior 100% Acrylic Dry -Fog Semi - Gloss Latex 6-724XI. H. Interior Satin Acrylic Enamel System. 1. PPG Paints Break -Through! 50 Interior/Exterior Satin Water -Borne Acrylic V51-410. I. Interior Semi -gloss WB Acrylic Enamel System at Ferrous and shop applied Zinc coated metal: 1. PPG Devflex Direct to Metal Primer & Flat Finish 4020PF. 2. PPG Devguard Rust Preventative Semi -Gloss Enamel 4306. INTERIOR PAINTING 099123- 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION J. Interior Fire Retardant Intumescent Paint 1. PPG Paints Speedhide Interior Fire Retardant Flat Latex 42-7XI, White. No Substitutions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent material or surfaces. If a color of finish is not indicated, Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. B. Do not paint prefinished items, shop finished materials, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Prefinished items include factory -finished components. NM a IMO WWI PI 2. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in generally inaccessible spaces. 3. Finished metal surfaces. 4. Operating parts: moving parts of operating equipment, valves, linkages, sensing devices and the like. 5. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code -required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. 1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify Engineer about anticipated problems when using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4 for inspection and acceptance of surfaces to be painted. INTERIOR PAINTING 099123- 3 Pg4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. C. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and painting. Reinstall items removed after painting is complete. IR 6.• D. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Cementitious Materials, including existing concrete floor surfaces of penthouses: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease and oils by power washing or other means acceptable to the coating manufacturer. a. Do no damage existing surfaces 1 Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. PR r 1=o b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backs sides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. c. If transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, lose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations. a. Touch up bare areas and shop -applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire - brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat. 5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with non -petroleum -based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. E. Material Preparation: Maintain containers, and stir and rnix materials in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. F. Exposed Surfaces: Areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector covers and similar components are in place. G. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. H. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. INTERIOR PAINTING 099123- 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4I57008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION . If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. When applying to existing surfaces where partial painting, touch-up or patch and repair are indicated or required, apply coatings to the nearest corner, break in surface plane, expansion or control joint, or similar obvious demarcation point. 2. Minimum Thickness: Apply paint material no thinner than manufaciurer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. 3 Prime Coats: Apply a primer coat(s) as recommended by manufacturer: apply to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn -through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. 4. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. J. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass -smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes or other surface imperfections. K. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. L. Dryfall coating at acoustic pane] ceilings: Paint panels on the ground, lightly coat panels, do not saturate surface or fill holes and depressions in the panels. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site, B. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. C. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1 . 3.5 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE. A. Concrete, including precast concrete: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. INTERIOR PAINTING 099123- 5 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION IOW a. Primer: Interior concrete and masonry primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior low -luster acrylic enamel. B. Gypsum Board: Two finish coats of interior low -luster acrylic enamel over interior gypsum. Board primer; except two finish coats of interior semigloss acrylic enamel over interior gypsum board primer at exposed GWB in toilet rooms. C. Painted Wood and Hardboard: Two finish coats of interior semigloss acrylic enamel over interior wood primer. D. Ferrous Metal: Two finish coats of interior semigloss acrylic enamel over interior ferrous -metal primer. E. Zinc -Coated Metal: Two finish coats of interior semigloss acrylic enamel over interior zinc - coated metal primer. Exposed Steel Metal Deck, Beam and Joists at Highbay roof areas: 1. Dry Fall coating: Two coats, 2.0 rails dry film thickness (DFT), each coat. 2. Spray all conduit, piping, ductwork and similar items exposed to view in the finish work. G. Painted Acoustic Panel Ceilings: 1. Dry Fall coating: Two coats, 2.0 mils dry D1-1, each coat. 2. Spray ceiling grip to match panels in accordance with Interior Paint Schedule paragraph "Exposed Steel Metal Deck, Beams and Joists at Highbay Roof Areas." END OF SECTION 099123 tra is INTERIOR PAINTING 099123- 6 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 211100 FACILITY FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SERVICE PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION • A. This Section includes water -distribution piping and related components outside the building for fire and water service. • B. Related Requirements: 1. 012500 Substitution Procedures • 2. 013300 Submittal Procedures 3. 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls • 4. 016000 Product Requirements %go 5. 017300 Execution 6. 017700 Closeout Procedures 7. 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data too 8. 017839 Project Record Documents 9. 017900 Demonstration and Training rem NOM Pi 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. DI: Ductile iron pipe and fittings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide for each type of product indicated. B. Field quality -control test reports. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For water valves and specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements of Boeing and the City of Tukwila. Include tapping of water mains. pm FACILITY FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SERVICE PIPING 211100- 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION or ✓ il u 0 O 6.0 P R VOW %NW B. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. C. NSF Compliance: 1. Comply with NSF/ANSI Standard 14 Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials for plastic potable -water -service piping and fittings. Include marking "NSF-14" on piping. 2. Comply with NSF/ANSI Standard 61 Drinking Water System Components for materials and components for water -service piping and specialties for domestic water. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves, including fire hydrants, according to the following: 1. Ensure that valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect valves against damage to threaded ends and flange faces. 3. Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling. 4. Ship and store gasket and bolt sets in protective packaging. B. During Storage: Use precautions for valves, gaskets, bolts and accessories, according to the following: I. Do not remove end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall for storage. 2. Protect from weather. Store indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient dew - point temperature. Support off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures when outdoor storage is necessary. C. Handling: Use sling to handle valves and fire hydrants if size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use hand wheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. D. Deliver piping with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe -end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. E. Protect stored piping from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. F. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt. G. Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION A. Interruption of Existing Water -Distribution Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water -distribution service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner's representative no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of water -distribution service without Owner's written PR permission. FACILITY FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 2 L.+ BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. For work in the vicinity of and disruptions to the fire distribution system, contact Boeing Fire Department no fewer than three days in advance before work is commenced. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Fire Water Pipe and Fittings 1. Pipe shall be restrained -joint, ductile -iron pipe: AWWA C151, with restrained -joint bell and plain spigot end, cement mortar lined AWWA C104, Class 52. Fittings shall be restrained flexible couplings, ductile -iron fittings: AWWA C110 cement mortar lined, AWWA C104. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile or gray -iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 4. Valves shall be AWWA C 500. All buried valves shall have post indicators unless specified. B. Domestic Water Pipe and Fittings: 1. Pipe shall be restrained -joint, ductile -iron pipe: AWWA C151, with restrained -joint bell and plain spigot end, cement mortar lined AWWA C104, Class 53. 2. Fittings shall be restrained flexible couplings, ductile -iron fittings: AWWA C110 cement mortar lined, AWWA C104. 3. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile- or gray -iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 4. Valves shall be AWWA C 500. All buried valves shall have cast iron valve boxes per City of Tukwila Standard Plan Number 330.1. 2.2 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Transition Fittings: Manufactured fitting or coupling same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. B. Tubular -Sleeve Pipe Couplings: Metal, bolted, sleeve -type, reducing or transition coupling, with center sleeve, gaskets, end rings, and bolt fasteners and with ends of same sizes as piping to be joined. 1. Standard: AWWA C219. 2. Center -Sleeve Material: Stainless steel. 3. Gasket Material: Natural or synthetic rubber. 4. Pressure Rating: 200 psig minimum. 5. Metal Component Finish: Corrosion -resistant coating or material. 6. All connections to existing pipe shall be made with ductile iron long body sleeves with Megalugs. FACILITY FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 3 Pm BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Dielectric Fittings: • 1. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. 2. Dielectric Unions Description: a. Standard: ASSE 1079. b. Pressure Rating: 250 psig. Iwo c. End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. • 2.3 CORROSION -PROTECTION PIPING ENCASEMENT A. Encasement for Underground Metal Piping: 1. Standards: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. 2. Form: Sheet or tube. OK 3. Material: High -density, cross -laminated PE film of 0.004-inch minimum thickness. 4. Color: Natural. • 5. Sealing tape: compatible with casing material as provided by manufacturer. 1 Olt PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Refer to Specification Section 312000 - Earth Moving for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. B. Refer to Specification Section 315000 - Excavation Support and Protection for trench safety requirements. 3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. General: Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods for piping systems according to the following applications. B. Transition couplings and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used, unless otherwise indicated. C. Do not use flanges or unions for underground piping. D. Flanges, unions, and special fittings may be used, instead of joints indicated, on above ground piping and piping in vaults. E. Underground water -service piping NPS 3/4 to NPS 3 shall be soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K or ASTM B 88, Type L; wrought -copper, solder -joint fittings; and brazed joints. FACILITY FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SERVICE PIPING 211100-4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION F. Underground water -service piping NPS 4 to NPS 8 shall be any of the following: 1. Ductile -iron, push -on -joint pipe; ductile -iron, mechanical -joint fittings; and gasketed joints. 2. NPS 4 through NPS 8: mechanical -joint, ductile iron fittings; and gasketed joints. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Water -Main Connection: If applicable to project, tap water main according to requirements of The Boeing Company and of size and in location as indicated. B. Make connections larger than NPS 2 with tapping machine according to the following: 1. Install tapping sleeve and tapping valve according to MSS SP-60. 2. Install tapping sleeve on pipe to be tapped. Position flanged outlet for gate valve. 3. Use tapping machine compatible with valve and tapping sleeve; cut hole in main. Remove tapping machine and connect water -service piping. 4. Install gate valve onto tapping sleeve. Comply with MSS SP-60. Install valve with stem pointing up and with valve box or post indicator. C. Make connections NPS 2 and smaller with drilling machine according to the following: 1. Install service -saddle assemblies and corporation valves in size, quantity, and arrangement required by utility company standards. 2. Install service -saddle assemblies on water -service pipe to be tapped. Position outlets for corporation valves. 3. Use drilling machine compatible with service -saddle assemblies and corporation valves. Drill hole in main. Remove drilling machine and connect water -service piping, 4. Install corporation valves into service -saddle assemblies. 5. Install manifold for multiple taps in water main. 6. Install curb valve in water -service piping with head pointing up and with service box. D. Install ductile -iron, water -service piping according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. E. Bury piping as indicated on plans. F. Install piping by tunneling or jacking, or combination of both, under streets and other obstructions that cannot be disturbed. G. Extend water -service piping and connect to water -supply source and building -water piping systems at outside face of building wall in locations and pipe sizes indicated. H. Install underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical changes in direction. Use restrained -joint piping, anchors, tie -rods and clamps, and other supports. FACILITY FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 5 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Make pipe joints according to the following: 1. Copper -Tubing, Pressure -Sealed Joints: Use proprietary crimping tool and procedure recommended by copper, pressure -seal -fitting manufacturer. 2. Ductile -Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Water -Service Piping: AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. 3. Ductile -Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Fire -Service -Main Piping: UL 194. 4. Construct joints with elastomeric seals and lubricant according to ASTM D 2774 or ASTM D 3139 and pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric unions. 3.5 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION A. Anchorage, General: Install water -distribution piping with restrained joints. Anchorages and restrained -joint types that may be used include the following: 1. Locking mechanical joints. 2. Set -screw mechanical retainer glands. 3. Bolted flanged joints. 4. Heat -fused joints. 5. Pipe clamps and tie rods. B. Install anchorages for tees, plugs and caps, bends, crosses, valves, and hydrant branches. Include anchorages for the following piping systems: 1. Gasketed-Joint, Ductile -Iron, Water -Service Piping: According to AWWA C600. 2. Gasketed-Joint, PVC Water -Service Piping: According to AWWA M23. 3. Fire -Service -Main Piping: According to NFPA 24. C. Apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion -resistant material to surfaces of installed ferrous anchorage devices. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Connect water -distribution piping to utility water main. Use tapping sleeve and tapping valve. B. All connections to existing pipe shall be made with ductile iron long body sleeves with Megalugs. C. Connect water -distribution piping to interior domestic water. FACILITY FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 6 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4I57008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after concrete thrust blocks have hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. B. Fire Piping Hydrostatic Tests: 1. Per NFPA 24, Chapter 8.9: Minimum pressure of 300 psi or 50 psi in excess of maximum static pressure when maximum static pressure exceeds 150 psi. 2. Leakage Tests: Duration of each leakage test shall be at least 2 hours. During the test, the potable distribution main shall be subjected to a pressure of 150psi. Mains supplying water to individual buildings for fire protection shall be subjected to a pressure of 200 psi. Leakage is defined as the additional quantity of water supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof, necessary to maintain the specified leakage test pressure after the pipe has been filled with water and the air expelled. a. Allowable leakage: Maximum 2 quarts per hour per 100 joints or gaskets as increased as allowed by NFPA 8.9.3.3. b. Should any test of laid pipe disclose a leakage greater than that shown, the defective joints shall be located and repaired until the leakage is within the specified tolerance, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Domestic Water Piping Hydrostatic Tests: Hydrostatic test procedures shall be in accordance with WSDOT section 7-09.23. The minimum pressure shall be a minimum of 225 psi or 150 psi above operating pressure, whichever is greater. D. Prepare reports of testing activities. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Install continuous underground detectable warning tape during backfilling of trench for underground water -distribution piping. Locate below finished grade, directly over piping. Underground warning tapes are specified in Section 312000 - Earth Moving. 3.9 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect water -distribution piping in accordance with WSDOT 7-09.3(24) for pipe lengths greater than 20 feet. For service connections and new pipe sections less than 20 feet or less in length, or length approved by the Construction Manager, the chlorinating procedure to be followed shall be as specified in AWWA Standard C651. All closure fittings shall be swabbed with a very strong chlorine solution at least as strong as liquid household bleach (5 to 6 percent CL). B. Flush pipe and obtain bacteriological test. Repeat disinfection if test fails. C. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. END OF SECTION 211100 FACILITY FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER SERVICE PIPING 211100-7 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 2 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC FART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Requirements under this section includes required work that is common to multiple sections in Division 23 and shall be complied with by all suppliers and subcontractors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. A/E: Prime design consultant responsible for preparation of these specifications. B. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. C. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. D. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. E. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases. F. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. G. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: 1. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic. 2. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 3. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. H. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 0114 fro 1.4 SUBMITTALS W4157008 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide submittals per Division 01, Section 013300, "Submittal Procedures." B. Product Data: Submit product data for each type of product indicated herein. Inciude construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: Piping plans are required with, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. All valves and specialty valves (valve tag list). 2. Piping system accessories including, but not limited to; strainers, expansion tanks, meters, gages, thermometers, traps, filters, etc. 3. All equipment that includes an electrical connection and/or has recommended maintenance, along with all related accessories. 4. All controls. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -Steel." B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. C. Surface -Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame -Spread Index: 25 or less. 2. Smoke -Developed Index: 50 or less. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. E. Electrical Characteristics for HVAC Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics (such as larger motor horsepower) may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are lik BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install products or materials that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. B. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of site conditions by field measurements before fabrication. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. pe PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AM A. Description: MSS SP-58-2009; "Pipe Hangers and support— Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application and Installation": Types 1 through 59, factory -fabricated components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types. 1. Manufacturers: a. Anvil. b. B-Line Systems, Inc. c. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. d. Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE® e. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. B. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot, dipped. C. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. D. Padded Hangers: Hanger with pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of bearing surface of piping. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.2 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Description: MSS SP-58, Type 59, shop- or field -•fabricated pipe -support assembly made from structural -steel shapes with MSS SP-58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts. For piping 2" and below, manufactured specialty products formed from pre -galvanized commercial steel. 1. The total weight of piping and components upon each trapeze span shall not exceed the manufacturers load rating. Load ratings must include a minimum 2 X safety factor. a. Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE EZ-StrutTM or owner approved equivalent. 2.3 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Description: MFMA-3, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made of steel channels and other components. 1. Basis of Design: Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd. 2. Manufacturers: a. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.; ERISTRUT Div. b. Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE® c. PHD Manufacturing, Inc. d. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd. B. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish unless bare metal surfaces are indicated. C. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 2.4 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type zinc -coated or stainless steel, for use in hardened Portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Basis of Design: Hilti, Inc. 2. Manufacturers: a. Hilti, Inc. b. Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE® c. ITW Ramset/Red Head. d. Powers Fasteners. 2.5 PIPE STAND FABRICATION A. Pipe Stands, General: Shop or field -fabricated assemblies made of manufactured corrosion - resistant components to support roof -mounted piping. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. Basis of Design: MIRO Industries 2. Manufacturers: a. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. b. MIRO Industries. B. Low -Type, Single -Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic base unit with plastic roller, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Manufacturers: a. MIRO Industries. C. High -Type, Single -Pipe Stand: Assembly of base, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe support, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 1. Basis of Design: MIRO Industries 2. Manufacturers: a. ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. b. MIRO Industries. c. Portable Pipe Hangers. 3. Base: Stainless steel. 4. Vertical Members: Two or more cadmium -plated -steel or stainless -steel, continuous -thread rods. 5. Horizontal Member: Cadmium -plated -steel or stainless -steel rod with plastic or stainless - steel, roller -type pipe support. 2.6 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field -fabricated equipment support made from structural -steel shapes. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Non -staining, non -corrosive, and non-gaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi , 28-day compressive strength. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4I57008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.8 THERMOMETERS A. Manufacturer: 1. Ashcroft Commercial Instrument Operations; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. 2. Trerice, H. O. Co. 3. Weiss Instruments, Inc. B. Thermometers: Adjustable angle, Direct -mounting, bimetallic -actuated dial thermometers complying with ASME B40.200. I. Case: Highly polished, hermetically sealed, stainless steel with 5-inch diameter. 2. Element: Bimetal coil. 3. Dial: Satin -faced, or highly polished, non -reflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. 4. Window: Double strength Glass. 5. Connector: Adjustable angle, 1/2" with ASME B1.1 screw threads. 6. Stem: stainless steel, for thermo-well installation and of length to suit installation. 7. Accuracy: Plus or minus one percent of range or plus or minus one scale to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. Scale shall be degrees Fahrenheit, unless otherwise indicated, suitable for the media operating temperatures. 8. Thermometers shall conform generally to the following: SERVICE RANGE — DEGREES F. DEG. F/DIV. Condenser Water 30-130 C. Thermowells: Pressure -tight, socket -type metal fitting made for insertion into piping and of type, diameter, and length required to hold thermometer with extension necks of suitable length for insulated piping. Furnished by same manufacturer as thermometers. 1. Threaded Stainless Steel 2. Pressure Rating — not less than piping system design pressure. 3. Stem Length — Extend 2" into fluid or to extend to center of pipe 4. Extension for insulated piping —2" nominal but not less than thickness of insulation 5. Threaded cap nut — With chain permanently fastened to well and cap. 2.9 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Manufacturers: 1. Ashcroft Commercial Instrument Operations; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. 2. Trerice, H. O. Co. 3. Weiss Instruments, Inc. L., MI BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Direct -Mounting, Dial -Type Pressure Gages: I. Indicating -dial type complying with ASME B40.100. 2. Case: Liquid -filled type, 4-1/2-inch diameter Grade A phosphor Bronze. 3. Pressure -Element Assembly: Bourdon tube, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Pressure Connection: Brass, NPS 1/4, bottom -outlet type unless back -outlet type is indicated. 5. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 6. Dial: Satin -faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. 7. Ring: Stainless steel. 8. Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half scale. 9. Range for Fluids under Pressure: Two times operating pressure. 10. Scale: Scale shall be psig. C. Shutoff for Gauges: 1/2" NPT lever handle ball valve with solid chrome -plated brass ball. 2.10 TEST PLUGS A. Manufacturers 1. Peterson Equipment Co., Inc. 2. Sisco Manufacturing Co. B. Description: Corrosion -resistant brass or stainless -steel body with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap, with extended stem beyond insulation for units to be installed in insulated piping. C. Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 500 psig at 200 degree F. D. Core Inserts: One or two self-sealing neoprene, valves gasketed orifice, suitable for inserting a 1/8" OD probe assembly. 1. Insert material for air, water, oil, or gas service at 20 to 200 degree F shall be CR. 2. Insert material for air or water service at minus 30 to plus 275 degree F shall be EPDM. 2.11 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. I. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistan, coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. PR 4. Basis of Design: Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. "Thunderline Link Seal." BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 5. Manufacturers: a. Calpico b. Metraflex Co. Metraseal 2.12 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic -cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post -hardening, volume -adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DEMOLITION A. Disconnect, demolish, and remove HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. 3. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. 4. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. 5. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. B. If pipe or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. M 3.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. him PI B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and Li. components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install HVAC equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of Pi components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other .., installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. 1,11/11 D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.3 PAINTING A. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory -painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish. 3.4 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Refer to Division 05. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 3.5 COMMISSIONING A. Notify the Commissioning Agent one week prior to start up of equipment. B. Submit to the Commissioning Agent a Verification of Completion form with the pre -functional check off sheet for each component when it is ready for functional testing. C. Assist the Commissioning Agent as required to perform the functional testing on the system components and the system as a whole. END OF SECTION 230500 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Thermometers 2. Gages 3. Test plugs 4. Flow meter 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of product indicated; include performance curves. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 BIMETALLIC -ACTUATED DIAL THERMOMETERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Trerice, H. O. Co. 2. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 3. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. B. Description: Direct -mounting, bimetallic -actuated dial thermometers complying with ASME B40.3. C. Case: Dry type, stainless steel with 5-inch diameter. D. Element: Bimetal coil. E. Dial: Satin -faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. F. Ring: Stainless steel. G. Connector: Adjustable angle type. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION H. Stem: Metal, for thermowell installation and of length to suit installation. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range or plus or minus 1 scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range. 2.2 THERMOWELLS A. Manufacturers: Same as manufacturer of thermometer being used. B. Description: Pressure -tight, socket -type metal fitting made for insertion into piping and of type, diameter, and length required to hold thermometer. 2.3 PRESSURE GAGES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Trerice, H. O. Co. 2. Weiss Instruments, Inc. 3. Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div. B. Direct -Mounting, Dial -Type Pressure Gages: Indicating -dial type complying with %No ASME B40.100. 1. Case: Dry type, 4-1/2-inch diameter. 2. Pressure -Element Assembly: Bourdon tube, unless otherwise indicated, 3. Pressure Connection: Brass, NPS 1/4, bottom -outlet type unless back -outlet type is indicated. 4. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 5. Dial: Satin -faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings. 6. Accuracy: plus or minus 2 percent of middle half scale. 7. Range for Fluids under Pressure: Two times operating pressure. tsmo C. Pressure -Gage Fittings: 1. Valves: NPS 1/4 brass or stainless -steel needle type. 2. Syphons: NPS 1/4 coil of brass tubing with threaded ends. PI 3. Snubbers: ASME B40.5, NPS 1/4 brass bushing with corrosion -resistant, porous -metal disc of material suitable for system fluid and working pressure. 2.4 TEST PLUGS 6.• A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Peterson Equipment Co., Inc. 2. Trerice, H. O. Co. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION . Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. B. Description: Corrosion -resistant brass or stainless -steel body with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap, with extended stem for units to be installed in insulated piping. C. Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 500 psig at 200 deg F. D. Core Inserts: One or two self-sealing rubber valves. 1. Insert material for air, water, oil, or gas service at 20 to 200 deg F shall be CR. 2. Insert material for air or water service at minus 30 to plus 275 deg F shall be EPDM. 2.5 FLOW METERS A. See Section 230900, Paragraph 2.15. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATIONS A. Install direct -mounting thermometers and adjust vertical and tilted positions. B. Install remote -mounting dial thermometers on panel, with tubing connecting panel and thermometer bulb supported to prevent kinks. Use minimum tubing length. C. Duct Thermometer Support Flanges: Install in wall of duct where duct thermometers are indicated. Attach to duct with screws. D. Install direct -mounting pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at most readable position. E. Install 1/2 inch ball valve and snubber fitting in piping for each pressure gage for fluids (except steam). F. Install needle -valve and siphon fitting in piping for each pressure gage for steam. G. Install flow indicators, in accessible positions for easy viewing, in piping systems. H. Assemble and install connections, tubing, and accessories between flow -measuring elements and flowmeters as prescribed by manufacturer's written instructions. I. Install flowmeter elements in accessible positions in piping systems. Install flow meter with at least minimum straight lengths of pipe upstream and downstream from element and as prescribed by manufacturer's written instructions. K. Install connection fittings for attachment to portable indicators in accessible locations. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance for meters, gages, machines, and equipment. B. Connect flowmeter-system to DDC controls. END OF SECTION 230519 • t- Imo ant PR ar, BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Refer to section 230900 Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC for control valves. 1.2 DEFIN11IONS A. The following are standard abbreviations for valves: 1 CWP: Cold working pressure. 2. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 3. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene plastic. 4. SWP: Steam working pressure. 5. TFE: Tetrafluoroethylene plastic. 1.3 SUBMII 1ALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of valve indicated. Include body, seating, and trim materials; valve design; pressure and temperature classifications; end connections; arrangement; dimensions; and required clearances. Include list indicating valve and its application. Include rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: ASME B31.3 for industrial services piping valves. B. ASME Compliance for Ferrous Valves: ASME B16.10 and ASME 1316.34 for dimension and design criteria. C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable -water service. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified." 1 Is! L 1,11111 im• PO 1.1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.2 VALVES, GENERAL A. Refer to Part 3 "Valve Applications" Article for applications of valves. B. Valve Manufacturer: Nibco or Bray. C. Valves: NPS 2 and smaller with threaded ends, unless otherwise indicated. D. Ferrous Valves: NPS 2-1/2 and larger with flanged ends, unless otherwise indicated. E. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. F. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated. G. Valve Actuators: 1, Chainwheel: For attachment to valves, of size and mounting height, as indicated in the "Valve Installation" Article in Part 3. 2. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter -turn types. 3. Lever Handle: For quarter -turn valves NPS 6 and smaller, except plug valves. H. Extended Valve Stems: On insulated valves. I. Valve Flanges: ASME B16.1 for cast-iron valves, ASME B16.5 for steel valves, and ASME B16.24 for bronze valves. J. Valve Grooved Ends: Not Allowed. K. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. 2.3 BRONZE BALL VALVES A. Bronze Ball Valves, General: MSS SP-110. 250 psig pressure rating and 250-degree F maximum service temperature. B. Two -Piece Ball Valves: Bronze full -port, stainless steel ball; and 250-psig minimum CWP rating reinforced PTFE, seat seal. 2.4 FERROUS -ALLOY BUT lERFLY VALVES A. Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves, General: MSS SP-67, Type I, for tight shutoff, with disc and lining suitable for 200-degree water, unless otherwise indicated. B. Flangeless, 150-psig CWP Rating, Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer lug type, EPDM seat, multi position, lever handle with locking kit. C. Single -Flange, 150-psig CWP Rating, Ferrous -Alloy Butterfly Valves: Wafer -lug type. !la t.• BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 no TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION vow 2.5 BRONZE CHECK VALVES 16.0 A. Bronze Check Valves, General: MSS SP-80. • B. Type 4, Class 125, Bronze, Swing Check Valves: Bronze body with nonmetallic disc and bronze seat. 2.6 GRAY -IRON SWING CHECK VALVES A. Gray -Iron Swing Check Valves, General: MSS SP-71. B. Type II, Class 125, gray -iron, swing check valves with composition to metal seats. C. 175-psig CWP Rating, Swing Check Valves: Ductile -iron body with shouldered ends. 2.7 GRAY -IRON, COMPACT -WAFER, SWING CHECK VALVES A. Gray -Iron Swing Check Valves, General: MSS SP-125. B. Type II, Class 150, gray -iron, Compact Wafer check valves with metal seats. C. 300-psig CWP Rating, Wafer Check Valves: ASTM 395/A 395M, Ductile -iron body with flanged ends. D. Seat: Bronze 2.8 BRONZE GATE VALVES A. Bronze Gate Valves, General: MSS SP-80, with ferrous -alloy handwheel. B. Type 2, Class 150, Bronze Gate Valves: Bronze body with rising stem and bronze solid wedge and union -ring bonnet. 2.9 CAST-IRON GATE VALVES A. Cast -Iron Gate Valves, General: MSS SP-70, Type I. B. Class 150, OS&Y, Bronze -Mounted, Cast -Iron Gate Valves: Cast-iron body with bronze trim, rising stem, and solid -wedge disc. 2.10 CHAINWHEEL ACTUATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Babbitt Steam Specialty Co. 2. Roto Hammer Industries, Inc. B. Description: Valve actuation assembly with sprocket rim, brackets, and chain. 1. Sprocket Rim with Chain Guides: Type and size required for valve. 2. Brackets: Type, number, size, and fasteners required to mount actuator on valve. a kir BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4 I 57008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION . Chain: Hot -dip, of size required to fit sprocket rim. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine piping system for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. C. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully close. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. D. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. E. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. F. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Refer to piping Sections for specific valve applications. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Shutoff Service: Ball or butterfly valves. 2. Throttling Service: ball or butterfly valves. 3. Pump Discharge: Spring -loaded, lift -disc check valves. B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP class or CWP ratings may be substituted. 3.3 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate 11=1 general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. PIII B. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. MI C. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. D. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. 1.• BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. F. Install chainwheel operators on valves NPS 2.5 and larger and more than 84 inches above floor. Extend chains to 60 inches above finished floor elevation. G. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: I. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. 2. Dual -Plate Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges. 3. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb. 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Work Results for HVAC" for basic piping joint construction. B. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead -free -alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. END OF SECTION 230523 OR 1114 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230533 HEAT TRACING FOR HVAC PIPING Pi PART 1 - GENERAL YEW 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes heat tracing for HVAC piping with self-regulating, parallel resistance electric heating cables: 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for Each Type of Product: PPIP 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. ipso 2. Schedule heating capacity, length of cable, spacing, and electrical power requirement for • each electric heating cable required. bow B. Shop Drawings for Electric Heating Cable: fl 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS L I+ A. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data for Electric Heating Cables: Include in operation and maintenance manuals. • 1.6 WARRANTY lowg A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace electric heating cable that fails in materials or workmanship within warranty period of five years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.• PI IIIM A. Remote bulb unit with 40 deg F temperature preset setpoint. B. Snap action; open -on -rise, single -pole switch with minimum current rating adequate for connected cable. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SELF-REGULATING, PARALLEL -RESISTANCE HEATING CABLES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work: 1. Raychem Model BTV 1 2. Chromalox 3. Thermon Americas Inc. B. Comply with IEEE 515.1 C. Heating Element: Pair of parallel No. 16 AWG, tinned, stranded copper bus wires embedded in crosslinked conductive polymer core, which varies heat output in response to temperature along its length. Terminate with waterproof, factory -assembled, nonheating leads with connectors at one end, and seal the opposite end watertight. Cable shall be capable of crossing over itself once without overheating. D. Electrical Insulating Jacket: Flame-retardant polyolefin. E. Cable Cover: Tinned -copper braid and polyolefin outer jacket with ultraviolet inhibitor. F. Maximum Operating Temperature (Power On): 150 deg F. G. Maximum Exposure Temperature (Power Off): 185 deg F. H. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. I. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. Maximum Heat Output: 4.8 W/ft and 7.8 W/ft as per heat trace schedule on drawing M2 2. Electrical Characteristics for Single -Circuit Connection: a. Volts: 120 b. Phase: Single c. Hertz: 60 2.2 CONTROLS BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Provide light at the heat trace controller confirming that the heat trace is activated when outdoor temperature is lower than 40 deg. D. Remote bulb on capillary, resistance temperature device, or thermistor for directly sensing pipe - wall temperature. E. NEMA 4X, corrosion -resistant, waterproof control enclosure. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Cable Installation Accessories: Fiberglass tape, heat -conductive putty, cable ties, silicone end seals and splice kits, and installation clips all furnished by manufacturer, or as recommended in writing by manufacturer. B. Warning Labels: Refer to Section 230550 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." C. Warning Tape: Continuously printed "Electrical Tracing"; vinyl, at least 3 mils thick, and with pressure -sensitive, permanent, waterproof, self-adhesive back. 1. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, Less Than 6 Inches 3/4 inch minimum. 2. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD, Including Insulation, 6 Inches or Larger: 1-1/2 inches minimum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and substrates to receive electric heating cables for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Ensure surfaces and pipes in contact with electric heating cables are free of burrs and sharp protrusions. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install electric heating cable across expansion joints according to manufacturer's written instructions; use slack cable to allow movement without damage to cable. B. Install electric heating cables after piping has been tested and before insulation is installed. C. Install electric heating cables according to IEEE 515.1. D. Install insulation over piping with electric cables according to Section 230700 "HVAC Piping Insulation." E. Install warning tape on piping insulation where piping is equipped with electric heating cables. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION F. Set field -adjustable switches and circuit -breaker trip ranges. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Perform tests after cable are installed but before application of coverings such as insulation, wall or ceiling construction, or concrete. 2. Test cables for electrical continuity and insulation integrity before energizing. 3. Test cables to verify rating and power input. Energize and measure voltage and current simultaneously. C. Repeat tests for continuity, insulation resistance, and input power after applying thermal insulation on pipe -mounted cables. D. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect installed heating cables, including nonheating leads, from damage during construction. B. Remove and replace damaged heat -tracing cables. END OF SECTION 230533 AA BOEING 9-6.5 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION IMO IMO SECTION 230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Work under this section includes all labor, material, tools, equipment and special services necessary for the complete installation of restraining braces and cables the for all Division 23 elements: B. Special services under this section include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Engineering of seismic control. 2. Preparation of installation drawings, including plans and details. 3. Engineering supervision of installation. 4. Engineering certification of final installation. 1.3 EXTENT OF WORK A. Seismic Restraints for New Construction and Remodeled Areas: 1. Provide seismic restraints for all new equipment, piping, and conduit specified in Division 23. 2. Restraints may be omitted for smaller equipment and piping only where specifically allowed by Code and specifically allowed by the Qualified Professional Engineer (specified below) and seismic restraint manufacture's guidelines. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. IBC: 2015 International Building Code. B. ICC-ES: ICC-Evaluation Service. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Qualified Professional Engineer: 1. A qualified professional engineer (QPE) familiar with all of the applicable codes and design standards related to seismic protection of HVAC components and qualified in structural design of seismic protections and their interaction with building structures shall be responsible for execution of the work herein. The tasks of the QPE are as follows: Imo tar BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION a. Shall be responsible for the preparation of drawings, analysis, installation specifications, and final inspection of the seismic protections required by applicable codes. b. Shall coordinate with the Structural Engineer of Record on the project for the proper establishment of seismic conditions, applicable codes, and other requirements of the project related to seismic design. c. Shall determine locations where flexible connections in piping (that are not already shown on the Contract Documents) may reduce the amount of seismic bracing required, may reduce other work required of the HVAC Contractor, or may increase the overall seismic performance of the system. Such locations shall be submitted for review by the Engineer and may be acceptable without change in cost. d. e. f. g• h. Shall determine the applicability of all codes and design standards for specification of seismic protections according to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Shall coordinate with the Authority Having Jurisdiction where codes conflict or are open for interpretation for variances and clarifications. Shall acquire equipment certifications for seismic worthiness as required by applicable codes. Shall provide engineering calculations to evaluate seismic forces, adequacy of components, adequacy of equipment anchorages, and component restraints. Shall develop drawings (bearing QPE seal) of seismic protections that document the seismic devices, their layout and the details for there installation. Where design standards apply, the drawings shall note the locations and identify the standard details that apply. B. Importance Factor: Engineering, selection and placement of seismic restraints shall be determined by the QPE based on systems having the following: 1. . Condenser Water Piping: Ip = 1.5. 2. Cooling Towers: Ip = 1.5. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product data, submit for the following: 1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device. 2. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of seismic -restraint component used. a. Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints, complete with report numbers and rated strength in tension and .shear as evaluated by an evaluation service member of ICC- ES b. Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. c. Include ratings for horizontal, vertical, and combined loads. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Delegated -Design Submittal: For vibration isolation and seismic -restraint details indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer (QPE) responsible for their preparation. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight and operation as well as seismic forces required to select vibration isolators, restraints, and for designing vibration isolation bases. Analysis must indicate calculated dead loads, static seismic loads, and capacity of materials utilized for connections to equipment structure. Analysis must detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, embedment, and/or welded length. 2. Restraint Details: a. Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic and, where applicable, wind restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. b. Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to the restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths, and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the structure during seismic events. Indicate association with vibration isolation devices. c. Preapproval and Evaluation Documentation: Show maximum ratings of restraint items and the basis for approval (tests or calculations). 3. Upon completion of the work, the engineer shall review the installation to verify that all seismic controls have been properly installed. The engineer shall then submit a stamped and signed letter to the architect indicating that all seismic controls have been properly installed. C. Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of seismic bracing for HVAC piping, ductwork and equipment with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and seismic restraints. Plans shall utilize copies of the contractor's coordination plans and shall show all locations and types for the following. The registered professional engineer must stamp plans. 1. All seismic brace locations. 2. All anchorage connections to the structure. Quantity and Size 3. Brace reactions at all connection points to the structure for Structural Engineer of Record use in checking suitability of the building structure. 4. Total vertical load at seismic brace locations when utilizing rigid bracing. 5. Type and size of brace member. 6. Suspended utility max lbs per lineal foot or max pipe size at all seismic locations. 7. Minimum rod size at all seismic locations. 8. Vertical support anchors at non -seismic and seismic locations. 9. Horizontal members of all trapeze assemblies. D. Qualification Data: Submit for professional engineer. E. Operation and Maintenance Data. raw BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE PM A. Comply with seismic -restraint requirements in the IBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent. Lio B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1111 2.1 SEISMIC -RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Mason Industries products or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. California Dynamics Corporation 2. Kinetics Noise Control B. General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applications shall be as defined in reports by an evaluation service member of ICC-ES. 1. Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be • subjected. vim 2. Provide hanger rod reinforcing to prevent buckling due to upward forces caused by restraints, in 0 lop C. Seismic Cable Restraints shall consist of galvanized steel aircraft cables sized to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of two and arranged to provide all -directional restraint. Cable end connections shall be steel assemblies that swivel to final installation angle and utilize two clamping bolts to provide proper cable engagement. Cables must not be allowed to bend across sharp edges. Cable assemblies shall be ceiling and at the clevis bolt type, installed between the hanger rod nut and clevis or if clamped to a beam. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type "SCB" at the ceiling and at the clevis bolt, Type "SCBH" between the hanger rod nut and clevis, or "SCBV" if clamped to a beam. D. Seismic Solid Braces shall consist of steel angles or channels to resist seismic loads arranged to provide all directional restraint. Seismic solid brace end connectors shall be steel assemblies that swivel to the final installation angle and utilize two through bolts to provide proper attachment. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type "SSB." E. Steel angle rod clamp assembly, sized to prevent buckling, shall be clamped to pipe or equipment rods utilizing a minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint location when required. Welding of support rods is not acceptable. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type "SRC." F. Pipe clevis cross -bolt braces are required in all restraint locations. They shall be special purpose preformed channels deep enough to be held in place by bolts passing over the cross bolt. Clevis cross brace shall be Type CCB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. Manufacturer: Mason Industries, Inc., Type ''CCB". BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.2 FACTORY FINISHES A. All vibration isolation and seismic restraint hardware shall be designed or treated for corrosion resistance. B. Items exposed to the weather shall have steel parts zinc electroplated, PVC coated, plus a coating of neoprene or bitumastic paint. Aluminum components for outdoor installation shall be etched and painted with industrial enamel. C. Nuts, bolts, and washers shall be zinc electroplated. D. Structural steel bases shall be thoroughly cleaned of welding slag, primed with zinc chromate and finished with two coats of industrial enamel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and restraint devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine roughing -in of reinforcement and cast -in -place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Hanger Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. B. Strength of Support and Seismic -Restraint Assemblies: Select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.3 SEISMIC -RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install seismic restraints for all equipment (including existing return fans), all sizes of piping, ductwork and conduit except where omission of bracing for smaller sizes is specifically allowed by Code and specifically allowed by the QPE and seismic restraint manufacture's guidelines. B. Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. C. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor -mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. D. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall -mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment -mounting channels are attached to wall. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION E. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. F. Drilled -in Anchors: I. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 3. Adhesive Anchors: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in the adhesive. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc -coated steel anchors for interior and stainless -steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation. END OF SECTION 230548 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230550 IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of product indicated. B. Valve numbering scheme. C. Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting o surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: White. 3. Background Color: Black. 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 degree F. 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self -tapping screws. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 8. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number. 2.2 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high. 2.3 VALVE TAGS A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2- inch numbers. 1. Tag Material: Brass, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Fasteners: Brass beaded chain; or S-hook. B. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-I 1-inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal -operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. Valve -tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of echanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed on roof as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 4. Spaced at maximum intervals of 25 feet along each run. 3.4 VALVE -TAG INSTALLATION A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory -fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn -watering hose connections; and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing -in connections of end -use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. END OF SECTION 230550 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230590 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Division 23, Section 230500 is directly related. Other sections are indirectly related and shall be reviewed. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Work under this section shall include furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary for testing, adjusting, and balancing (TAB) necessary to place all systems and items of equipment, specified in Division 23, in proper operating condition. All work shall be completely tested as required by this section and applicable city and state codes and ordinances. B. Submit copies of all testing, adjusting, and balancing data to Engineer. C. Leak and pressure testing of piping and rotational testing of motors shall be performed by the installing contractor. D. TAB shall include the following: I. Condenser Piping. 2. Cooling towers. 3. Cooling tower pumps. 4. Sump pumps. 5. Water filtration unit. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains, branches, and terminals, according to indicated quantities. B. Flow rate tolerance: The allowable percentage variation, minus to plus, of actual flow rate from values (design) in the contract documents. C. Hydronic Systems: Includes condenser water. D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield repeatable results. E. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION F. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of measurement. In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump. G Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the suction side. H. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of systems or equipment. J. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) Firm: The entity responsible for performing and reporting TAB procedures. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Within 30 days from Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit two copies of evidence that TAB firm and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 45 days from Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit two copies of the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3. C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days from Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit two copies of TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in Part 3 "Preparation" Article. Include a complete set of report forms intended for use on this Project. D. Certified TAB Reports: Submit two copies of reports prepared, as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by TAB firm. E. Warranties specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contracting: The TAB agency shall be a subcontractor of the General Contractor and shall report to and be paid by the General Contractor. B. TAB Firm Qualifications: 1. The TAB agency shall be either a certified member of AABC or certified by the NEBB to perform TAB service for HVAC, water balancing and vibrations and sound testing of equipment. The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein. 2. TAB Specialist: The TAB specialist shall be either a member of AABC or an experienced technician of the Agency certified by NEBB. The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties specified herein. 3. TAB Specialist Responsibilities: a. The General Contractor, within 60 days after the notice to proceed, shall identify TAB specialist who would be responsible for supervising, coordinating, scheduling and reporting all TAB work and related activities and provide necessary information as required by the A/E. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 10 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION b. All TAB work shall be performed under the direct supervision of the TAB specialist. c. The reports shall be accompanied by report forms and schematic drawings required by the TAB standard, AABC or NEBB. The reports shall be signed by the TAB specialist and shall bear the seal of the TAB standard. d. The TAB Specialist would follow all TAB work through its satisfactory completion. e. Final markings of settings of all HVAC adjustment devices. 4. All TAB technicians perforrning actual TAB work shall be experienced and must have done satisfactory work on a minimum of three projects comparable in size and complexity of this project and must be certified so by the TAB agency in writing. C. Test Equipment Criteria: The basic instrumentation requirements and accuracy/calibration required by AABC, National Standards or by NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems and instrument manufacturer. Provide calibration history of the instruments to be used for test and balance purpose. 1. Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instruments at least every six months or more frequently if required by instrument manufacturer. 2, Keep an updated record of instrument calibration that indicates date of calibration and the name of party performing instrument calibration. D. Tab Criteria: I. One or more of the applicable AABC or NEBB publications, supplemented by ASHRAE Handbook "HVAC Applications" Chapter 36, and requirements stated herein shall be the basis for planning, procedures, and reports. 2. Flow rate tolerance: Following tolerances are allowed. For tolerances not mentioned herein follow ASHRAE Handbook "HVAC Applications", Chapter 36 as a guideline. a. Condenser water pumps: 0 percent to plus five percent. 3. Systems shall be adjusted for energy efficient operation as described in PART 3. a. When field TAB work begins. b. During each partial final inspection and the final inspection for the project if requested by Owner. E. Certification of TAB Reports: Certify TAB field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2. Certify that TAB team complied with approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. F. TAB Report Forms: Use standard forms from AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems" or NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems." BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION so, tc tor G. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, and Accuracy: As described in AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems or NEBB's " Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems, " Section II, " Required Instrumentation for NEBB Certification." H. Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instruments at least every six months or more frequently if required by instrument manufacturer. Keep an updated record of instrument calibration that indicates date of calibration and the name of party performing instrument calibration. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the efforts of factory -authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to FPI support and assist TAB activities. L B. Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. C. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. 1 1.7 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS Ifs A. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE): HVAC Applications ASHRAE Handbook, Chapter 37, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing and Chapter 47, Sound and Vibration Control. B. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB): 1. 2005 7th Edition: Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, Balancing of Environmental Systems 2. 1994 1" Edition: Procedural Standards for the Measurement and Assessment of Sound and Vibration PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION REPAIR MATERIAL A. See Division 23, Section 230700, " Piping Insulation". Provide for repair of insulation removed or damaged for TAB work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. 1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of Contract. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow - control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment. C. Examine design data, including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systemsoutput, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. D. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. E. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Sections have been performed. F. Examine system and equipment test reports. G. Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow -control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and that their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. H. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing. Examine HVAC equipment to ensure that clean filters have been installed, bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. J. Examine strainers for clean screens and proper perforations. K. Examine three-way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or mixing fluid flows. L. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping. Verify that start- up strainers have been removed from the pump suction diffusers. M. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls. N. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following: I. Dampers, valves, and other controlled devices are operated by the intended controller. 2. Dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller. 3. Integrity of valves for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open positions. This includes dampers in multizone units, mixing boxes, and variable -air - volume terminals. 4. Automatic modulating and shutoff valves, including two-way valves and three-way mixing and diverting valves, are properly connected. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 411 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION tuo 5. Spot-check thermostats to determine if they have been calibrated by the Control Contractor. 6. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions. am? 7. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract Documents. 8. Controller set points are set at indicated values. 9. Interlocked systems are operating. O. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. L.0 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. Igo B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following: I . Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. 2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. • 3. Automatic temperature -control systems are operational. 4. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 3.3 SYSTEMS INSPECTION REPORT A. Inspect equipment and installation for conformance with design. B. The inspection and report is to be done after air distribution equipment is on site and duct installation has begun, but well in advance of performance testing and balancing work. The purpose of the inspection is to identify and report deviations from design and ensure that systems will be ready for TAB at the appropriate time. 11111 C. Reports: Follow check list format developed by AABC or NEBB supplemented by narrative comments, with emphasis on air handling units and fans. Check for conformance with submittals. Verify that diffuser and register sizes are correct. Check air terminal unit installation including flexible duct sizes and routing. 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. General: During TAB all related system components shall be in full operation. Fan and pump rotation, motor loads and equipment vibration shall be checked and corrected as necessary before proceeding with TAB. Set controls and/or block off parts of distribution systems to simulate • design operation of variable volume air or water systems for test and balance work. B. Coordinate TAB procedures with any phased construction completion requirements for the project. Provide TAB reports for each phase of the project prior to partial final inspections of each phase of the project. C. Allow sufficient time in construction schedule for TAB and submission of all reports for an organized and timely correction of deficiencies. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC's "National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems" or NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and this Section. E. Cut insulation, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier and finish according to insulation Specifications for this Project. F. Mark equipment and balancing device settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper -control positions, valve position indicators, fan -speed - control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports with pertinent design data and number in sequence starting at pump to end of system. Check the sum of branch -circuit flows against approved pump flow rate. Correct variations that exceed plus or minus 5 percent. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as -built" piping layouts. C. Prepare hydronic systems for testing and balancing according to the following, in addition to the general preparation procedures specified above: 1. Open all manual valves for maximum flow. 2. Check makeup -water -station pressure gage for adequate pressure for highest vent. 3. Check flow -control valves for specified sequence of operation and set at indicated flow. 4. Set differential -pressure control valves at the specified differential pressure. Do not set at fully closed position when pump is positive -displacement type unless several terminal valves are kept open. 5. Set system controls so automatic valves are wide open to heat exchangers. 6. Check pump -motor load. If motor is overloaded, throttle main flow -balancing device so motor nameplate rating is not exceeded. 7. Check air vents for a forceful liquid flow exiting from vents when manually operated. D. Measure water flow at pumps when operating both individually and simultaneously). Use the following procedures, except for positive -displacement pumps: 1. Verify impeller size by operating the pump with the discharge valve closed. Read pressure differential across the pump. Convert pressure to head and correct for differences in gage heights. Note the point on manufacturer's pump curve at zero flow and verify that the pump has the intended impeller size. 2. Check system resistance. With all valves open, read pressure differential across the pump and mark pump manufacturer's head -capacity curve. Adjust pump discharge valve until indicated water flow is achieved. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Verify pump -motor brake horsepower. Calculate the intended brake horsepower for the system based on pump manufacturer's performance data. Compare calculated brake horsepower with nameplate data on the pump motor. Report conditions where actual amperage exceeds motor nameplate amperage. 4. Report flow rates that are not within plus or minus five percent of design. E. Set calibrated balancing valves, if installed, at calculated presettings. F. Measure flow at all stations and adjust, where necessary, to obtain first balance. System components that have Cv rating or an accurately cataloged flow -pressure -drop relationship may be used as a flow -indicating device. G. Measure flow at main balancing station and set main balancing device to achieve flow that is five percent greater than indicated flow. H. Adjust balancing stations to within specified tolerances of indicated flow rate as follows: 1. Determine the balancing station with the highest percentage over indicated flow. 2. Adjust each station in turn, beginning with the station with the highest percentage over indicated flow and proceeding to the station with the lowest percentage over indicated flow. 3. Record settings and mark balancing devices. I. Measure pump flow rate and make final measurements of pump amperage, voltage, rpm, pump heads, and systems' pressures and temperatures including outdoor -air temperature. J. Measure the differential -pressure control valve settings existing at the conclusion of balancing. 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: 1. Manufacturer, model, and serial numbers. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Efficiency rating. 5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 7. Starter thermal -protection -element rating. B. Motors Driven by Variable -Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass for the controller to prove proper operation. Record observations, including controller manufacturer, model and serial numbers, and nameplate data. OK BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR COOLING TOWERS A. Shut off makeup water for the duration of the test, and verify that makeup and blowdown systems are fully operational after tests and before leaving the equipment. Perform the following tests and record the results: 1. Measure condenser -water flow to each cell of the cooling tower. 2. Measure entering- and leaving -water temperatures. 3. Measure wet- and dry-bulb temperatures of entering air. 4. Measure wet- and dry-bulb temperatures of leaving air. 5. Measure condenser -water flow rate recirculating through the cooling tower. 6. Measure cooling tower pump discharge pressure. 7. Adjust water level and feed rate of makeup -water system. 3.8 TEMPERATURE -CONTROL VERIFICATION A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned. B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely affect control functions. C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual measurements. D. Check the operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high- and low -temperature controllers). E. Check free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve operators. F. Check the sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device positions and correlate with airflow and water flow measurements. Note the speed of response to input changes. G. Check the interaction of electrically operated switch transducers. H. Check the interaction of interlock and lockout systems. 1. Check main control supply -air pressure and observe compressor and dryer operations. J. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine whether the system operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply. K. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail-safe operations. 3.9 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Cooling -Water Flow Rate: 0 to minus five percent. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 6.0 3.10 REPORTING A. Initial Construction -Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systemsbalancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B. Status Reports: As Work progresses, prepare reports to describe completed procedures, +.0 procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. L 3.11 FINAL REPORT A. General: Computer printout in letter -quality font, on standard bond paper, in three-ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. C. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field report data, include the following: 1. Pump curves. 2. Manufacturers' test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include Shop Drawings and Product Data. D. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. Title page, 2. Name and address of TAB firm. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Engineer's name and address. 6. Contractor's name and address. 7. Report date. 8. Signature of TAB firm who certifies the report. 9. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 10. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Leo b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. ow+ 11. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 12. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports varies from indicated values. 13. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following: a. Settings for outside-, return-, and exhaust -air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. E. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present • each system with single -line diagram and include the following: 1. Quantities of outside, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Water flow rates. 3. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 4. Balancing stations. 011 5. Position of balancing devices. imp* F. Cooling Tower Test Reports: For cooling towers or condensers, include the following: 1. Unit Data: YEW a. Unit identification. b. Make and type. c. Model and serial numbers. d. Nominal cooling capacity in tons (kW). e. Refrigerant type and weight in lb (kg). f. Water -treatment chemical feeder and chemical. g. Number and type of fans. h. Fan motor make, frame size, rpm, and horsepower. i. Fan motor voltage at each connection. j. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. k. Sheave dimensions, center -to -center, and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). I. Number of belts, make, and size. m Pump make and model number. n. Pump manufacturer's serial number. o. Pump motor make and frame size. p. Pump motor horsepower and rpm. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Pump Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Voltage at each connection. b. Amperage for each phase. c. Water flow rate in gpm (L/s). 3 Water Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Entering -water temperature in degree F (degree C). b. Leaving -water temperature in degree F (degree C). c. Water temperature differential in degree F (degree C). d. Entering -water pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). e. Leaving -water pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). f. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig (kPa). g. Water flow rate in gpm (L/s). h. Bleed water flow rate in gpm (L/s). 4. Air Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Duct airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Inlet -duct static pressure in inches wg (Pa). c. Outlet -duct static pressure in inches wg (Pa). d. Average entering -air, wet -bulb temperature in degree F (degree C). e. Average leaving -air, wet -bulb temperature in degree F (degree C). f. Ambient wet -bulb temperature in degree F (degree C). G. Pump Test Reports: Calculate impeller size by plotting the shutoff head on pump curves and include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Service. d. Make and size. e. Model and serial numbers. f. Water flow rate in gpm (Lis). g. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig (kPa). h. Required net positive suction head in feet of head or psig (kPa). i. Pump rpm. j. Impeller diameter in inches (mm). k. Motor make and frame size. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION I. Motor horsepower and rpm. m Voltage at each connection. n. Amperage for each phase. o. Full -load amperage and service factor. p. Seal type. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Static head in feet of head or psig (kPa). b. Pump shutoff pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). c. Actual impeller size in inches (mm). d. Full -open flow rate in gpm (L/s). e. Full -open pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). f. Final discharge pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). g. Final suction pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). h. Final total pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). i. Final water flow rate in gpm (L/s). j. Voltage at each connection. k. Amperage for each phase. 3.12 INSPECTIONS A. Initial Inspection: 1. After testing and balancing are complete, operate each system and randomly check measurements to verify that the system is operating according to the final test and balance readings documented in the Final Report. 2. Randomly check the following for each system: a. Verify that balancing devices are marked with final balance position. b. Note deviations to the Contract Documents in the Final Report. B. Final Inspection: • 1. Owner shall randomly select measurements documented in the final report to be rechecked. The rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the total measurements recorded, or 1.0 the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in a normal eight -hour business day. 2. If the rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as "FAILED." IIMI 3. If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be considered incomplete and shall be rejected. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4I57008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION in• L, 4. TAB firm shall recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing device settings to include all changes and resubmit the final report. 5. Request a second final inspection. If the second final inspection also fails, Owner shall contract the services of another TAB firm to complete the testing and balancing in accordance with the Contract Documents and deduct the cost of the services from the final payment. 3.13 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near -peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional testing, inspecting, and adjusting during near -peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION 230590 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230700 PIPING INSULATION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL low 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS MIO 640 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. PIII 1.2 SUMMARY • A. Section Includes: Insulation materials and accessories. B. Scope: Completely insulate all new piping and existing piping affected by the work as specified and scheduled. C. Coordination: 1. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in other sections. 2. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping installer for piping insulation application, duct installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. 3. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, PIM thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any). B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. 3. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 4. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. 5. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access panels. 4P. 6. Detail application of field -applied jackets. 7. Detail application at linkages of control devices. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION . Detail field application for each equipment type. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire -test -response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. Insulation shall have a flame spread index of 25 or less and smoke developed rating index of 50 or less. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 23. B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application and equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop drawings ?PI establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing before installation of insulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in Part 4 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less 11114 than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. WOO 2.2 PIPE INSULATION OR A. Phenolic: b.% 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: OR a. Resolco; Insul-phen. b. Kingspan Tarec Industrial Insulation NV; Koolphen K. 2. Preformed pipe insulation of rigid, expanded, closed -cell structure. Comply with ASTM C 1126, Type III, Grade 1. 6.• Wit ries BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3. Block insulation of rigid, expanded, closed -cell structure. Comply with ASTM C 1126, Type II, Grade 1. 4, Provide vapor barrier for all insulation (Insulrap 30 or equivalent). 5. Factory fabricates shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. 6. Conductivity: 0.15 BTU-in/hrf2 max (75deg Mean). 7. Compressive strength: 29 lb/in2. 8. Density: 2.5 lb/f3. 9, Thickness: One inch. 2.3 THERMAL -HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Phenolic: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Kingspan Tarec Industrial Insulation NV; Koolphen K. 2, Resole() International BV; lnsul-phen. B. Insulation -Insert Material for Piping: same as for phenolic insulation but with 5 lb/f3 density. C. Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. D. Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe, E. Insert Length: 12" minimum. 2.4 FIELD APPLIED JACKETS A. Jacketing of Pipes Exposed to Weather: All piping exposed to weather shall be finished with an aluminum jacket over the insulation. Aluminum jacket material shall be embossed or corrugated sheet, 0.016" nominal thicknesses, conforming to ASTM B209, temper H-14. Jacketing shall be applied with joints lapped not less than 2", and shall be secured with 3/8" x 0.020" thick aluminum bands located at each circumferential lap and at not more than 9" intervals throughout. Horizontal joints shall lap downward to shed water. Vertical joints shall be sealed with weatherproof silicone sealant. 1. Basis of Design: Childers Products, Division of ITW "Metal Jacketing Systems." 2. Manufacturers: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW "Metal Jacketing Systems." b. Pabco Metals Corporation, "Surefit." c. RPR Products Inc, "Insul-Mate." B. Woven Glass -Fiber Fabric: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I, plain weave, and presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd. Alpha Associates, Inc.; Alpha-Maritex 84215 and 84217/9485RW, Luben 59. it. row ire %MI BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Butt Straps: Materials shall be identical in all respects and appearance to the basic jacket material. 2.5 REMOVABLE JACKET FOR VALVES A. Construction: 1. PTFE Fiberglass Composite Jacketing, 16.5 oz/sq. yd. minimum. 2. Double sewn lock stitch with a minimum 4 to 6 stitches per inch. jackets shall be sewn with two (2) parallel rows of stitching using thread in section 1.3D. 3. Jackets shall be fastened using hook and loop (Velcro) straps and 1" Slide Buckles. 4. Provide a permanently attached Aluminum or stainless steel nameplate on each jacket to identify its location, size and tag number. 5. All jacket pieces which match mating seams must include an extended 2" flap constructed from the exterior fabric and shall be secured using hook & loop closure (i.e. Velcro TM) parallel to the seam. 6. Heat trace loops. Belt loop type loops will be installed on inner (jacket hot side) to allow heat trace to be snaked through. Belt loop locations TBD 7. Manufacturers: Thermax, Alpha-Maritex or approved equal. 2.6 ADHESIVES AND MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. Obtain insulation and/or jacket manufacturer approval for all adhesives and mastics used. Obtain AJE approval for all locations where mastics will be used. I. Adhesives shall not be considered an acceptable alternative to specified mechanical fastening methods without prior A/E approval. 2. All adhesives and mastics shall be suitable for the moisture conditions and temperatures that will be encountered. 2.7 SEALANTS A. Joint Sealants: Compatible with phenolic insulation. B. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. Minus 40 to plus 250-degree F service temperature range. Color shall be aluminum. 1. Basis of Design: Mon-Eco Industries, Inc. "44-05." 2. Manufacturers: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; "CP-76-8. b. Foster Products Corporation. c. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc. "44-05." 1 I raw rol Lid BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.8 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White, 3-inch wide, vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Basis of Design: Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division "Fasson 0835." 2. Manufacturers: a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division "Fasson 0835." b. Compac Corp. "104 and 105". c. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; "428 AWF ASJ." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MINIMUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Outside Condenser water pipe with heat trace: One inch. 3.2 INSULATION INSTALLATION, PIPING A. General: Pipe insulation shall be installed in strict conformance to the manufacturer's recommendations. Pipe insulation shall be continuous and installed on all fittings and appurtenances unless specified otherwise. Installation shall be with full-length units of insulation and using a single -cut piece to complete a run. Provide jackets for all pipe insulation. 1. Do not apply insulation until pipe surfaces to be covered have been leak tested, have had rust and scale removed, and have been cleaned, dried and inspected. 2. Insulation shall be kept dry and clean at all times. 3. Continue insulation vapor barrier through penetrations except where prohibited by code. 4. All work shall be performed at ambient and equivalent temperatures as recommended by the manufacturers. 5. Joints shall be staggered on multi -layer insulation, 6. Do not apply insulation until heat tracing specified elsewhere in other sections of this Specification is completed and tested. 7. Mineral fiber thermal insulating cement shall be mixed with demineralized water when used on stainless steel surfaces. B. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 2. Secure laps with outward clinched staples at six inches o.c, for insulation with factory - applied jackets on above ambient surfaces. 3 Do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant, for insulation with factory -applied jackets on below -ambient surfaces. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Flanges, Couplings, Strainers, and Valves: 1. Insulate all fittings, flanges, couplings, strainers, valves (and similar accessories) associated with an insulated piping system unless indicated otherwise. 2. Exposed Work: On exposed work, insulate to a diameter equal to insulation of adjacent piping provided a minimum of 0.75" of insulation is maintained around fittings, couplings, strainers and valves, otherwise, increase diameter. 3 Valves and Accessories: For balancing valves, control valves and similar devices provide removable insulation sections. E. Thermometer and Test Wells: Insulate test thermometer, industrial thermometer, and other test wells over their exterior length. Insulate thermometer wells protruding above finish pipe or equipment insulation. Neatly taper insulation away from top of well. Insulation on thermometer wells shall be 1-1/2" minimum thickness. F. Sleeves and Wall Chases: Insulation on pipes through walls and floors shall be full size and jacketed same as adjacent insulation. Provide a metal jacket over the insulation on pipe passing through sleeves in non -fire rated walls where caulking is required. 1. Where penetrating interior walls, extend the metal jacket two inches out on either side of the wall and secure on each end with a band. 2. Provide adequate support on vertical pipe to prevent slipping. G. Allowances for Movement: At points where pipe will move during expansion and contraction (expansion joints, Z-bends, expansion loops, etc.), clearances between the pipe and encased insulation shall be sized to permit full pipe movement without cracking or damaging insulation and casing or jacket. 3.3 FIELD -APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. General: Where field -applied jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory -applied jackets. 1. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with two-inch overlap at seams and joints. 2. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation. B. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with two-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless -steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION END OF SECTION 230700 Prn INN PO BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL I .1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Division 23 specifications, Control drawings and sequences of operation. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The commissioning authority (CxA) witness the various commissioning procedures developed by the mechanical contractor. B. Requirements for commissioning the HVAC system and its subsystems and equipment. Commissioning shall meet the minimum requirements of the Washington State Energy Code Section 1416. C. Mechanical Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Attend commissioning meetings. 2. Coordinate work of TAB Contractor and Control contractor. 3. Communicate progress of work with CxA. D. Electrical Contractor Responsibilities: Coordinate installations and connections between and among electrical and HVAC systems, subsystems, and equipment. E. CxA. Responsibilities: 1. Organize commissioning meetings and inform Engineer and owner of the timeline for the meetings. 2. Review functional performance testing procedures. 3. Attend testing procedures when contractor schedule them. 4. Issue draft of commissioning report and final commission report. 5. Write Commissioning compliance check list (Figure 14B form 2009 WA energy code). F. Equipment To Be Commissioned: 1. Cooling towers including basin heater, basin level controller, and vibration switch. 2. Cooling tower fan VFDs. 3. Water filtration unit 4. Piping Heat trace system 5. Condenser water pumps 6. Main bypass valve operation 7. Condenser water system 8. Supply and return motorized cooling tower valves BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 9. Unit heater 10. Exhaust Fan System 11. Sump pumps 12. Flow meters 13. Spill Sump G. Submittals: 1. Testing procedures 2. Certificate of Readiness 3. Certificate of completion of installation, prestart, and startup 4. Certified piping cleaning and flushing report mew 5. Test and inspection reports OR 6. Corrective action documents 7. Certified TAB reports PART 2- PRODUCTS (N/A) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 COMMISSIONING PROCESS AND PROCEDURES A. Review and Complete Systems Readiness Checklists in accordance with Section 230800. B. Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator shall verify completion of all items, sign and return the checklist to the Commissioning Authority as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the project Contract Documents. C. The Systems Readiness Checklists are provided elsewhere in this section of the contract documents. The final checklists may be modifications of the initial checklists, and checklists may be added; modifications and additions to be made by the Commissioning Authority after equipment submittals have been accepted. 3.2 SYSTEMS READINESS PLAN A. The Contractor shall provide a system readiness manual, which shall include the following: 1. Systems Readiness Checklists — provided by CxA and completed by the Contractor. 2. Startup and testing procedures and data forms, in accordance with the project specifications, for all equipment and systems within the commissioning scope of work. 3. Piping testing reports, to be approved by the Engineer. 4. Water treatment reports (by Chemtreat). BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.3 TAB REVIEW A. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing (TAB): TAB shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with the project specifications. The TAB contractor shall support commissioning by submitting the preliminary TAB data for CxA review and participating on the Commissioning TAB Field Review, in which the TAB Contractor demonstrates specified results to the CxA after completion of final TAB. B. Demonstrate: 1. Determination of the final setpoints for pump speed and fan speed control per the project specifications and AABC standards. Demonstrate for all setpoints. 2. Hydronic system flow rates are balanced and adjusted per the project specifications and AABC standards. 3. Verify TAB of circulating domestic hot water system per the project specifications and AABC standards. 3.4 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING A. The Functional Performance Test (FPT) Procedures shall be developed, performed, and demonstrated in accordance with the sequence of operation indicated on the drawings. B. The contractors and equipment suppliers, engineer of record and owner representative shall be informed an asked to participate in developing, performing, and demonstrating the indicated FPTs. C. The Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator shall coordinate the subcontractors, with the Commissioning Authority's input, in developing, performing, and demonstrating the Working FPT. D. Functional testing shall consist of the following phases: 1. Component Testing: a. Component testing applies to all control input and output devices, including those provided by the equipment suppliers and those provided with the PLC. Examples include but are not limited to: sensor assemblies, detectors, relays and switches, valves and actuators. b. Component testing applies to thermometers, gauges: c. Component testing consists of demonstrating field I/O calibration and operation including but not limited to: 1) Accuracy of sensors is within design temperature range as specified. 2) Alarmed points report correctly to operator work station. 3) Accuracy and settings of binary switches and alarms is as specified, within design temperature range. 4) Actuators operate smoothly in a linear relationship with the signal they receive over the full range of operation. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 5) Fail safe operation of components and controllers is as specified for loss of control signal, electric power, and network communications. 6) All components, values and alarms are correctly mapped to operator interface station. "11 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Systems Testing - Operational Verification: After demonstrating acceptable component functionality, a sequence of operation test shall demonstrate that the programming used for each type of equipment acceptably implements the specified sequence of operation. END OF SECTION 230800 lig BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. A complete Energy Management and Control System (EMCS) shall be provided to control and/or to monitor the new chiller, pump and valves and other devices of this project as outlined in the sequences of operation, drawings and this specification. The EMCS shall employ direct digital control (DDC). B. Control system shall be by Siemens Controls. 1. Provide all software, hardware and cabling necessary for communication between operator stations, controllers, sensors, actuators and other devices. 2. Provide all miscellaneous software, wiring, parts and labor required in establishing a complete and working system that is an interoperable network capable of communicating with the existing EMCS. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. DDC: Direct digital control. B. EMCS: Energy Management and Control System 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide sequences of operation detailing all control strategies, including initial setpoints and referencing all points by the point name used in the EMCS programming. These sequences of operation shall also be provided in the record drawings. B. Provide CMCS work station graphic display for the 9-65 cooling tower system before the end of construction. C. Provide a complete list of equipment to be furnished, which includes a manufacturer's catalog sheet for each item on the material list. L DDC System Hardware: Bill of materials of equipment indicating quantity, manufacturer, and model number. Include technical data for operator workstation equipment, interface equipment, control units, transducers/transmitters, sensors, actuators, valves, relays/switches, control panels, and operator interface equipment. 2. Controlled Systems: Instrumentation list with element name, type of device, manufacturer, model number, and product data. Include written description of sequence of operation including schematic diagram. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide corrected documentation to show changes made to correct deficiencies discovered during commissioning tests. Reassemble manuals and drawing packages to reflect corrected documentation records. B. Drawings and Software: Submit shop drawings reflecting final "as -built" condition. 1. Provide record drawings on AutoCAD 2016. Deliver two copies of data on two CDs without compression. 2. Provide three copies of reproducible record drawings. 3. These record drawings shall accurately depict the final as -built conditions and shall be on Architectural/Mechanical backgrounds provided by the A/E. 4. These drawings shall include accurate depiction of location of sensors and controlled equipment (motor starters, pumps, etc.) 5. Insert one copy of applicable shop drawings, panel layout drawing, and points list at each enclosure's documentation holder. 6. Furnish one original set of application software on CDs. Disks shall bear the Pi manufacturer's label. Field copies are not acceptable. Application software includes operating system, controls application generation, graphic support, maintenance support and all other utilities provided in support of the installed system. 1.5 SERVICE AND GUARANTEE A. The complete control system shall be warranted to be free of defects in manufacturing, workmanship and materials for one year. Temperature sensor accuracy shall be warranted for 3 years. Software and documentation shall be revised to reflect system changes required to meet warranty obligations, 1.6 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. See drawings. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide as required for a complete and operating building automation system, all software, hardware, input/output devices, wiring and control power not shown in electrical bid documents, actuated dampers, actuated valves, actuators, operation and maintenance training, special maintenance tools and aids, supervision of labor, and warranty. B. The system shall be built only of standard components kept in stock by the supplier. 1. All replacement parts shall be available on site within 48 hours. 2. The components shall not require customizing other than setting jumpers and switches, or adding firmware or software modules, or on -site software programming to do required functions. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4 157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. System display should meet the following requirements: 1. The system is to be fully menu -driven. 2. All system titles, prompts, and instructions are to be in the English language. ft° 3. All entries to be in natural units, i.e., a setpoint value shall be entered in its actual control unit of value, such as 74° F. 4. The primary means of information display and system management shall be by graphic display. Use the same style of display as is currently used throughout the facility. m 1••• r lot ONO 5. Each display will contain comment sections to indicate area served (if area -specific) and also contain a graphical presentation for all other interlocked systems. 2.2 ELECTRONIC SENSORS A. Temperature Sensors: 1. Sensors shall be completely precalibrated with no electrical adjustments or calibration required for standard installation conditions. 2. The temperature displayed at an operator station shall be accurate to within 1° F. This accuracy shall be warranted (parts and labor) for a minimum of 3 years. 3. Thermowells shall be bronze, brass, or stainless steel with 1-inch NPT threads. 4. Install piping temperature sensors adjacent to temperature gauge or test port. a. Use heat -conducting compound in thermowells. b. Strap -on fluid temperature sensors will not be allowed. B. Current sensors shall convert AC to proportional DC (4 to 20 ma). Response time: 300 milliseconds to 99% of final value. Manufacturer: Neilson-Kuljian or approved equal. Controls will be programmed to indicate equipment failure if motor current goes above or below normal conditions. C. Pressure Transmitters/Transducers: 1. Water Pressure Transducers: Stainless -steel diaphragm construction, suitable for service; minimum 150-psig operating pressure; linear output 4 to 20 mA. 2.3 STATUS SENSORS A. Status Inputs for Electric Motors: Comply with ISA 50.00.01, current -sensing fixed- or split -core transformers with self -powered transmitter, adjustable and suitable for 175 percent of rated motor current. B. Voltage Transmitter: Comply with ISA 50.00.01, single -loop, self -powered transmitter, adjustable, with suitable range and 1 percent full-scale accuracy. C. Power Monitor: 3-phase type with disconnect/shorting switch assembly, listed voltage and current transformers, with pulse kilowatt hour output and 4- to 20-mA kW output, with maximum two percent error at 1.0 power factor and 2.5 percent error at 0.5 power factor. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUC1ION D. Current Switches: Self -powered, solid-state with adjustable trip current, selected to match current and system output requirements. 2.4 ENCLOSURES A. All enclosures to be NEMA 1, unless otherwise required for intended service. All controls and instruments shall be logically assembled at one or more panels, have hinged doors and be marked with engraved melamine labels. B. All enclosures used as a mounting site for control devices shall also contain a documentation holder located on the inside of the door. C. All enclosures shall be provided with locks. D. Label each equipment panel furnished with 120 VAC power with power source label showing identification of power panel and breaker, 2.5 PIPING AND TUBING A. Copper Tubing: 1. Seamless phosphor deoxidized copper, soft annealed or drawn tempered, with chemical and physical properties according to ASTM B 75. 2. Performance, dimensions, weight and tolerance according to ASTM B 280. 3. Diameter, as required by application, not less than nominal 0.25 inch. 4. Wall thickness, as required by the application, but not less than 0.030 inch. B. Copper Tubing Connectors and Fittings: 1. Brass, compression type. 2. Brass, solder -joint type. C. Galvanized -Steel Piping: I. Galvanized pipe shall be ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, 2. Fittings, galvanized malleable iron, ASME B16.3, Class 150. D. Polyethylene Tubing: 1. Fire-resistant black virgin polyethylene according to ASTM D 1248, Type 1, Class C and Grade 5. 2. Tubing shall comply with stress crack test according to ASTM D 1693. 3, Diameter, as required by application, of not less than nominal 0.25 inch. E. Polyethylene Tubing Connectors and Fittings: 1. Brass, barbered fittings. 2. Brass, compression type. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. A. General: All work under this section shall be by Siemens. B. All instrumentation shall be installed per the device manufacturer recommendations. Siemens is responsible to make sure that the mechanical contractor install all instrumentation per their direction. C. Install software in control units and operator workstation(s). Implement all features of programs to specified requirements and as appropriate to sequence of operation. D. Notations at Instruments: A typewritten notation shall be provided at each instrument stating its use; at thermostats, the proper setting. In finished spaces these notations shall be secured to the inside of the case; in other areas, shall be secured by adhesive to the duct or other adjacent surface and shellacked over. Instruments and equipment whose use is self-evident, such as ordinary room thermostats, radiator valves, or similar unitary equipment valves, will not require such notations. E. Pipe Wells: Provide pipe wells for insertion of temperature sensors in water lines. Temperature sensing wells shall be of sufficient length to reach midway into pipe, with extension necks where installed or insulated piping. Wells shall be brass or stainless steel; installed in lines using tees or thread-o-lets. F. Insertion Thermostats: Provide for all duct and water temperature sensing; capillary connected if averaging bulb type; capillary or rod and tube type for other units; nonbleed; throttling range as required for service; on water circuits, separable socket type; remote readjusting type where specified, adjustable ratio, straight line action, adjustable limit stops. G. All devices shall be mounted within enclosures. Cable trays and external cabinet surfaces shall not be used as mounting surfaces. Proof of run for both fans and pumps shall be by current sensing devices rather than differential pressure switches. H. All pressure indicating/measuring devices shall be installed with capped tee devices to permit attachment of test meters. Controls Mounting: Controls shall be grouped by systems, areas, or other appropriate basis concealed in locking -type wall -mounted cabinets, with proper labeling as to functions and settings marked on the front thereof, located no more than 6'-0" above the floor unless specifically approved by Owner. Control cabinets shall not be installed on ductwork or plenum walls. Mount all relays, switches, contacts, etc., in common panels. Tag each instrument by use of approved labels corresponding to symbols used on control drawings. J. Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." K. Install hydronic instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping." BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.2 WORK BY OTHERS A. The mechanical subcontractor shall install all wells, pressure tappings for flow sensors, etc., and shall set all control valves in place under the manufacturer's supervision. Pressure taps shall include service valves and calibration taps. B. Patching and painting required for the control system installation will be accomplished by the General Contractor. igair C. All line voltage wiring required for control panels, alternators, motor starters are to be furnished and installed by the electrical subcontractor. imp 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect test, two and adjust field -assembled components and equipment installation, including connections. Report results in writing. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: vimo I. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. 3. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 4. Test each point through its full operating range to verify that safety and operating control set points are as required. 5. Test each control loop to verify stable mode of operation and compliance with sequence of operation. Adjust HD actions. 6. Test each system for compliance with sequence of operation. 7. Test software and hardware interlocks. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION AND ACCEPTANCE. A. The building controls system subcontractor shall submit a proposed Acceptance Test Agreement for testing the system's functionality and the accuracy of all sensors and actuators. B. The system installation shall be complete in all respects and tested for proper operation prior to acceptance testing for the Owner's authorized representative. A letter shall be submitted to the Engineer requesting system acceptance. This letter shall certify all controls are installed and the software programs have been completely exercised for proper equipment operation. Acceptance testing will commence at a mutually agreeable time within 30 calendar days of the request. When the system has been deemed satisfactory in whole or in part by the Owner's representative, the system will be accepted for beneficial use which will start the warranty period for the commissioned portion. END OF SECTION 230900 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 232100 HYDRONIC PIPING L., PART 1 - GENERAL awl 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. B. Refer to Section 230900 Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC for control valves. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes pipe and fitting materials, joining methods, special -duty valves, and specialties for the following: 1. Cooling water piping 2. Air -vent piping. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Working Pressures and Temperatures: 1. Cooling Water Piping: 125 psig at 200 deg F. 2. Air -Vent Piping: 250 deg F 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product data, submit for each type of the following: 1. Piping and fitting. 2. Air control devices. 3. Hydronic specialties. B. Shop Drawings: Detail, at 1/4 scale, the piping layout, fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of the same to the building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops. C. Welding certificates. D. Qualification Data: For Installer. E. Field quality -control test reports. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air control devices, hydronic specialties, and special -duty valves to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.I/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. C. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.3, "Industrial Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. Fabricate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 01. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Drawn -Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L B. Wrought -Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. 2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: The piping system shall typically be welded with flanged connections. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53 Grade B seamless or ERW, Schedule 40, black steel with plain ends; type, grade, and wall thickness as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. C. Wrought -Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wall thickness to match adjoining pipe. Elbows shall be long radius type, unless specifically noted otherwise or with pre -approval from engineer. D. Wrought Steel Butt Weld Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.9 with same wall thickness as connecting • piping. ber E. Wrought Cast- and Forged -Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: 1. Material Group: 1.1. 2. End Connections: Butt welding, weld neck. 3. Facings: Raised face. F. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A53, Grade B, seamless; or ASTM A106, Grade B, Seamless of same Type, Grade, and Schedule as pipe in which installed. Close Nipples are not allowed. Threading per ANSVASME B1.20.1 NPT 1. Lir BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.3 PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. No plastic pipes in this project 2.4 JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a. Full -Face Type: For flat -face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast -bronze flanges. b. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face, Class 250, cast-iron arid steel flanges. 2. Submit gasket compatability data for glycol service. B. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. Carbon steel machine bolts or studs and nuts, ASTM A307, Grade B. C. Plastic, Pipe -Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. E. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled and working temperatures and pressures. 2.5 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. Plastic -to -Metal Transition Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. b. IPEX Inc. c. KBi. 2. One-piece fitting with one threaded brass or copper insert and one Schedule 80 solvent - cement -joint end. Materials to match adjoining piping. B. Plastic -to -Metal Transition Unions: I. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. b. IPEX Inc. c. KBi. d. NIBCO INC. bowl L t' BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.6 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper -alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder - joint, plain, or weld -neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Dielectric Fittings Two-inch and Smaller: Threaded dielectric union, ANSUASME B16.39. C. Dielectric Fittings 2-1/2 inch and Larger: Flanged union with dielectric gasket and bolt sleeves, ANSUASME B 16.42. D. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. E. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company b. Central Plastics Company c. Hart Industries International, Inc. d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. e. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; AquaSpec Commercial Products Division. 2. Factory -fabricated union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 degrees F. F. Dielectric Flanges: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Capitol Manufacturing Company. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Factory -fabricated companion -flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. 2.7 PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE TEST STATIONS A. Test Plugs: Provide 1/2" size, pressure and temperature type fitting constructed of solid brass with two valve cores of Nordel, suitable for 275°F at 500 psi. Each fitting shall include cap with gasket. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Peterson Equipment Co., "Pete's Plugs" or approved Sisco. 2. Test Plugs in Insulated Piping: Pete's Plug "XL" Series or approved Sisco or Flow Design. B. Test Kit: Provide test kit consisting of 0-100 psi, 0-230 feet of water pressure gauge with gauge adapter attached, a 25-125°F pocket testing thermometer, a 0-220°F pocket testing thermometer and gauge adapter. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4I57008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.8 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Bell & Gossett 2. Watts 3. Metraflex 4. Hoffman Specialty; Division of ITT Industries B. Y-Pattern Strainers: 1. Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection for flanged end units. 2. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger; soldered ends above suspended ceilings NPS 2 and smaller. 3. Start-up Strainer Screen: 40 mesh startup strainer, 4. Operational Strainer Screens: 20 mesh stainless steel strainer 2" and smaller; 1/16" perforated monel or stainless -steel basket with 50 percent free area for 2-1/2" to 5"; 1/16" perforated monel or stainless -steel basket with 50 percent free area 6" and larger. ins4 5. CWP Rating: 250 psig 2" and Smaller, 200 psig soldered end bodies, 125 psig 2-1/2" and larger. C. T-Pattern Strainers: 1. Body: Ductile or rnalleable iron with removable access coupling and end cap for strainer maintenance. 2. End Connections: Flanged ends. 3. Strainer Screen: 40 mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless -steel basket with 57 percent free area. D. Flexible connectors are specified in Division 23, Section 230548, "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC.'' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS LA. Cooling water piping, aboveground, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, shall be: 1. Schedule 40 steel pipe, wrought -steel fittings and wrought -cast or forged -steel flanges and flange fittings, and welded and flanged joints. B. Makeup -water piping installed aboveground shall be either of the following: 1. Type L drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and soldered joints. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. Condensate -Drain Piping: Type DWV drawn -temper copper tubing, wrought -copper fittings, and soldered joints. D. Air -Vent Piping: 1. Inlet: Same as service where installed with metal -to -plastic transition fittings for plastic piping systems according to the piping manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Outlet: Type K (A), annealed -temper copper tubing with soldered or flared joints. 3.2 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Install ball or butterfly type shutoff -duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, and at supply connection to each piece of equipment. B. Install check valves at each pump discharge and elsewhere as required to control flow direction. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATIONS Li A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicate piping locations and arrangements if such were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. The drawings do not show all required fittings and offsets that may be necessary to connect pipes to equipment and to coordinate with other trades. Coordinate with other trades for space available and relative location of HVAC equipment and accessories to be connected. B. Install components furnished under other sections, such as: Control valve bodies, flow switches, pressure taps with valve, and wells for sensors. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls and column lines. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Space piping, including insulation, to provide one -inch minimum clearance between adjacent piping and other surfaces. F. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. G. Install piping to permit valve servicing. H. Install piping at indicated slopes. 1. Install piping free of sags and bends. J. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. K. Install piping to allow application of insulation. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION L. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. M. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. N. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 threaded hose adapter with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage. Drains are generally not shown on the drawings. 1. Where piping is located in heated space, provide drain valves at all low points where more than three gallons of water could be trapped. 2. Where piping is located in unheated space, including insulated piping with heat tracing, provide drain valves at all low points where any water could be trapped. In general, piping should be arranged to minimize the need for drain valves. 3. Where drain valves are indicated on the drawings, extend piping as noted. O. Provide manual air vents at all high points in the piping systems where air might accumulate. Manual air vents are generally not shown on the drawings. Air vent valves shall be located in an accessible location and shall be positioned with discharge down such that a container can be held under the valve to receive liquid discharge. Provide tubing (same size as vent valve) from the top of the pipe to be vented to the accessible vent valve. P. Provide automatic air vents where indicated on the drawings. Discharge from automatic air vents shall be field -piped to the nearest floor drain with a one -inch air gap. Q. Install piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow. R. Locate and orient valves to permit proper operation and access for maintenance. Generally, locate valve stems in overhead piping in horizontal position. Provide a union adjacent to one end of all threaded end valves. Control valves usually require reducers to connect to pipe sizes shown on the drawing. Install butterfly valves with the valve open as recommended by the manufacturer to prevent binding of the disc in the seat. I. Valves in equipment rooms that are more than 8above the floor (and not above a ceiling) shall be provided chain -operated sheaves and chains. 2. For chain -wheel operators, extend chains to 60 inches above finished floor elevation. 3. Provide tie downs for chains that impede walkways. S. Install unions or flanges in piping adjacent to valves, at final connections of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Offset equipment connections and carefully locate unions and flanges to allow for equipment removal and repair with minimal removal of piping. Provide flexibility in equipment connections and branch line take -offs with three -elbow swing joints or as noted on the drawings. T. Install strainers on inlet side of each control valve, pressure -reducing valve, solenoid valve, in - line pump, and elsewhere as indicated. Strainers shall be installed line size, which shall mean the size of the inlet pipe shown on the drawings, not the reduced size serving the valve or equipment. Install NPS 3/4 nipple and ball valve in blowdown connection of strainers NPS 2 and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff connection for strainers smaller than NPS 2. • Iwo BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION U. Identify piping as specified in Division 23, Section 230550, "Identification for Piping and Equipment." V. Test plugs in insulated piping shall have stem length as determined by insulation thickness. W. Tee water piping runouts or branches into the side of mains or other branches. Where possible, do not use bull -head tees, which are two lines flowing into opposite ends of a tee and exiting out the common side. X. Dielectric fittings shall be used at piping connections between copper and dissimilar metals at equipment or piping to protect from galvanic corrosion. Where dissimilar piping materials are separated by dielectric fittings the separation shall include isolation of pipe hangers by insulation, plastic coated hangers or support from a nonconductive structure. 3.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. See specification 232100 "HYDRONIC PIPING". 3.5 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead- free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME BI.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. 3. Make up joint so only three threads show. F. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. G. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket tnaterial, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten flange bolts in accordance with gasket manufacturer's recommendations. Use full face gaskets and flat face flanges when connecting to equipment or valves with cast iron flat face flanges. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION H. Flexible Connectors: The piping gap shall be equal to the length of the expansion joint under pressure. Control rods passing through 1/2" thick Neoprene washer bushings large enough to take the thrust at 1000 psi of surface area may be used on unanchored piping where the manufacturer determines the condition exceeds the expansion joint rating without them. All flexible connectors shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves. 3.6 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat -transfer coils, and elsewhere as required for system air venting. B. Install automatic air vents at high points of system piping. Manual vents at heat -transfer coils and elsewhere as required for air venting. 3.7 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Vat Pt A. Sizes for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than equipment connections. B. Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment. C. Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. If parallel control valves are installed, only one bypass is required. D. Install ports for pressure gages and thermometers at coil inlet and outlet connections according to Division 23, Section 230519, "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." 3.8 SYSTEM CLEANING A. The current water treatment provider at the site is Cheamtreat. Cheamtreat should be contacted • for this work. B. Fill system with fresh water and add liquid alkaline compound with emulsifying agents and • detergents to remove grease and petroleum products from piping. Circulate solution for a minimum of 24 hours, drain, clean strainer screens, and refill with fresh water. u.1 C. Preparation of Piping Systems: I. System shall be operational, filled, started, and vented prior to cleaning. Use water meter to record capacity in each system. Record capacity and include in Operation and Maintenance • manuals. 2. Make temporary piping connections; furnish temporary pumps, and temporary bypass filter as required to properly accomplish all cleaning operations. 3. Place all manual and control valves serving coil banks and terminal control units in open 1.0 position during cleaning so that circulation through the mains and runouts is obtained during cleaning. D. Piping System Cleaning Sequence: 1. Initial Flush, All Systems: to, IOW PI BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4 I 57008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION a. Completely fill the system with fresh water and circulate (1st filling). b. Initial flushing shall be sufficient to remove all contaminants such as cuttings, filings, loose rust & scale, welding and soldering residue and debris. c. Drain the entire system, including dead legs, and refill with fresh water (2nd filling). 3.9 PIPE TESTING A. Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.3 and as follows: 1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test. 2. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing. 3 Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water; then remove and clean or replace strainer screens. 4. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment. 5. Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test. B. Perform the following tests on hydronic piping: 1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used. ON 2. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release air. Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of test liquid. 3 Provide temporary valving or cap piping at connections to existing systems as required to confine testing to the new piping systems. 4. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the system's working pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times "SE" value in Appendix A in ASME B31.3, "Industrial Services Piping." 5. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. System must be proven to hold pressure for two hours. 6. Prepare written report of testing. ott C. Perform the following before operating the system: 1. Open manual valves fully. 2. Inspect pumps for proper rotation. 3. Set makeup pressure -reducing valves for required system pressure. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 4. Inspect air vents at high points of system arid determine if all are installed and operating freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type). 5. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. 6. Inspect and set operating temperatures of hydronic equipment, such as boilers, chillers, cooling towers, to specified values. 7. Verify lubrication of motors and bearings. END OF SECTION 232100 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following categories of hydronic pumps for hydronic systems: 1. End -suction pumps. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section 230540 "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC" for isolation base, spring supports, and spring hangers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include certified performance curves and rated capacities including pump efficiency, BHP, RPM, Head, GPM; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished specialties; final impeller dimensions; motor specifications; and accessories for each type of product indicated. Indicate pump's operating point on curves. B. Shop Drawings: Show pump layout and connections. Include Setting Drawings with templates for installing foundation and anchor bolts and other anchorages. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems and differentiate between manufacturer -installed and field -installed wiring. C. Maintenance Data: For pumps to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 01. D. Provide pump alignment report that documents, as a orientations, and the changes made. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE min urn, the initial and final shaft A. UL Compliance: Fabricate and label pumps to comply with UL 778, "Motor -Operated Water Pumps," for construction requirements. B. Product Options: Provide pumps based on the specific types and models indicated. C. Regulatory Requirements: Fabricate "Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Application and Operation," and HI 1.6, "Centrifugal Pump Tests." D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in CEC (NFPA 70), Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable. bui ' BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Manufacturer's Preparation for Shipping: Clean flanges and exposed machined metal surfaces and treat with anticorrosion compound after assembly and testing. Protect flanges, pipe openings, and nozzles with wooden flange covers or with screwed -in plugs. B. Store pumps in dry location. C. Retain protective covers for flanges and protective coatings during storage. D. Protect bearings and couplings against damage from sand, grit, and other foreign matter. E. Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CLOSE -COUPLED, END -SUCTION PUMPS A. Manufacturer: Bell and Gossett (B&G) series e-1510. No substitution. B. Furnish and install pumps with performance characteristics as shown on plans. Pumps shall be base mounted, single stage, end suction design with a foot mounted volute to allow removal and service of the entire rotating assembly without disturbing the pump piping, electrical motor connections or pump to motor alignment. C. Pump volute shall be Class 30 cast iron with integrally -cast pedestal support feet. The impeller shall be a cast stainless steel enclosed type, balanced to ANSI/HI 9.6.4-2009 balance grade G6.3 and secured to the shaft by a locking capscrew or nut. D. The liquid cavity shall be sealed off at the pump shaft by an internally-flusbed mechanical seal with ceramic seal seat and carbon seal ring, suitable for continuous operation at 225°F. A replaceable stainless steel shaft sleeve shall completely cover the wetted area under the seal. E. Pump shall be rated for minimum of 175 psi working pressure. Volute shall have gauge tappings at the suction and discharge nozzles and vent and drain tappings at the top and bottom. F. The pumps vibration limits shall conform to Hydraulic Institute ANSI/HI 9.6.4- 2009 for recommend acceptable unfiltered field vibration limits for pumps with rolling contact bearings. G. Baseplate shall be of structural steel with fully enclosed sides and ends, and securely welded cross members. Grouting area shall be fully open. The combined pump and motor baseplate shall be sufficiently stiff as to limit the susceptibility of vibration. The minimum baseplate stiffness shall conform to ANSI/HI 1.3.8.2.1 for grouted Horizontal Baseplate Design standards. H. A flexible type, center drop -out design coupling, capable of absorbing torsional vibration, shall be employed between the pump and motor. Pumps for variable speed application shall be provided with a suitable coupling sleeve. The coupling shall be shielded by a dual rated ANSI B15.1 & OSHA 1910.219 compliant coupling guard and contain viewing windows for inspection of the coupling. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4 157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. Motor shall meet NEMA specifications and shall be of the size, voltage and enclosure called for on the plans. Pump and motor shall be factory aligned, and shall be realigned by the contractor per factory recommendations after installation. J Each pump shall be factory hydrostatically tested per Hydraulic Institute standards. It shall then be thoroughly cleaned and painted with at least one coat of high grade paint prior to shipment. K. The pumps shall be manufactured, assembled and tested in an ISO 9001 approved facility. 2.2 PUMP SPECIALTY FITTINGS A. Suction Diffuser: Suction diffuser provides a uniform flow pattern to the suction side of the pump, which ensures a stable NPSH. Incorporates a cylindrical strainer preventing impurities from entering the pump. Comes with a disposable, fine mesh, stainless steel start-up screen for capture and removal of foreign particulates in system piping. Provides flexibility through an adjustable support for mounting. Bell and Gossett model: HG-3X, x 6". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine equipment foundations and anchor -bolt locations for compliance with requirements for installation. I. Examine roughing -in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before pump installation. 2. Examine foundations and structural bases for suitable conditions where pumps are to be installed. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Install pumps according to manufacturer's written instructions. I. Install pumps according to HI 1.1-1.5, "Centrifugal Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Application and Operation." B. Install pumps to provide access for periodic maintenance, including removing motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. C. Support pumps and piping separately so piping is not supported by pumps, and loads are not transferred to pump flanges. Adjust pipe hangers so that flange gaskets require only slight moderate force to overcome frictional resistance when slip into place. D. Install pumps according to manufacturer's instructions. E. Provide structural base, isolators, flexible connectors, and other sound treatment devices. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION F. Provide Mason SAFEFLEX Expansion Joints in pipelines to reduce blade frequency vibration and noise and to allow for seismic displacement. 3.3 ALIGNMENT A. A millwright shall align pump and motor shafts and piping connections after setting them on foundations, after grout has been set and foundation bolts have been tightened, and after piping connections have been made. B, Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions. C. Adjust pump and motor shafts for angular and offset alignment by methods specified in HI 1.1- 1.5, "Centrifugal Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Application and Operation." 1. Alignment shall be reverse dial indicator or laser method. 2. Indicated run -out shall not exceed 0.001 inches. 3. An ular and offset misalignment shall be as followed: Maximum Angularity Maximum Offset 1200 rpm 0.0015" 0.003" 1800 rpm 0.0010" 0.002" 3600 rpm 0.0005" 0.001" D. After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly. Completely fill baseplate with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout while metal blocks and shims or wedges are in place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. Shop drawings show specific locations. B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance and shall is no case cause a tripping hazard. C. Connect piping to pumps. Install valves that are the same size as piping connected to pumps. D. Install suction and discharge pipe sizes equal to or greater than diameter of pump nozzles. E. Install isolation valves on suction and discharge sides of pump. F. Strainers: Install suction diffuser with strainer on floor -mounted pumps. G. Install flexible connectors on suction and discharge sides of base -mounted pumps between pump casing and valves. H. Check Valves: Install non -slam check valves on pump discharge line. Install inertia base and vibration isolation. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Install temperature and pressure gages on pump suction and discharge. Install at integral pressure -gage tappings where provided. K. Install electric& connections for power, controls, and devices. Electrical power and control wiring and connections are specified in Division 26 Sections. Rotate junction box on pump motor to provide the most direct power wiring connection from the source. M. Ground Equipment: Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. 3.5 COMMISSIONING A. Verify that pumps are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents. B. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's written instructions and the Contract Documents. C. Perform the following preventive maintenance operations and checks before starting: I. Lubricate bearings. 2. Remove grease -lubricated bearing covers, flush bearings with kerosene, and clean thoroughly. Fill with new lubricant according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3 Disconnect coupling and check motor for proper rotation that matches direction marked on pump casing. 4. Verify that pumps are free to rotate by hand and that pumps for handling hot liquids are free to rotate with pumps hot and cold. Do not operate pumps if they are bound or drag, until cause of trouble is determined and corrected. 5. Check suction piping connections for tightness to avoid drawing air into pumps. 6. Clean strainers. 7. Verify that pump controls are correct for required application. D. Starting procedure for pumps with shutoff power not exceeding safe motor power is as follows: I. Prime pumps by opening suction valves and closing drains, and prepare pumps for operation. 2. Open discharge valves, pumps should not be operated against dead shutoff. 3. Start motors. 4. Open discharge valves slowly. 5. Check general mechanical operation of pumps and motors. E. Refer to Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for detailed requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing hydronic systems and Division 23 Section "Commissioning of HVAC". BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain hydronic pumps as specified below: 1. Train owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining pumps. 2. Review data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data." END OF SECTION 232123 L BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 232500 COOLING WATER FILTRATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following cooling water -treatment systems: 1. Water filtration equipment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. TSS: Total suspended solids are solid materials, including organic and inorganic, that are suspended in the water. These solids may include silt, plankton, and industrial wastes. 1.4 ACTION SUBMIl'I ALS A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories for the following products: 1. Centrifugal separators. B. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 1. Include diagrams for power and control wiring. 1,5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For water filtration units and components. I. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMIFIALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sensors, injection pumps, water filtration units, and controllers to include in operation and maintenance manuals. mai BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CENTRIFUGAL SEPARATORS A. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by the following (no substitutions): 1. Lakos B. Product Requirements 1. Description: Simplex separator housing with baffles and chambers for removing particles from water by centrifugal action and gravity. 2. Housing: With manufacturer's proprietary system of baffles and chambers. a. Inlet: Designed with tangential entry and mutually tangential, spiral -cut internal accelerating slots to produce centrifugal flow of feedwater. b. Vortex Chamber: Designed for downward vortex flow and gravity separation of particles. c. Collection Chamber: Designed to hold separated particles. d. Outlet: Near top of unit. e. Purge: At bottom of collection chamber. f. Pipe Connections NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Steel, Class 150 flanges according to ASME B16.5 or grooved according to AWWA C606. 3. Purging and Solids Handling: a. Method: Evacuation of separated solids shall be accomplished automatically, employing a motorized valve with integrally -equipped programming for controlling the frequency and duration of solids purging. b. Purge Valve: Ball -type, flanged or grooved -end, bronze body, with stainless steel valve ball and sealant seat. c. Isolation: Ball valve on purge line for isolation. Provide with inlet/outlet valve kit. d. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 4. Piping: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type S, F, or E; Grade B, Schedule 40 black steel, with flanged, grooved, or threaded joints and malleable, steel welding, or ductile -iron fittings. • 5. Circulating Pump: Overhung impeller, close coupled, single stage, end suction, centrifugal. Comply with UL 778 and with 111 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3. Lir a. Casing: Radially split cast iron. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum. c. Impeller: Iron; statically and dynamically balanced, closed, and keyed to shaft. d. Shaft and Shaft Sleeve: Steel shaft with bronze shaft sleeve. but BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4 157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION e. Seal: Mechanical, silicon carbide. f. Motor: ODP motor supported on the pump -bearing frame. Minimum full load efficiency 88.5%. g. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 6. Controls: Automatic control of circulating pump and separator purge; factory wired for single electrical connection. a. Panel: NEMA 250, IEC starter with overload module, HOA selector switch, re- set/disconnect/trip switch. b. Power requirement: 460V / 3 Phase / 60 Hz c. Control Voltage: 120V, Single Phase d. Pump: Automatic and manual switching; manual switch position bypasses safeties and controls. e. Separator Purge: Automatic and manual. 7. Support: Skid mounting. Skid plates shall be stainless steel, 3/16-inch minimum thickness. Fabricate supports and base and attachment to separator housing with reinforcement strong enough to resist separator movement during a seismic event. 8. Capacities and Characteristics: a. Separator Design: 1) Pressure Loss: 3-12 psig, remaining constant, varying only when the flow rate OR changes. bad b. Housing: 1) Material: SA-36, SA-53B, or equivalent quality carbon steel. 0.25" minimum thickness. 1111 2) Pressure Rating: 150 psig. 3) Purge Size: 3/4" threaded with screw -on flange. 9. Solids Removal Effectiveness: a. 98% performance is predictable to as fine as 40 microns (given solids with a specific gravity of 2.6), with correspondingly higher aggregate performance percentages (up to 90%) of solids as fine as 5 microns. 10. Operating Conditions: a. Maximum Working Pressure: 150 psi. b. Maximum Operating Temperature: 100°F. 11. Paint Coating; Oil -based enamel. 1111 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 11" '60 A. Water quality for HVAC systems shall minimize corrosion, scale buildup, and biological growth for optimum efficiency of HVAC equipment without creating a hazard to operating personnel or /01 to the environment. lood pi L PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install seismic restraints for equipment and anchor to structural supports. See Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC" for seismic restraints. B. Install interconnecting control wiring for controls and sensors. C. Mount sensors and injectors in piping circuits. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance. C. Make piping connections between filtration equipment and dissimilar -metal piping with dielectric fittings. Dielectric fittings are specified in Section 232100 ''Hydronic Piping." D. Install shutoff valves on filtration equipment inlet and outlet. E. Confirm applicable electrical requirements in electrical Sections for connecting electrical equipment. F. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding." G. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Equipment will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 232500 Yew Iowa BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 236500 COOLING TOWERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and services to perform operations required for the complete ON installation and related Work as required in Contract Documents. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be job specific and include the following: Wit 1. Tower Performance Analysis showing Flow (GPM), Tower Inlet/Outlet Temperatures (°F), Wet Bulb Temperature (°F), required Motor Horsepower, and kW/Ton at design conditions 0.1 and part load conditions as specified by engineer. 2. Drawings showing plan and elevation views with all critical dimensions, tower weight (dry & operating), design operating conditions, and motor data. 3. Dimensioned fabrication drawings of tower support structure accompanied by all manufacturers engineering load calculations confirming design. 4. All necessary wiring diagrams showing internal tower wiringand all required field connections by others. 5. Drawing of tower "Lift Rigging" recommendations showing proper sizing of spreader bar, locations of pre -installed lifting brackets, and final leveling instructions. 6. Wiring diagrams and Installation drawings shall also be provided for all optional equipment. 7. Copy of manufacturers' written warranty regarding materials and labor, along with the conditions under which warranty is subject. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Cooling Tower module "where possible" shall arrive as single, fully assembled and wired component, on a flatbed trailer. B. Upon arrival of tower modules prior to any lifting operation, the tower shall be inspected on the truck by the owner's representative for general acceptance. Any items of concern related to damage or lifting operations shall be documented and reported in writing to the manufacturer's representative. The owner's representative or his crane operator shall inspect all corner lifting brackets and their bolting to the tower. C. Prior to lifting tower, all excess water should be removed from basin. D. Should tower need to be temporarily placed on the ground prior to its final positioning, the tower shall be stored on sound and level surface in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. OM BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.4 WARRANTY A. Cooling Tower manufacturer shall provide material and labor warranty, in accordance with conditions specified within written warranty, as follows: I. External Shell — Fifteen (15) years from date of shipment from factory. Excludes cosmetic or superficial damage/wear. 2. Internal Components — Five (5) years from date of shipment from factory. 3, Mechanical Components — Five (5) years from date of shipment from factory. 4. Labor — One (1) year from date of shipment from factory. 1.5 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The following manufacturer, in compliance with specifications and thermal performance contained herein shall be used: I. Tower Tech Model 1 I XL-i51975. No substitution. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: I. Drawings on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: a. Structural supports. b. Piping roughing -in requirements. c. Conduit and wiring roughing -in requirements for controls and electrical power, including spaces reserved for controls and electrical equipment. d. Access requirements, including working clearances for controls and electrical equipment, and service clearances. Mark and label clearances. 2. Drawings showing plans, sections, and elevation views, drawn to scale of at least 1/4"/ft. 3. Each view to show screened background with the following: a. Structural grids b. Adjacent walls, floors, and roofs c. Equipment and products of other trades that are located in vicinity of cooling towers and are part of final installation, such as, controls, power, lighting, fire -suppression systems, and plumbing systems. B. Seismic Qualification: 1. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for cooling towers, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 2. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. a. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION b. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. c. Product Certificates: For certification required in "Quality Assurance" Article. d. Field Test Reports: Include startup service reports. e. Source quality -control reports. f. Field quality -control reports. Tower legs anchorage: Contractor to provide engineering calculations per Specification Section 230548. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each cooling tower to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. B. Instructional Videos: IncludingIncIuding those that are prerecorded and those that are recorded during training. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Tool Kit: 1. A tool kit specially designed by cooling tower manufacturer for use in servicing cooling tower(s) furnished. 2. Special tools required to service components not readily available to Owner service personnel in performing routine maintenance. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Certified by CTI. I. CTI Certification: Cooling tower thermal performance according to CTI STD 201RS. 2. FM Global: Approval and listing in the latest edition of FM Global's "Approval Guide." 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Coordinate requirements for multi -piece assembly for shipment. Limit the number of separate pieces for field installation to as few as possible. B. If factory assembly of multiple pieces is required for testing or other reasons, disassemble cooling tower into major assemblies as required by installation before packaging for shipment. I. Clearly label each separate package with a unique designation and include with assembly instructions for each complete cooling tower. 2. Install seals on gear -drive assemblies to eliminate oil leakage during shipment if shipped with oil. WIN BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The cooling tower shall be a factory assembled, forced draft, counter -flow, modular cooling tower. B. Tower shall have a minimum of two mechanical drive systems. The tower's principal construction shall be of pultruded Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester (FRP) and must have a flame spread rating less than 25 or a flammability coefficient of 94-VO. Towers constructed of metal shall have all stainless steel panels and structural members, including structural frame, hot and cold water basins, distribution covers, fan deck, and fan cylinder manufactured from 316 or 304 Stainless Steel and assembled with type 304 stainless steel nut and bolt fasteners as further specified in this specification. The modules must be capable of operating independently or in combination with future modules. 2.2 THERMAL PERFORMANCE MIR A. The tower shall be capable of cooling, at peak load conditions, 2000 GPM of circulating water inw from 90°F HWT, to 75°F CWT, at 67°F air entering wet bulb temperature, operating with a total fan horsepower of 75 BHP maximum. Additionally, tower shall be capable of cooling 1000 GPM ai of circulating water from 90°F HWT, to 75°F CWT, at 67°F air entering wet bulb temperature. The manufacturer shall guarantee the tower(s) supplied will meet the specified performance conditions when the tower(s) is (are) installed according to plan and per the guidelines established • in the tower manufacturers current Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual. !It B. Cooling tower must be Cooling Technology Institute (CTI) Certified as set forth in the CTI Certification Standard STD-201(04). Towers claiming to be CTI "listed" or "designed" to CTI specifications shall not be acceptable. C. Design Loading: Tower shell and substructure (support legs) shall be designed to withstand a sustained wind load of 150 MPH and seismic forces referenced in the International Building Code. 2.3 CONSTRUCTION A. The cold water basin and the tower casing for the basis of design unit shall be constructed of pultruded Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester (FRP) with UV inhibitors. FRP shall have a minimum thickness of 1/4" and a minimum density of 0.7 oz./cu.in. Specially placed reinforcement and a UV veil layer will ensure the structural strength and longevity. The structural members shall be constructed of minimum 304 Stainless Steel. B. Perimeter Basin (External Shell): 1. The basis of design unit shell or casing shall have an integral perimeter basin. Its elevated basin shall reduce operational pump head requirements. Its high velocity water flow (5 to 7 fps) during operation shall minimize accumulation of sediment. Perimeter basin shall be ON BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4 157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION equipped with one inspection port, at each corner support member, on the front and rear surfaces. 2. Basin shall be equipped with one (1) 6 Kw stainless steel basin heater elements. Heater shall have corrosion and liquid proof enclosure. The basin heater package shall include a PI combination controller and probe (temperature and level sensor) preset at 45°F. This sensor probe is stainless steel with a 1/2" NPT mounting fitting. The control panel contains the electronic temperature/flow liquid level control, control voltage transformer, and the magnetic contactor used to energize and de -energize the heaters. WNW rid Heaters must be interlocked with pump control to deactivate heaters when cooling tower pumps are operating. Control panel is NEMA 4X, UL rated. Control panel door includes standard lockout disconnect. Panel and probes shipped loose for field install. A separate 3- Phase power source must be supplied to the control unit. Interlock with pump control completed in the field by others (Temperature Controls Contractor or Electrician). C. SUMP (Mechanical Component): 1. Tower shall be equipped with an end wall mounted sump with a bottom outlet providing a flanged (150 lbs bolt pattern) discharge connection for simplified piping. 2. Standard equipment shall include a manufacturer supplied and mounted brass float valve with brass or stainless steel components. Connection size shall be 2" NPT. Also included are a flanged overflow/equalization connection, and a corrosion -free, easily removable debris screen. Sump shall be covered by a five (5) year warranty. Note: Maximum rated operating pressure for float valve is 25 PSI. Install PRV if site water pressure is above 25 PSI. D. Fill and Drift Eliminators (Internal Component): I. Fill shall be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) of cross -fluted design, minimum 10 mil (after forming), impervious to decay, fungus and biological attack. Fill sheets shall be self - spacing, supported on maximum spans of 12. Each fill sheet shall have a microstructure to improve heat transfer. The flute opening of the fill pack shall not be less than 3/4". Fill packs or blocks shall be placed in the tower so as to provide the tightest fit possible without damage to the fill. 2. Drift eliminators shall be minimum three -pass Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) material of cellular design impervious to decay, fungus and biological attack. Drift losses shall not exceed 0.0004% of the design circulating flow rate at full fan speed. Fill and drift eliminators shall be covered by a five (5) year warranty. E. Water Distribution System (Internal Component): I. The distribution system shall be comprised of a single inlet, enclosed, low pressure, non- corrosive Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Schedule 40 piping system. Water will be distributed further using 4" Schedule 40 PVC lateral(s). Water shall be evenly sprayed over the fill media by evenly spaced and sized High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) rotary spray nozzles. 2. The nozzles shall have a four (4) inch NPT connection and rotating disk for clog free operation, produce a square pattern, and shall be located no more than three inches above the fill media. The nozzles must operate between a minimum of 1/2 PSI and a maximum of BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 11/2 PSI pressure drop. Nozzles shall be capable of a variable flow of 100 GPM to 300 GPM while maintaining full fill media coverage. F. Water Collection System (Internal Component): The tower shall utilize a water collection system 1111 positioned beneath the fill media and above the air inlet. The water collection system shall collect cold water as it falls from the fill media and channel the water into the tower's elevated perimeter basin permitting the mechanical equipment to be mounted in the dry entering air stream beneath the tower. The water collectors shall be made of extruded flame retardant Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene copolymer (ABS) material and shall contain an integral damper system that opens mechanically with airflow. The damper system will prevent entry of airborne debris when the fan below it is off. The water collection system shall be covered by a five (5) year warranty. G. Motors (Mechanical Component): The tower shall contain multiple motors/module at 7.5 horsepower per motor. The motors shall be Totally Enclosed Air Over (TEAO) with a service factor of 1.15 and must be suitable for 460-Volt, 3-phase, 60-Hz service. Motors shall be nominal 860 RPM and be rated for inverter duty. All motors shall be factory pre -wired using oil *10 resistant, VFD compatible, Double Shielded Cable to .1 box. Motors shall be covered by a five (5) year warranty. VFDs will be provided by the electrical contractor and installed in the pump room. H. Fans (Mechanical Component): • 1. Fans shall be of an axial, airfoil design positioned within an aerodynamically streamlined low fiberglass or 316 stainless steel shrouds and installed with a minimum tip clearance for maximum efficiency. Fan blades shall be manufactured of Fiberglass -Reinforced xi Polypropylene or aluminum alloy and be pitch -adjustable. Fan hubs shall be manufactured of high strength, low weight aluminum alloy to minimize stress and wear on motor bearings. The tower shall have a minimum of 2 fans to handle the design conditions. The • tower shall have 4 direct drive fans per module. The basis of design tower shall have the • fan assembly and motor located outside the hot moist exiting air stream. Wad 2. All major mechanical components, including fans, drive trains, fan motors, and fan motor/drive train supports are covered by a five (5) year mechanical warranty. Towers not covered by a warranty of this scope will not be accepted. 2.4 MOTOR CONTROL PANEL A. Furnish a NEMA 4 rated motor control panel completely wired with door mounted individual HAND -OFF -AUTO switches, individual green fan "On" and red fan motor "Trip" indicating lights for each fan, and cover mounted lockable main disconnect. Panel furnished with fused control power transformer or Panel must be provided with external 120-volt control power source by others. Panel will be shipped loose, for field installation by others. int B. Each internally mounted combination motor starter/adjustable overload protector shall have an integral lockable disconnect to enable individual motor isolation for maintenance. C. Terminal blocks shall be provided for main power feed, individual fan motor connections, and any externally mounted control input and outputs. All final wiring from Tower mounted disconnects or junction box to terminal strips located in motor control panel, the main power feed to motor control panel, the temperature control probe, and any controls external to the panel shall be completed in the field by others. Mg iew BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4I57008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with project engineering drawings and manufacturer's installation, operation, and maintenance manuals. B. Provide all required supports, attachments devices, and accessories needed to insure quiet operation. C. Contractor shall be responsible for all design, engineering, and installation involving changes or adjustments to the specified cooling tower to the satisfaction" of the engineer at no cost to the Owner. D. Provide representative of manufacturer for installation supervision and start up. 3.2 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to operate and maintain cooling tower(s) and controls including: I . Starting and Stopping of Fan Motors 2. Sequence of Operation 3. Troubleshooting & Servicing 4. Routine Maintenance 5. Schedule training with Owner through Engineer or Construction Manager END OF SECTION 236500 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS /11111 WEI PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS hew A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. ;rnof 1.2 SUMMARY A. The work under this division includes furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, supervision, tools and items necessary for the construction, installation, connection, testing and operation of all electrical work for this project as shown on the electrical drawings specified herein. two B. Related Work Described Elsewhere: Where other divisions require electrical materials or installations, comply with all applicable requirements herein. Provide all electrical materials and installation work required to connect, test and operate equipment required by other divisions. Electrical installations required by other divisions but not shown on the electrical drawings shall be provided. rig C. Warranty: The Contractor shall guarantee all work installed under this specification and make good, repair or replace at his own expense any defective work, materials or parts. Incandescent lamps are not warranted but all shall be operating at time of final acceptance. 1.3 REGULATIONS A. Codes and Ordinances: Comply with all applicable codes, ordinances and regulations including the National Electrical Code, the Washington Administrative Code, National Electrical Safety Code, WISHA, NFPA, Washington Cities Electrical Code, and all other national, state and local • codes and ordinances. B. Certificate of Inspection: Obtain a Certificate of Electrical Inspection indicating final acceptance 1011 from the local inspecting authority. 6.0 C. Safety Measures To Be Taken: The Contractor will be solely and completely responsible for • conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. is+ 1.4 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Intent: The electrical drawings and specifications are intended to include all labor and materials necessary to provide a complete and operating facility. Any materials shown and called for on PI the drawings but not mentioned in the specifications, or vice versa, which are necessary for the 1.0 proper completion of the installation or operation of the equipment, shall be furnished the same as if specifically called for in both. COMMON WORK RESULTS 260500 - 1 P4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 %MI TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Diagrammatic Drawings: The electrical drawings are diagrammatic and do not show exact or complete raceway and wiring configurations, routing, rating or the necessary number and types of raceway fittings or pull boxes. Provide all labor and materials required to execute the work. 1.5 SUBMI1 I ALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to thoroughly review vendor -assembled shop drawings, catalog cuts, etc. to ensure that these documents are complete and comply with the specifications. B. All submittals and shop drawings must be stamped by the Electrical Contractor and the General Contractor confirming they have been reviewed and comply with the contract documents. Submittals which are not stamped will be returned unreviewed. C. Submittal Format: Electronic. D. Review: The review of a manufacturer's name or product does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in all details with the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for submitting materials at such a time to allow a minimum of seven weeks for Engineer's review. 1.6 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare operations and maintenance manuals for all electrical equipment installed on this project. OR B. Provide table of contents at front of manual indicating general content of each section. Provide index for each section of the manual with complete equipment catalog item or identification. C. The information and diagrams included must be on the specific equipment installed for this project. General "product line" information is not acceptable. maw 1.7 RECORD DRAWINGS ern A. A record shall be made during the progress of the project indicating the work as actually installed. Corrections and changes shall be kept up to date at all times on a separate set of record drawings ON kept at the job site for review. Mark-ups may be schematic as related -to interior raceway bow systems; however, all raceways shall be shown in proper relationship with junction boxes, panelboards, devices and equipment. Raceways installed below grade shall be shown with both horizontal and vertical dimensions with an accuracy of ± six inches. B. Project Closeout: The Contractor shall provide as -built drawings at completion of the project 4114 indicating work as revised, detailed and actually installed. 1.8 DEFINITIONS A. Provide: To furnish and install. B. Wiring: Raceway, conductors and connections. C. Exposed: Visible from occupied areas. D. Install: To set in position and make fully operational. COMMON WORK RESULTS 260500 - 2 Fol BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION lor E. Furnish: Purchase and deliver to the job site. F. Required: As required by code, authority having jurisdiction or contract documents for the system and/or installation to be fully operational. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Work of Other Trades: The electrical drawings do not show complete details of the building construction. Coordinate work with all other trades. 1.1 0 FIRESTOPPING A. Provide all required firestopping for electrical work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STANDARD OF QUALITY A. General: Whenever any material or equipment is specified by patent or proprietary name or by the name of the manufacturer, such specification shall establish the minimum standard of quality in that particular field of manufacture. The engineer shall be the sole and final judge as to quality and acceptability of substitutions, no exceptions. 2.2 PRODUCT LISTING AND LABELING A. All electrical equipment shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed and labeled. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All materials shall be new, free from defects and arrive at the job site in their original unopened containers. B. Comply with NECA 1. If conflict exists between NECA 1 and the contract documents, the most • restrictive/expense shall govern. 3.2 MATERIAL STORAGE A. Make all necessary provisions for storing materials and equipment at site so as to insure the quality and fitness of the items to be incorporated in the work. Equipment shall be stored to prevent damage and corrosion. 3.3 INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service without written permission from the Owner. COMMON WORK RESULTS 260500 - 3 Olt BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.4 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Owner Retained Equipment: The Owner may wish to retain certain specific items scheduled for demolition. The Contractor shall carefully remove these items, provide protection and packaging as may be required to protect the equipment and turn over said equipment to the Owner at a place designated on the jobsite. Any equipment that the Owner does not desire to retain shall become the property of the Contractor and be removed from the site. B. Existing Raceways and Wiring: I. Unused Raceways and Wiring: All unused conductors in existing buildings shall be removed. All unused raceway shall be removed except where located in or above existing construction which is not being altered and would require removal and replacement of the existing construction. 2. Continuity of Service To and In Existing Building: The Contractor shall reroute existing raceways, wiring and equipment which is in conflict with building alterations. 3. Openings in walls and floors resulting from removal of conduits and/or devices are to be patched with materials equivalent to adjacent surfaces. Materials used for patching shall maintain the fire rating of the existing area. 3.5 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall -mounting items. 3.6 SLEEVES FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Provide sleeves for all penetrations unless core -drilled holes or formed openings are used. 3.7 FIRESTOPPING A. Provide firestopping to penetrations of fire -rated floor, wall and ceiling assemblies for electrical installations to restore original fire -resistance rating of the assembly. 3.8 CU I I ING AND PATCHING A. Provide all required cutting, demolition and patching required for the installation of the electrical work. Penetrations through structural walls, ceiling or floor slabs shall be core drilled. In no case shall structural members be penetrated without prior approval of the structural engineer. 3.9 PAINTING A. Touch up electrical equipment with factory -finished surfaces as required using factory -furnished paint. Do not paint screw heads, hinges, nameplates, hardware, etc. All surface -mounted raceways in finished areas shall be painted to match adjacent surfaces. COMMON WORK RESULTS 260500 - 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUC I ION 3.10 EXTERIOR STEEL A. Scope: 1 . Exposed galvanized materials are not allowed to be installed outside. Exterior framing channel shall be aluminum. All other exterior galvanized materials shall be powder thermoplastic coated. 2. Surface preparation, application and curing shall be performed by Thermo Tech Industrial Powder Coatings, Monroe, Washington, or approved equal. B. Preparations: 1. Surface preparation, application and curing for the powder coating, testing, and touch-up of coating shall be shop performed procedures. 2. The Parts shall be prepared for coating in accordance with SSPC SP-5. 3. Provide a white blast with a 2-3mil. Anchor profile. 4. After proper surface preparation, the parts shall be kept free from finger prints, dust, flash rust or other contamination. The coating shall be accomplished within four hours of blasting. C. Application: 1. Masking: All masking, where required, shall be done using a high temperature powder coating masking tape. 2. Overheating: All parts shall be preheated to a maximum temperature of 240 degrees F. The powder is applied to the surface of the part using corona powder coating discharge gun. A negative polarity is required and a voltage of 50 kV is recommended. The powder is applied across the total surface of the part, taking care that the powder is applied in a level and homogenous build. The coating shall be applied to a dry film thickness of 12-20 mil. And be totally free of holidays or pinholes. It will be necessary to convey the part to the oven which will be set at 400 degrees F in order to complete flowing out of the powder. The coating shall be smooth, even and free of runs, sags, streaks, and overspray. 3. Coating with Fluid Bed Dip System: After the part has been preheated to 240 degrees F, the part is then dipped into a fluidized bed of powder and left for a predescribed time to accomplish a coating thickness of 12-20 mil. The part must be conveyed to the oven for a complete flowing of the powder. The coating shall be smooth, even and free of runs, sags, streaks and overspray. 3.11 CLEANING A. Promptly remove waste material and rubbish resulting from electrical work. B. Prior to energizing equipment, remove all dirt and debris. Vacuum and wipe -down all surfaces. C. Clean all equipment and fixtures at completion of the project. COMMON WORK RESULTS 260500 - 5 �m B0BlNG0-65REPLACE COOLING TOWER \Y4157008 TDKWIL&.WA8BlNGTO0 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.12 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Site Review: On -site meetings urreviews nfconstruction 6vthe Engineer shall not be construed as acceptance bythese parties as related to quantities, n locations and compliance with code enforcing authorities. B. : The Contractor uhN| test all wiring and all electrical equipment to verify absence of grounds and short circuits and verify proper operation, notation, and phase relationship. Contractor will be responsible for scheduling of nests and demonstrations /t dnueo n'ukuu\y acceptable tothe Owner. All equipment shall bedemonstrated tooperate in accordance with the requirements of this specification and the manufacturer's ,eoonnnendadiono. Operate every device manually and automatically in accordance with its purpose. Tests nbuU be performed in the presence of the Owner or his designated representative. All instruments and personnel required to conduct the *:o\ sbuD he provided by the Contractor. Any test no, witnessed by the Owner shall be waived by written document. All such documents must become the property of the Owner upon completion of construction. � l3 F(}R{]\�Y�ER'SPERS(J��NEL �� ~�/nu.~/'wx~ It , hot 01 A. Scope: Following initial operation of all electrical equipment and prior to acceptance of the electrical =wck, conduct demonstrations n[equipment operation and instruction periods for the Owner's representatives, O. Instruction Periods: SbuU include oruindnury discuss \on and presentation of information frommaintenancemanualswidh �c references to drawings, followed by tours of equipment spaces explaining maintenance requirements, acoovn methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, settings and available system and equipment adjustments. C. Contractor's repreueotuivco, in geoeuJ, who conduct these instructions and demonstrations ubu|\ bcqualified foremen orsuperintendents acquainted with this projectand from the trade involved. The representative ohu| be the manufacturer's ceyceocntudvea with operating experience and substantial design experience on this projectfor majore9uipmert. Their qualifications ohuD be submitted to the Architect and Engineer before conducting the instruction period. D. instruction and demonstrationperiods tothe Owner u1least two weeks prior to each instruction period and reach agreement onthe date ofeach instruction period. E� Completion of Work: When requesting final inspection, provide lO day notice, 3ohnoh written certifications that the work has been fully completed iostrict accordance with the plans and END OFSECTION 268500 YR COMMON WORK RESULTS 260500-6 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 260510 EXISTING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall visit the site and review the existing conditions prior to bid in order to confirm the general scope of demolition work. Any damage to existing systems to remain resulting from performance of work under this contract shall be repaired at ino increase in contract cost. Any existing wiring serving devices to remain in service and which is interrupted by work performed under this contract shall be rerouted to maintain circuit continuity. Contractor shall assume the risk of maintaining existing systems except relocation of wiring #2 AWG and above shall be considered an additional cost if not shown on the drawings to be relocated. If such wiring is found the Contractor shall notify Engineer of wiring location and the reason it must be removed. B. The drawings show portions of the electrical systems to remain, to be removed or to be modified as part of the Contractor's work, Concealed features of the existing systems are derived from record drawings, field surveys, and the Engineer's best judgment of the configuration, but no guarantee is made as to their correctness. C. All demolition work required under this contract is not shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall remove all electrical equipment in the area being remodeled which is no longer in service presently or as a result of this contract. D. Premium time shall be included in the Base Bid for electrical system outages and for other work as required by the schedule, as shown on the drawings and as noted in other Divisions of the specifications. E. Should the Contractor assume a salvage value for any existing equipment or materials such as conductors, he shall do so at his own risk. Existing materials to be removed are based on record drawings and have not been verified. EXISTING SYSTEMS 260510 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.2 CONFLICTS A. When a conflict between existing equipment to remain and new work is identified, the contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately to obtain resolution arid direction on how to resolve such conflict. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Existing materials and equipment removed as part of this work may not be reinstalled unless specifically noted on the drawings. B. Some existing materials maybe directed by the Owner to be salvaged. Contractor to coordinate with Owner prior to demolition work. C. The Contractor may reuse existing raceway systems if no other systems occupy the raceway system and if raceways and enclosures are electrically and mechanically continuous and new wiring is provided. Provide new raceway support systems for all existing reused raceways above suspended ceilings, which were supported by the existing ceiling or ceiling supports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DEMOLITION A. Areas of demolition are outlined on the drawings. Electrical devices and associated wiring located within the demolition area and are not shown to be reused shall be removed. B. Prior to demolition work, trace out and identify each branch circuit and feeder using an electronic circuit tracer. C. The Contractor shall update switchboard, distribution panel and disconnect labels to reflect the loads that are removed. EXISTING SYSTEMS 260510 -2 PIr BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. The Contractor shall post updated circuit directories in all panels to reflect loads that are removed. 3.2 POWER OUTAGES A. Schedule electrical system(s) outages with the Owner. Refer to Section 260500, Common Work Results. END OF SECTION 260510 EXISTING SYSTEMS 260510- 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION • IMO SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A, Product Data: Submit for each type of product provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Insulated Wire 2. General Cable 3. Southwire 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I. O-Z/Gedney 2. 3M 3. Tyco B. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Stranded copper or compact strand aluminum, as called out on the drawings. B. Branch Circuits: Stranded copper. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION ON* 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND WIRING METHODS A. Feeders/Branch Circuits: Type THHN-THWN single conductors in raceway. B. Minimum Conductor Size: I. Neutral: #10 AWG (#12 AWG minimum for dedicated neutrals and 2. Ground: #12 AWG. 3. Phase Conductors (more than six in a raceway): #10 AWG. 4. Phase Conductors (six or less in a raceway): #12 AWG. 5. Branch Circuit Homeruns (longer than 75 feet): #10 AWG. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ing circuits). A. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessAry; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. B. Wiring from separate systems shall not be intermixed in a common junction box. C. Wiring shown in separate raceways shall not be combined. D. Provide code sized ground conductor in all conduits. E. Feeders: Make no splices unless shown on the plans. F. Branch Circuits: Homeruns longer than 75 feet to the first outlet shall be #10 AWG minimum for the entire length of the circuit. Make no splices in homeruns. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. General: Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. B. Feeder Splices: Make splices with hydraulically set long barrel connections insulated with heat shrink tubing. C. Lighting and Receptacle Branch Circuit Splices: Insulated screw -on type connectors. D. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet with at least six inches of slack. E. Termination at Busses (Panel, Switchboard, Transformers, ATS, etc.): Hydraulically -set, two - hole, long -barrel, compression lugs. END OF SECTION 260519 1.0 um LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 2 40 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of product provided. Ri4 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Stranded copper wire or cable insulated for 600 volts. 6,0 B. Bare Copper Conductors: Stranded copper wire or cable. C. Grounding Bus: Rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4 x 2 x 12" in cross section unless otherwise indicated; with insulators. 2.2 CONNECTIONS w1=0 • A. Connections to Piping: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure -type with at least two bolts. B. Connections to Equipment Ground Busses: Two -hole compression lugs C. Connections to Building Steel: Exothermic -weld (Cadweld) D. Underground Connections: Exothermic -weld (Cadweld) 2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES IPA A. Ground Rods: Copper -clad, 3/4 inch by 10 feet. "a..• Yaw 11; PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Grounding Bus: Provide No. 2/0 AWG from each ground bus to building grounding electrode system. GROUNDING AND BONDING 260526 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connections. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connections. 3. Connections to Building Steel: Welded connections. 3.2 BONDING A. Insulated grounding bushings shall be installed to bond all feeder conduits to the switchboard ground bus or panel ground bus at both ends of feeder raceways. Insulated grounding bushings shall also be installed in all feeder pull boxes to bond all conduits together. 3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are two inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. I. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise Lai indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. 2. Grounding electrode system: Install at least three rods spaced at least one -rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. I . Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly -mounted equipment. Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations. END OF SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING 260526 -2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. RMC: Rigid metal conduit. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each of the products provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a, Cooper B-Line b. Thomas & Betts c. Unistrut 2. Interior: Hot -dip galvanized. 3. Exterior: Aluminum. B. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, expansion and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. C. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory -fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non -armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. D. Mounting, Anchoring and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: f HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 260529- 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud for use in hardened Portland cement concrete, steel, or wood with tension, shear and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: a. Hilti b. ITW Ramset/Red Head c. Simpson Strong -Tie 2. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, zinc -coated steel for use in hardened Portland cement concrete with tension, shear and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers: a. Cooper B-Line b. Hilti c. ITW Ramset/Red Head 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58 Type suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Conduit Crossing Structural Separation: Conduit that crosses structural or seismic separations between building units shall be installed with flexible connections suitable to accommodate longitudinal and transverse displacements. Secure raceways each side of joint and provide minimum of 36 inches length flexible conduit between building units. B. Conduit exposed to different temperatures or varying thermal environments shall be provided with expansion fittings and mounts to compensate for their expansion and contraction. Provide slip -bushings in conduit mounts for expansion similar to Unistrut Unicushion, Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 3/8 inch in diameter. C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze -type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two -bolt conduit clamps. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 260529- 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 0 D. Spring -steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1-1/2 inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lbs. B. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. In lieu of expansion anchors, powder - actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard -weight concrete four inches thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs less than four inches thick. 5. Steel: Beam clamps. 6. Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 7. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate. C. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.3 CONCRETE BASES A. Provide four -inch high concrete pads, unless otherwise noted, on the drawings with chamfered edges for all floor -mounted equipment including switchboards, distribution panels, transformers, motor control centers and unit substations. B. Construct concrete bases of dimension indicated but not less than four inches larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10-bolt cEameters from edge of the base. C. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive -strength concrete. D. Anchor equipment to concrete bases. IMI HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 260529- 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION so • 3.4 EXTERIOR SUPPORTS A. Powder coat per Section 260500, Common Work Results. END OF SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 260529- 4 AIR BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION %ow Yaw WWI OR 6.1 SECTION 260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELA 1ED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical Metallic Tubing B. FMC: Flexible Metal Conduit C. LFMC: Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit D. RMC: Rigid Metal Conduit E. RAC: Rigid Aluminum Conduit F. RNC: Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of product provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT, TUBING AND FITTINGS A. Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC): 1. General: Comply with ANSI C80.1. 2. Fittings: a. Couplings: Threaded metallic type of the same material as the conduit. b. Locknuts: Steel up to two inches, malleable iron for 2-1/2 inches and larger. c. Bushings: Bakelite or plastic up to two inches, malleable iron with insulating collar for 2-1/2 inches and larger. d. Unions: Zinc -plated malleable iron, three piece coupling. e. Expansion Fittings: Steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. RACEWAY AND BOXES 260533 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) Fittings: 1. Couplings: Threaded metallic type or the same material as the conduit. 2. Locknuts: a. Steel up to two inches. b. Malleable iron for 2 1/2" and larger. 3 Bushings: a. Bakelite or plastic up to two inches. b. Malleable iron with insulating collar for 2 1/2 inches and larger. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): 1. General: Comply with ANSI C80.3. 2. Fittings: Steel compression type employing a split corrugated ring and tightening nut. D. Flexible Metallic Conduit (FMC): 1. General: Zinc -coated steel. 2. Fittings: Steel, one- or two -screw clamp type. E. Liquid -Tight Flexible Metallic Conduit (LFMC): 1. General: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. 2. Fittings: Galvanized steel, compression type. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC): 1. General: Comply with NEMA TC 2, Type EPC-40-PVC. 2. Fittings: Comply with NEMA TC 3; same material as the conduit. 2.3 BOXES, ENCLOSURES AND CABINETS A. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1. B. Hinged -Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, steel, continuous -hinge cover with flush latch, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. C. Cabinets: I. NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized -steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. RACEWAY AND BOXES 260533 -2 low BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION bag tow 114 OR PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAYS A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Above -Ground Conduit: RAC. 2. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Motor -Driven equipment): LFMC (18" Maximum), B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: Exposed up to 48": RMC or RAC 2. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Motor -Driven Equipment): LFMC (18" Maximum), 3. Damp or Wet Locations: RMC or RAC. 4. Raceways 2" and Larger RMC or RAC. 5, Feeders: RMC or RAC. C. FMC: Only to be used for recessed light fixtures. Any other use requires prior written approval from Boeing. D. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 inches unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 BOXES, ENCLOSURES AND CABINETS A. Outdoors and Wet or Damp Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Indoors: NEMA 250, Type 1. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter. B. Install exposed raceways as high as possible, above ductwork, parallel or at right angles to building lines. C. Raceways shall be installed in furred or suspended ceiling spaces with a minimum of 36 inches of LFMC crossing the expansion or earthquake joints. Secure raceways each side of joint. D. Raceways shall be installed parallel or at right angles to the building construction. This applies to all exposed raceways as well as all raceways above suspended ceiling. E. Underground Metallic Raceways or Metallic Raceways in Contact with Concrete: Wrap raceway with .010-inch thick pipe -wrapping plastic tape applied with a 50 percent overlap. RACEWAY AND BOXES 260533 - 3 IMO BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION OR K. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degrees bends in any conduit run except for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. F. Pullboxes with Covers: Provided as shown on the drawings and as required by the NEC. All pullboxes shall be accessible. G. Exterior Walls: Conduits passing through exterior walls below grade and/or bridging an area which was previously excavated and backfilled shall be rigidly supported by a structurally reinforced concrete duct bank spanning between the building wall and a bearing surface on undisturbed earth. H. Cleaning of Raceways: The interior and exterior of all conduits and other raceways shall be thoroughly cleaned of all material. All conduits shall be capped or plugged after installation. Keep raceways at least six inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. MI J. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. M. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. N. Provide pull strings in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-Ib tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. O. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved and accessible locations and fill them with listed sealing compound. Install each fitting for concealed raceways in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points: I. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. 3.4 SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION A. install to seal underground exterior wall penetrations. B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway material and size. Position raceway in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. RACEWAY AND BOXES 260533 - 4 %NW BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION FA 3.5 FIRESTOPPING A. Provide firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly. END OF SECTION 260533 • RACEWAY AND BOXES 260533 - 5 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION OR PART 1 - GENERAL 114 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS no A. Product Data: Submit for each type of product provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A. General: I. Nameplates shall be 1/16" thick laminated plastic with beveled edges and engraved letters. B. Color for Nameplates: 1. Lighting and Power: White letters on a black field. 2. Fire Alarm: White letters on a red field. 3. Emergency Systems (NEC Article 700): White letters on an orange field. 4. Standby Systems (NEC Article 702): Black Letters on a yellow field 5. Other Low -Voltage Systems: White letters on a black field. C. Fasteners: 1. Interior Locations: Attach with double sided adhesive tape. 2. Exterior Locations: Attach with Stainless steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. 2.2 CONTROL AND COMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND CONDUCTORS A. Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than three mils thick by one to two inches wide. B. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl -cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. IDENTIFICATION 260553- 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION me Imo C. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick with corrosion -resistant grommet and polyester or nylon tie for attachment to conductor or cable. Uses permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. 2.3 ADHESIVE LABELS A. Electronically printed, multicolor, pressure -sensitive adhesive labels. Background and letter colors to comply with Paragraph 2.1.B. 2.4 WARNING LABELS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B. Arc Flash Hazard Labels: Provide label on all distribution equipment that designates the appropriate PPE (Personal Protective Equipment) required for the hazard present. Labels to comply with the NEC, WCEC and NFPA 70E. Submit sample of label to Engineer for review. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Equipment with Multiple Power Sources: Provide warning label that reads: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." B. Power -Circuit Conductor Identification: Use color -coding conductor tape for conductors No. 1/0 AWG and larger in vaults, manholes, hand -holes, pull boxes and and junction 'boxes. C. Branch -Circuit Conductor Identification: Identify each ungrounded conductor in all junction and pull boxes with the source and circuit number. Utilize permanent marking pen in concealed locations and unfinished areas. Utilize adhesive labels in finished areas. D. Conductors to be Extended in the Future: Attach write -on tags to conductors and list source and circuit number. E. Control and Low Voltage Conductors: Identify all control and low -voltage systems wiring as follows: 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. 1101 2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory -installed connections. Coordinate identification with manufacturer's shop drawings. F. Junction boxes, Pull Boxes and Raceways: 1. Identify boxes and raceways as follows a. Fire Alarm Junction Boxes: Paint Red, inside and out. IDENTIFICATION 260553— 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 6.d b. Junction Boxes and Pull Boxes (6" X 6" or less) Containing Emergency Circuits: Yis Paint orange, inside and out. c. Junction Boxes and Pull Boxes Containing Standby Circuits: Paint yellow. 2. Label the cover of all junction and pull boxes with panel and circuit numbers of conductors or low voltage system contained within. a. Boxes 6" x 6" or less: Utilize black permanent marking pen. b. Boxes larger than 6" x 6" or boxes located in finished spaces: Utilize adhesive labels. 6.• G. Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Panelboards: a. Each Panelboard should be labeled with its ID number and the equipment and circuit number of its source. b. Each panelboard should be labeled with its ID number, the voltage class, and the supply equipment ID and circuit number. The size of an upstream transformer may also be included. c. Each panelboard fed from two or more sources should list each source on the "FED FROM" line, and include the transfer device label on the last line. d. The first line should include the ID number, in letters at least 0.5 inches high. All other lines should be in smaller letters, at least 0.25 inches high. e. The label should include "EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM" on the line below the taw ID number, when connected to an emergency power distribution system. f The label should include "STANDBY POWER SYSTEM" on the line below the ID number, when connected to a standby power distribution system. 2. Other Devices: IN a. Each transfer switch should be labeled with a switch ID number, and the supply equipment ID numbers of the preferred (normal) source and alternate (emergency) source. b. Each distribution system disconnected switch should be labeled with a switch ID number, supplying panel and circuit number, and load equipment ID number(s) or description. c. End -user equipment should be labeled with the supplying panel and circuit number. H. Device Plates: Label with circuit number. Color -Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 Volt and Less: Use the colors listed below for ungrounded conductors: 1. Colors for 208/120-Volt Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. c. Phase C: Blue. IDENTIFICATION 260553- 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION L., AM d. Neutral: White. e. Ground: Green. f. Travelers: Yellow. 2. Colors for 480/277-Volt Circuits: a. Phase A: Brown. b. Phase B: Orange. c. Phase C: Yellow. d. Neutral: Gray. e. Ground: Green. f. Travelers: Lavender. 3. Field -Applied, Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half -lapped turns for a minimum distance of six inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. Arc Flash Hazard Labels: 1. Provide label on all distribution equipment that designates the appropriate PPE (Personal Protective Equipment) required for the hazard present. Labels to comply with the NEC and NFPA 70E. Submit sample of label to Engineer for review. 2. Refer to Division 26, Section 260573, "Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study." 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. B. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. D. Self -Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. E. Attach nonadhesive signs and plastic labels with screws and auxiliary hardware appropriate to the location and substrate. END OF SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION 260553- 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 260800 1.• COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 6.• 1.1 Summary A. Section Includes: 1. Electrical Distribution B. Related Sections: 1. Section 019113 — Commissioning General Requirements 2, Division 26 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Refer to Section 019113. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 019113. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REFER TO SECTION 019113. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COMMISSIONING PROCESS AND PROCEDURES A. Refer to Section 019113. 3.2 SYSTEMS READINESS CHECKLISTS A. Review and Complete Systems Readiness Checklists in accordance with Section 019113 and 260800. B. Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator shall verify completion of all items, sign and return the checklist to the Commissioning Authority as an indication of final completion with all installation criteria as specified in the Project Contract Documents C. The initial Systems Readiness Checklists will be provided once the Construction Drawings are issued. The final checklists may be modifications of the initial checklists, and checklists may be COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 260800 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION two OM PR added; modifications and additions to be made by the Commissioning Authority after equipment submittals have been accepted. D. A separate completed checklist shall be submitted for each system and item of equipment within the commissioning scope of work, as specified in 019113. E. The Systems Readiness Checklists do not represent all the contract documents for the associated equipment. Completion of the items on this checklist does not release the contractor from requirements specified elsewhere 3.3 SYSTEMS READINESS PLAN A. The Contractor shall provide a system readiness plan, which shall include the following: I. Systems Readiness Checklists — provided by CA and completed by the Contractor 2. Startup and testing procedures and data forms, in accordance with the project specifications, for all equipment and systems within the commissioning scope of work B. Within 20 working days of Product Submittal approval, the contractor shall submit the Systems Readiness Plan with blank forms for CA review. C. Submit the completed readiness manual prior to functional performance testing. When it is necessary to begin functional performance testing on a system (or systems) before the readiness of other systems can be documented, it may be acceptable to provide preliminary submittals of the Systems Readiness Plan that have been completed only for the system(s) that are ready for testing. 3.4 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING A. The Functional Performance Test (FPT) Procedures shall be developed, performed, and demonstrated in accordance with Section 019113. B. At a minimum, the contractors and equipment suppliers listed in the FPTs Minimum Participants Table in this section of the specifications are required to participate in developing, performing, and demonstrating the indicated FPTs. C. The Contractor's Commissioning Coordinator shall coordinate the subcontractors, with the Commissioning Authority's input, in developing, performing, and demonstrating the Working FPT. D. Functional testing shall consist of the following three phases: 1. Component Testing: a. Component testing applies to all control input and output devices, including those provided by the equipment suppliers and those provide with the Building Management System (BMS). Examples include but are not limited to: sensor assemblies, detectors, relays and switches, valves, dampers, and actuators b. Component testing applies to meters and gauges: COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 260800 - 2 OR BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION ,r+ ••• am 411 OR c. Component testing consists of demonstrating field I/O calibration and operation including but not limited to: 1) Accuracy and settings of sensors and input devices is within specified range. 2) Output devices operate smoothly in a linear relationship with the signal they receive, over the full range of operation 3) Fail safe operation of components and controllers is as specified for loss of control signal, electric power, and network communications 4) All input and output devices are correctly mapped to operator interface 2. Systems Testing; Operational Verification: After functional testing of the system components has been successfully completed, each sequence of operation and control system function shall be functionally tested, including those provided the equipment suppliers and those provide with the Energy Management and Control System (EMCS). Each control loop shall be tested to verify stable control with the specified and appropriate responses. 3. Systems Testing — Integrated System Verification: After operational testing has successfully demonstrated that each system functions in accordance with the project documents, functional testing shall occur to verify that the interaction between the systems is as required. Each interactive function shall be functionally tested, including those provided the equipment suppliers. E. FPTs Minimum Participants Table: F. MC = Division 23 (Mechanical) subcontractor G. EC = Division 26 (Electrical) subcontractor H. BAS = Building Automation System subcontractor, 1. FPT (SPEC) NUMBER 220800 - FPT PROCEDURE MINIMUM PARTICIPANTS STP-5 Electrical Systems STP-5.I-5.2 Distribution Equipment: Review of Electrical Testing Agency Reports and Coordination Study Settings Back -check EC END OF SECTION 260800 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 260800 - 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 262200 LOW -VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of transformer provided. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat according to manufacturer's written instructions within the enclosure of each ventilated -type unit throughout periods during which equipment is not energized and when transformer is not in a space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Eaton 2. General Electric 3. Square D 4. Tierney 2.2 GENERAL TRANSFORMER REQUIREMENTS A. Description: Factory -assembled and -tested, air-cooled units for 60-Hz service. B. Cores: Grain -oriented, non -aging silicon steel. C. Coils: Continuous windings without splices except for taps. 1. Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type. 2. Coil Material: Copper. LOW -VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 262200 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION r.r NM WWI SI NNW • Pi 2.3 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS A. Comply with NEMA ST 20, and list and label as complying with UL 1561. B. Provide transformers that are constructed to withstand seismic forces specified in Division 26, "Vibration and Seismic Controls." C. Cores: One leg per phase. D. Enclosure: Ventilated, NEMA 250, Type 2. Core and coil shall be encapsulated within resin compound, sealing out moisture and air. E. Taps for Transformers Smaller Than 3 kVA: One five -percent tap above normal full capacity. F. Taps for Transformers 7.5 to 24 kVA: One five -percent tap above and one five percent tap below normal full capacity. G. Taps for Transformers 25 kVA and Larger: Two 2.5-percent taps above and four 2.5-percent taps below normal full capacity. H. Insulation Class: 220 degree C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 150 degree C rise above 40 degree C ambient temperature. 1. Energy Efficiency for Transformers Rated 15 kVA and Larger: Complying with 10 CFR Part 431 Class 1 efficiency levels. MI PART 3 - EXECUTION PI MEd NMI 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Wall -Mounted Transformers: 1. 30-kVA and Less: Provide manufacturer's standard wall bracket. 2. 45-kVA and Larger: Provide custom -fabricated welded red iron frame. B. Ceiling -Hung Transformers: 1. 30-kVA and Less: Support with Unistrut frame suspended with 1/2" diameter all -thread rod. 2. 45-kVA and Larger: Provide custom -fabricated welded red iron frame. C. Floor -Mounted Transformers: 1. Mount to concrete base according to Division 26, Section 260529, "Hangers and Supports." 2. Provide vibration pads under transformer according to Division 26, Section 260548, "Vibration and Seismic Controls." LOW -VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 262200 - 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Plo 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Provide 2-hole long barrel compression lugs for termination of feeder conductors. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES: A. Label each transformer with an engraved laminated plastic nameplate as specified in Division 26, Section 260553, "Identification." END OF SECTION 262200 LOW -VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 262200 - 3 CBOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4 157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of panelboard and overcurrent protective device provided. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Panelboards and Overcurrent Protective Devices: a. Eaton b. Square D c. General Electric 2.2 FABRICATION A. Enclosures: I. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Indoor, Production, Equipment or Shop areas: NEMA Type 12 b. Outdoor, Wet or Damp Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. 2. Doors: Door -within -door type. 3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish over corrosion -resistant treatment or primer coat. 4. Directory Card: Provide transparent protective cover, mounted in metal frame, inside panelboard door. PANELBOARDS 262416 - 1 L BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.$ B. Phase and Ground Buses: I. Material: Hard -drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch -circuit equipment ground conductors; bonded to box. C. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material. 1. Main and Neutral Lugs: Compression type. 2. Ground Lugs and Bus Configured Terminators: Compression type. 3. Feed -Through Lugs: Compression type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. D. Service Equipment Label: UL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards with main service disconnect switches. E. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. 2.3 SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING A. Fully rated to interrupt the symmetrical short-circuit current available at the terminals. 2.4 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: I. Circuit -Breaker Frame Sizes 125 Ampere and Smaller: Bolt -on circuit breakers. 2. Circuit -Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 Ampere: Bolt -on circuit breakers; plug-in circuit breakers where individual positive -locking device requires mechanical release for removal. B. Doors: Door -within -door type secured with vault -type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 2.5 PANELBOARDS A. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt -on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. B. Doors: Door -within -door type, concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 2.6 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Molded -case circuit breaker with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. Inverse time -current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit -breaker frame sizes 250A and larger. PANELBOARDS 262416 - 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Circuit Breakers Rated 800 Amps or More: Provide electronic trip unit with adjustable Long - Time, Short -Time and Instantaneous trip functions. Provide ground fault protection (G) where called out on the one -line drawing. Trip units shall be field replaceable. C. Circuit Breakers Rated 1200 Amps or More: Provide trip unit with a maintenance mode switch with LED indicator lights that overrides the trip settings in order to minimize the arc flash hazard during maintenance. Trip units shall be field replaceable. 2.7 SPACE FOR FUTURE CIRCUIT BREAKRS OR FUSED SWITCHES A. Provide as indicated on the drawings. Spaces shall be completely equipped for the future addition of a circuit breaker or fused switch, including all mounting hardware and buss connections. Unless otherwise noted, spaces shall be sized to accommodate the following future circuit breaker or fused switch: Panel Rating 100 Amperes 225 Amperes 400 Amperes 600 Amperes 800 Amperes 1200 Amperes Minimum Space Ampacity 70 Amperes 125 Amperes 225 Amperes 400 Amperes 600 Amperes 800 Amperes PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Mount top of trim 74 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. B. Mount plumb and rigid without distortion of box. uniformly flush with wall finish. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers, breaker trip ranges. D. Install filler plates in unused spaces. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts Set field -adjustable switches and circuit- E. Stub four one -inch empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub four one -inch empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab not on grade. F. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties. 3.2 DIRECTORY A. Provide a directory to indicate installed circuit loads. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable. PANELBOARDS 262416 - 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.3 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Label each Panelboard and Distribution Panel and each overcurrent device with an engraved laminated plastic nameplate as specified in Division 26, ''Identification." B. Label each overcurrent device in a Distribution Panel with an engraved laminated plastic nameplate as specified in Division 26, "Identification." 1114 3.4 FEEDER AND TERMINATION TESTING •rno WEI A. After all wiring is complete, all feeder circuit terminations shall be checked with a torque wrench. Torque levels shall be in accordance with NETA Standard ATS. B. Phase -to -phase and phase -to -neutral conductor insulation resistance. Test shall be made with a DC "Megger" (500 volt minimum) type tester. 3.5 CIRCUIT BREAKER ADJUSTING AND TESTING A. Set all adjustable trip circuit breakers and ground fault relays per the Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study. END OF SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS 262416 - 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 262416.01 ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD SCHEDULES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 PANEL SCHEDULES A. Section includes schedules referenced on drawings and in project manual. The following existing panel schedules apply and follow this this section 1. A 2. Al B. Provide updated panel schedules at panelboard door pockets. PART 2- PRODUCTS — NOT APPLICABLE PART 3 - EXECUTION — NOT APPLICABLE END OF SECTION 262416.01 ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD SCHEDULES 262416.01 - 1 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULE IMP / how bw in BLDG. 09-65 PANEL A TYPE |EM/GE.NEWA1uENCLOSURE MAIN 400AMCB RATING 400A'3m.4vv.35K4|C____ REF. DWG, 09'120'E4811 ENGINEER CEVJOmES INSTALL DATE 2017 LOCATION 08-65.COOLING TOWER 8LDG FEEDERS oSETS 4#esOKCM|L&1wuG FROM O9'12U.SUB 11.POSF1 DATE REVISED 19> CKT.REV|SED NEW PANEL JOB NO. VV4157000 CIRCUIT FRAME & AMPS WIRE SIZE LOAD A D C LOCATION 1 a TEYH 77.0 PUMPRM ab 77.0 5o 77.8 T�Y� _ #2 2 s��O RLT�RRM _ Vb _ 55.0 l/ ,~ rm\ _ 55.0 TEYH 72 COOLING TOWER 1ou -- 7.2 17o '- 72 TEYH #4 PUMPP-2 77.0 PUMPRIVI �/» __ 77.0 o�12m - 77�O TEYH SPARE "'" _ -' oeo,~ 7ax -- 31mTEYH SPARE 33b ~�^ -- 3so.-125A - 37a SPACE mVHARDWARE _-_39b 1£-'__ 2oTEYH #2 COOLING TOWER CT'1 55.0 F|LTERRW 4b -' 55.0 uo~- /oa 8eTEYH 10b ~�' 12c� �� 1TEYH - 1Ob 1Dc�/^ 125A - _ TEYH 22b 24c 2DA 26a. TEYH 0`~�~~� 2oA TEYH | .~~^�' o0A 36C 38a� _ `"". 42n w12 #2 ' _ w12 #8 �2 - -' HEATER CT-1 �' - PUMP - - -- - ��OUNGTDVVERFILTER CTF1 -- -- _ PANEL Al -- - ' - - �� H �- ' - - GPACEYWHARDVVARE -. --- -- --' 7.2� �� 5 50 72 -_] COOLING TOWER |PVMPRN - F|LTERRM FlLTEHmN .UM| Rk� 7.2 77� '- -- - -_- 11.0 77� ��/} 11/0 �V -_ _ --------- 5� - _ �V 5� --' '--- �� Pill PANEL All �w Ir iog BLDG. 09-65 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULE TYPE |EwxGE.mEmm1cENCLOSURE MAIN 80A MAIN BREAKER RATING `onA 2*0/12oV 1PH, 3w.IokmC REF. DWG. 9-120-E*S11 LOCATION ug-6s.COOLING TOWER BLDG FEEDERS 1'1/4"C-4#2u1#6o FROM A DATE REVISED 11.04.2016 CKT. REVISED NEW PANEL JOB NO. W4157008 CIRCUIT FRAME mmwpo WIRE SIZE LOAD A Anpo B uoC4Tmw 1a20A'1P o12 | REC. PUMP RM 2.0 m, 1/23 3b20A'1P w12 REC. PUMP RM 2DC.5/23 5u20A1P o12 REC. PUMP Rw oo C.5m3 7b20A'1P #12 LIGHTING zu SaeV*IP #12 OUTS|DEvvALLpACxS/REC nD. 1ix20A-1P SPARE ' 13a20A'lP ------- Spxws _ ---T�bzoa'1P ----- SPARE ------- ----- 17a20A'IP SPARE 1eu20A'1p SPARE � 21u20A'1P SPARE ' 23u20»- 1!, SPARE - 2u20A-1P noma mu .a.)HEAT TRACE ou ' *u20A1P nomA mz BlHEAT TRACE -- ' SPARE eouoA-`p _--_—__- SPARE 1o»20A'1p SPARE 12c20a-1p SPARE 14a20x1P SPARE 16b20AIP SPARE 18ce041P SPARE 20a20x1P SPARE 22u20A-1P SPARE ' 24c20A-1P |Spans 26a20A-1P SPARE Al (09-65).xlsx BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL or 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of product provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cooper 2. Hubbell 3. Leviton 4. Pass & Seymour 2.2 STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 volt, 15 ampere, NEMA 5-15R. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products: 1. Cooper; 5252 (duplex). 2. Hubbell; 5252 (duplex). 3. Leviton; 5252 (duplex). 4. Pass & Seymour; 5252 (duplex). B. Dedicated Receptacles, 125 volt, 20 ampere, NEMA 5-20R. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products: 1. Cooper; 5352 (duplex). 2. Hubbell; 5352 (duplex). 3. Leviton; 5352 (duplex). 4. Pass & Seymour; 5352 (duplex). WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUC1ION no C. Isolated -Ground, Duplex Convenience Receptacles, 125 volt, 20 ampere, NEMA 5-20R. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products: 1. Hubbell; CR 5253IG 2. Leviton; 5362-IG 3. Pass & Seymour; IG6300 D. Standby Power System, Duplex Convenience Receptacles, 125 volt, 20 ampere, NEMA 5-15R. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products: 1. Bryant; BRY 5362CR (yellow) or approved equal by Hubbell, Pass & Seymour or Leviton. 2.3 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. General Description: Straight blade, non -feed -through type. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, and UL 943, Class A, and include indicator light that is lighted when 1.• device is tripped. r B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 volt, 20 ampere: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products: 1. Cooper; SGF20 2. Hubbell; GF20 LA series 3. Pass & Seymour; 2097 2.4 SNAP SWITCHES A. Comply with NEMA WD 1 and UL 20. B. Switches, 120/277 Volt, 20 Amperes: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products: 1. Cooper; 2221 (single pole), 2222 (two pole), 2223 (three way), 2224 (four way). 2. Hubbell; 1221 (single pole), 1222 (two pole), 1223 (three way), 1224 (four way). 3. Leviton; 1221-2 (single pole), 1222-2 (two pole), 1223-2 (three way), 1224-2 (four way). 4. Pass & Seymour; 20ACI (single pole), 20AC2 (two pole), 20AC3 (three way), 20AC4 (four way). C. Pilot Light Switches, 20 Ampere: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products: 1. Cooper; 2221PL for 120 Volt and 277 Volt. 2. Hubbell; HPL1221PL for 120 Volt and 277 Volt. 3. Leviton; 1221-PLR for 120 Volt, 1221-7PLR for 277 Volt. 4. Pass & Seymour; PS2OACI -PLR for 120 Volt. WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 2 1.4t L..• BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2.5 WEATHERPROOF RECEPTACLES A. Provide gasketed cast aluminum receptacle cover. 2.6 DEVICE PLATES A. Finished Areas -Surface or Flush -Mounted: P&S/Sierra Stain 302 stainless steel or approved equal. B. Unfinished Areas -Surface -Mounted Devices: 4/S raised steel, 2.7 FINISHES A. Color: 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: Brown. 2. Wiring Devices Connected to Generator legally required power system: Red. • 3. Isolated -Ground Receptacles: Orange. 4. Wiring Devices Connected to Generator Standby power system receptacles: Yellow PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, including the mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise noted. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors and cables. 2. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the coverplate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 3. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300 without pigtails. D. Device Installation: 1. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than six inches in length. 2. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding -head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, 2/3 to 3/4 of the way around terminal screw. 3. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the manufacturer. 4. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-ampere circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. 5. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PI L 6. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal -to -metal contact. E. Receptacle Orientation: Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles down, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra -deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. G. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated mount flush with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Receptacles: Label faceplate with panel and circuit number. B. Special Receptacles Other Than 15 or 20 Ampere, 120 Volt: Label faceplate with ampere rating, voltage, phase, panel and circuit number. END OF SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 262813 FUSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of product provided. B. Division 26 submittals must be submitted at one time. Multiple submittals will not be accepted. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate fuse ratings with utilization equipment nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size. PI 'bur 2.1 MANUFACTURERS hot PART 2- PRODUCTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cooper Bussman 2. Ferraz Shawmut 3. Littelfuse 2.2 CARTRIDGE FUSES A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuse; class and current rating indicated; voltage rating consistent with circuit voltage. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment. 3.2 FUSE APPLICATIONS A. Service Entrance: Class RK1, Dual -Element, Time Delay. FUSES 262813 - BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Feeders: Class RK1, Dual -Element, Time Delay. C. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1, Dual -Element, Time Delay. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without removing fuse. END OF SECTION 262813 ant PI FUSES 262813 - 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION IMO INN SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker and accessory being provided. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with other construction, including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Eaton 2, General Electric 3. Square D 2.2 FUSIBLE AND NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Fusible Switch 600A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. B. Nonfusible Switch 600A and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, lockable handle with capability 1.0 to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Nonfusible Switches 600A and Smaller - Downstream of VFD: I. Interior Units: NEMA 1. 2. Exterior Units: NEMA3R. 3. Heavy-duty lockable handle with capability to accept two pad locks. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816- 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA. WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 4. Provide 15A DPDT early -break electrical interlock. 2.3 MOLDED -CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND SWITCHES A. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1 with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. Provide with the following features and accessories: OR 1. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. 2. Lugs: Mechanical style with compression lug kits suitable for number, size, trip ratings, PR and conductor material. 3. Application Listing: Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HACR for heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment. 2.4 ENCLOSURES A. Description: Flush- or surface -mounting cabinets as indicated. NEMA 250, Type 1, unless 1.1 otherwise indicated to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. 1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Control Equipment Mounted to Walls: Mount adjacent units at uniform height. Bolt units to wall or mount on lightweight structural -steel channels bolted to wall. Provide freestanding racks complying with Section 260529, Hangers and Supports, for controllers not located on walls. B. Floor -Mounted Control Equipment: Anchor to concrete base. C. Install fuses in each fusible switch. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Label each switch and circuit breaker on engraved laminated plastic as specified in Section 260553, Identification. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Set field -adjustable switches and circuit -breaker trip ranges. END OF SECTION 262816 PR ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816- 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 262913 ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit for each type of enclosed controller and accessory being provided. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of enclosed controllers with other construction including conduit, piping, equipment, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Allen Bradley 2. Eaton 2.2 ACROSS -THE -LINE ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS A. Manual Controller: 1, General: NEMA ICS 2, general purpose, Class A with "quick -make, quick -break" toggle or pushbutton action, and marked to show whether unit is "OFF," "ON," or "TRIPPED." 2. Overload Relay: Ambient -compensated type with inverse -time -current characteristics and NEMA ICS 2, Class 10 tripping characteristics. Relays shall have heaters and sensors in each phase, matched to nameplate, full -load current of specific motor to which they connect and shall have appropriate adjustment for duty cycle. 3. Accessories: Pilot light. B. Magnetic Controller: 1. General: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, full voltage, nonreversing, across the line, NEMA 1 (minimum) unless otherwise indicated. IMP Pm ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 262913 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Control Circuit: 120 volt; obtained from integral control power transformer with a control power transformer of sufficient capacity to operate connected pilot, indicating and control devices, plus 100 percent spare capacity. 3 Adjustable Overload Relay: Dip switch selectable for motor running overload protection with NEMA ICS 2, Class 10 20 30 tripping characteristic and selected to protect motor against voltage and current unbalance and single phasing. Provide relay with Class II ground -fault protection with start and run delays to prevent nuisance trip on starting. 4. Accessories: Red pilot light, green pilot light, hand -off -automatic switch, 2-N.O. and 2- N.C. contacts. C. Combination Magnetic Controller: Factory -assembled combination controller and disconnect switch. 1. Fusible Disconnecting Means: NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, fusible switch with rejection -type fuse clips rated for fuses. Select and size fuses to provide Type 2 protection according to IEC 947-4-1, as certified by an NRTL. 2. Control Circuit, 120 volt: Obtained from integral control power transformer with a control power transformer of sufficient capacity to operate connected pilot, indicating and control devices, plus 100 percent spare capacity. 3. Adjustable Overload Relay: Dip switch selectable for motor running overload protection with NEMA ICS 2, Class 10 20 30 tripping characteristic and selected to protect motor against voltage and current unbalance and single phasing. Provide relay with Class II ground -fault protection with start and run delays to prevent nuisance trip on starting. 4. Accessories: Red pilot light, green pilot light, hand -off -automatic switch, 2-N.O. and 2- N.C. contacts. 2.3 ENCLOSURES A. Description: Flush- or surface -mounting cabinets as indicated. NEMA 250, Type I, unless otherwise indicated to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. 1. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Devices shall be factory installed in controller enclosure, unless otherwise incEcated. B. Push -Button Stations, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: NEMA ICS 2, heavy-duty type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 0. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Control Equipment Mounted to Walls: Mount adjacent units at uniform height. Bolt units to wall or mount on lightweight structural -steel channels bolted to wall. Provide freestanding racks complying with Section 260529, Hangers and Supports, for controllers not located on walls. B. Floor -Mounted Control Equipment: Anchor to concrete base. ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 262913 -2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA. WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION L. u air PI C. Install fuses in each fusible switch. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Label each controller with an engraved laminated plastic as specified in Section 260553, Identification. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Set field adjustable overload relays. END OF SECTION 262913 ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 262913 - 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION PI SECTION 262923 VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS (VFDS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Contract Requirements: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to Work in this section, 1.2 SCOPE A. VFD's: Provide Variable Frequency Motor Controllers for Cooling Towers and auxiliary pump and fan motors. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable city, county and state codes and ordinances. B. Codes, Standards and References. 1. IEEE 519, IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems. 2. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. 3. UL 508, Industrial Control Equipment. C. After factory assembly, test each VFD using a dynamometer to cycle from minimum to full load, including features and accessories. Include test report for each VFD in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. D. Installer Qualifications: Installing contractor shall have successfully installed VFDs in at least 10 facilities. Installations shall be similar in configuration to this project. Manufacturer shall maintain a service center or service representative within 50 miles of the project site. This center shall be capable of the following services: 1. Factory coordinated start-up service. 2. Emergency service calls, including replacement parts, within 24 hours. 3. Service agreements. IR 4. Training of customer personnel in operation and basic troubleshooting. 6.• F. Provide all VFDs from a single VFD manufacturer. All VFDs shall have the same customer interface. The keypad and display shall be identical and interchangeable for all sizes of VFDs. VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS (VFDs) 262923 - 1 low BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1 .4 SUBMIT I ALS A. Product Data. Subtnit manufacturer's technical product data and maintenance data for each VFD. B. Shop Drawings. Provide a site specific wiring diagram showing all terminal to terminal control wiring. Generic wiring diagrams are not acceptable. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Warrant VFD for two years from date of shipment. Warranty shall cover parts, labor, and travel time. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Danfoss. 2.2 COMPONENTS AND REQUIREMENTS A. Description: 1. General: Variable torque type. 2. The VFD shall convert incoming fixed frequency three-phase AC power into an adjustable frequency and voltage for controlling the speed of three-phase AC motors. The motor current shall closely approximate a sine wave. Obtain input power voltage from the mechanical equipment schedules. 3. Capable of starting, stopping, and driving an AC variable output from 0 to 60 Hz while maintaining a constant volts/hertz ratio. 4. Sized as required by motors as indicated on the Drawings. Where motor full load amps are not shown, use NEC Table 430-150 for sizing. B. Construction: 1. UL listed and labeled assembly including specified options. 2. Separate terminal blocks for control and power wiring. C. Enclosure: UL listed and labeled. NEMA 4/12 surface mounted cabinet with hinged front door, top or bottom conduit entry. D. VFDs shall be UL listed for a short circuit current rating (SCCR) of 100 kA and labeled with this rating. E. Components and Requirements: 1. Electric disconnect lockable in OFF position with padlock. VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS (VFDs) 262923 -2 6nd BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1 r mai 2. Defeatable door interlock to prevent door from being opened when operating handle is in ON position. 3. Internal control power circuit with transformer and protective fuses. 4. Full load output current rating shall meet or exceed NEC Table 430-150. The VFD shall be able to provide full rated output current continuously, 110% of rated current for 60 seconds and 120% of rated torque for up to 0.5 seconds while starting. 5. The VFD shall have dual 5% impedance DC link reactor on the positive and negative rails of the DC bus to minimize power line harmonics and protect the VFD from power line transients. The chokes shall be non -saturating. Swinging chokes that do not provide full harmonic filtering throughout the entire load range are not acceptable. VFDs with saturating (non -linear) DC link reactors shall require an additional 3% AC line reactor to provide acceptable harmonic performance at full load. 6. Limit motor noise as result of VFD to 3dB over line operation, measured at 3 feet from motor center line. 7. Adjustable acceleration and deceleration, commonly or separately, from 10 to 600 seconds. 8. Automatic adjustment of volts -to -hertz ratio to motor in proportion to load without changing speed. 9. Low frequency/low voltage starts with linear adjustable ramp up to pre -selected speed. 10. Status Indicators: Front -mounted graphical display to indicate the following conditions: a. Power on and run status. b. Over voltage and over current. c. Line fault and external fault. 11. Removable HIM with cover on the front of the cabinet with keypad and alphanumeric display for parameter setting and monitoring of: a. Output frequency and RPM. b. Output voltage and output current. c. Faults (including memory of last 3 received faults). d. DC bus voltage. e. Calculated motor torque and calculated motor power (kW). f. Parameters set via keypad without removing drive cover. 12. Front panel operator interface to read in English words without use of codes. 13. Manual speed setting on local control panel. 14. Hand -off -auto keys on the keypad. In HAND position, speed is adjusted by up and down keys. In OFF position, VFD cannot be started. In AUTO position, speed is controlled by remote signal and VFD can receive remote start command. Stop command in AUTO position can be either remote, integral, or from door mounted HOA switch. 15. Start into spinning motor protection. Motor may be turning in either direction. VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS (VFDs) 262923 - 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 16. Input power dip ride -through and automatic restart after power interruption and after brownout. Automatic restart selectable via software programming. 17. Critical frequency range lockout, minimum of four critical frequency ranges. 18. USB and/or RS-232 Port for local communications with laptop PC for VFD setup and programming with Windows -based software. 19. Real time clock with timed action functionality. 20. Six programmable digital inputs. Two terminals shall be programmable to act as either as digital outputs or additional digital inputs. 21. Two programmable relay outputs, Form C 240VAC, 2A, for remote indication of VFD status. Each relay shall have an adjustable on delay/off delay time. 22. Two programmable analog inputs that can be either direct -or -reverse acting. a. Each independently selectable to be used with either an analog voltage or current signal. b. Each independently scalable from 0-10VDC and 4-20mA. c. The VFD shall provide front panel meter displays programmable to show the value of each analog input signal for system set-up and troubleshooting. 23. One programmable, scalable analog current output (4-20mA) for indication of VFD status. This output shall be programmable to show the reference or feedback signal supplied to the VFD and for VFD output frequency, current and power. It shall be possible to scale the minimum and maximum values of this output. F. Optional Control and Monitoring Inputs and Outputs: 1. Modules may include such items as: a. Additional digital outputs, including relay outputs. b. Additional digital inputs. c. Additional analog outputs. d. Additional analog inputs, including Ni or Pt temperature sensor inputs. G. Serial Communications: 1. It shall be possible through serial bus communications to read the status of all analog and digital inputs of the VFD. 2. It shall be possible to command all digital and analog output through the serial communication bus. 3 The VFD shall have an RS-485 port or USB port as standard. The standard protocols included in the VFD shall be Modbus RTU, Johnson Controls N2, and Siemens FLN. 4. Optional protocols that must be available are BACnet MS/TP and LON 5. When BACnet is specified: a. The VFD must be BTL listed as an Application Specific Controller (B-ASC). VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS (VFDs) 262923 - 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION b. If the VFD does not support Change -Of -Value (COV) capabilities or Read -Property - Multiple (RPM) BACnet properties, the Controls Contractor must provide separate, dedicated MS/TP networks for VFDs. 6. Coordinate serial communication requirements with Controls Contractor. H. Fire Alarm System Interface: L Include dry contact override input to stop motor under any operating condition. 2. Include dry contact override input to allow motor to operate at a speed predetermined by VFD programming. 3. Include summary alarm dry contact for connection to fire alarm system indicating that VFD is not operable. 4. Include a Fire Fighter Override Mode for "Run to destruction." 2.3 OPERATING CONDITIONS A. Displacement Power Factor: Minimum 9 5 67o at any speed. B. Efficiency: Minimum 95% at rated load and frequency. C. AC Line Frequency Variation: ±2Hz. D. AC Line Voltage Variation: ±10%. E. Capacity: 100% continuous, 110%© for 60 seconds. F. Input Power: Limited to 110% of motor load. G. Ambient Operating Temperature: 14-104°F. H. Relative Humidity: 0-95%, non -condensing. 1. Elevation: Up to 3,300 feet without derating output power capability. J. Overload Protection: Provide suitable overload protection in each leg. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION AND INSTALLATION iNNIRL A. General: Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Do not install VFDs until building b./ environment can be maintained within conditions required by manufacturer. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. B. Before and during installation, protect VFD from site contaminants. C. Coordinate required electrical and control installation work with other Divisions as required. VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS (VFDs) 262923 - 5 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION D. Power Wiring: Comply with requirements in Division 26. E. Control Wiring: Comply with requirements in Section 230900. 3.2 START-UP SERVICES A. Manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform the following services: 1. Verify installation connections and controls. Test continuity of each circuit. 2. Program the VFD serving the new pumps and Cooling Towers with the settings provided by the Cooling Tower manufacturer. 3. Adjust safety controls. 4. Demonstrate satisfactory operation including line reactor during test run. 5. Program VFD to automatically reapply power and drive motor to control set point upon resumption of power following power failure. 6. Program VFD to attempt up to three automatic restarts within one hour after shutdown due to input power failure. 7. Perform field assistance and additional technical support and devices to solve problems evidenced on site related to drive operation. 8. Include field assistance and additional technical support and devices to solve problems evidenced on site related to VFD operation. ift• 9. Include start-up reports in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 3.3 TRAINING A. Provide one two-hour training session to the owner's representative during normal business hours. B. Training to include: 1. Demonstrate operation of operator keypads for viewing data and setting parameters. 2. Demonstrate operation in manual mode, including setting of specific speeds. 3. Explain the drive parameters that might require operator adjustment. 4. Demonstrate operation of door -mounted disconnect switches, if included in this project. Explain emergency operation. 5. Describe troubleshooting techniques and warranty procedure. END OF SECTION 262923 VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS (VFDs) 262923 - BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION /01 SECTION 312000 EARTH MOVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. im• 1.2 SUMMARY OR A. Section Includes: 1. Preparing subgrades for utility structures and pavements. SO 2. Excavating and backfilling for structures. 3. Subbase course for concrete pavements. B. Related Requirements: I . 0 13300 Submittal Procedures, 2. 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls. 3. 016000 Product Requirements. 4. 017300 Execution. 5. 017700 Closeout Procedures. 6. 017839 Project Record Documents. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low -strength material used to fill an excavation. wimb 1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to Al support sides of pipe. 2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. B. Top Course: Aggregate layer placed between the Base Course and hot -mix asphalt paving. 6.• C. Base Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and Top Course or aggregate layer OR placed between the subgrade and concrete slab on grade or concrete pavement. Ind D. Bedding Course: Aggregate layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. E. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off -site for use as fill or backfill. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Uri OM F. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) or Controlled Density Fill (CDF) may be used for subgrade fill or utility trench backfill as approved or directed by the design engineer. Use of these materials should be in accordance with provisions in WSDOT 2-09.3(1)E. G. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated. H. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. Foundation Material: Soil material used for the foundation of the box culverts, Low Permeability Material: A low permeability soil material that acts as a seepage retarding layer used in the backfill of the precast box culverts and cast -in -place vaults placed at the depth that the existing glacial till soils interface with the existing fill layer. K. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, manholes, catch basins, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other manmade stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, drainage course, or topsoil materials. M. Utilities: On -site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during earth moving operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before beginning earth moving operations. C. Do not commence earth moving operations until required temporary erosion and sedimentation - control measures, specified in Section 312500 - Erosion Control, are in place. D. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones: 1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Parking vehicles or equipment. 3. Foot traffic. 4. Erection of sheds or structures. 5. Impoundment of water. 6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION r ki r Olt Immo PI 7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise indicated. E. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust towards protection zones. F. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations. See the Geotechnical Report for acceptable excavated soils. B. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups. 1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within the percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction as defined in the Geotechnical Report. C. Top Course, as noted in the drawings: 1. Top course per WSDOT 9-03.9(3) compacted to at least 95% of max density per ASTM D1557. Depth as noted in Project Drawings. D. Base Course, as noted in the drawings: 1. Crushed rock base course per WSDOT 9-03.9(3) compacted to at least 95% of max density per ASTM D1557. Depth as noted in Project Drawings. E. Bedding: 1. Fire and Water Systems: WSDOT Section 7-09.2 and 9-03.12(3) 2. Storm Sewer and Sanitary Sewer Systems: 1-inch minus crushed rock conforming to the requirements of WSDOT Section 9-03.12(3) and WSDOT Section 7-04.3. 3. Foundation Drains: Contractor to have the option of using either WSDOT Section 9- 03,12(4) or pea gravel. Drain pipe shall meet WSDOT 9-05.2(6). F. Backfill: 1. Fire and Water Systems: WSDOT Section 7-09.2 and 9-03.19 G. Low Permeability Material: A seepage retarding layer meeting the gradation requirements found in the 2005 King County Surface Water Design Manual Section 6.2.4.1, also shown in the following gradation chart, and compacted to 95% of the modified Proctor maximum dry density determined in accordance with ASTM D-1557. CDF is also an acceptable low permeability layer, with a mix design as recommended by the geotechnical engineer. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 3 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER TUKWILA, WASHINGTON W4157008 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION roi Plo wit if RECOMMENDED GLACIAL TILL SEEPAGE RETARDING LAYER GRADATION SIEVE SIZE PERCENT PASSING 6-INCH 100 4-INCH 90 #4 70-100 #200 20-100 2.2 CONTROLLED LOW -STRENGTH MATERIAL A. Controlled Low -Strength Material: Self -compacting, Plowable concrete material produced from the following: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. 3. Normal -Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, 3/4-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 4. Foaming Agent: ASTM C 869. 5. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M. 6. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. rm. B. Produce conventional -weight, controlled low -strength material with 140-psi compressive strength when tested according to ASTM C 495. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali -resistant, polyethylene film warning tape 660 manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored as follows: 1. Red: Electric. 2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. 3. Orange: Telephone and other communications. 4. Blue: Water systems. 5. Green: Sewer systems. PIII kow ow 6.• PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth moving operations. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 4 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 'NW irr B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during earth moving operations. C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost. Remove temporary protection before placing subsequent materials. D. Before beginning excavation, Contractor shall prepare a shoring plan in accordance with Section 31 50 00 Excavation Support and Protection. Shoring equipment shall be on site and ready for installation. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. I. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches. C. Contractor to submit a Dewatering Plan prior to the start of excavation. Dewatering plan shall conform to the water quality protection requirements in Section 312500 - Erosion and Sedimentation Control. Dewatering equipment shall be on -site before beginning excavation. 3.3 EXPLOSIVES A. Explosives: Do not use explosives. 3.4 EXCAVATION, GENERAL A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. 1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials. B. Classified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations. Material to be excavated will be classified as earth. I. Earth excavation includes excavating pavements and obstructions visible on surface; underground structures, utilities, and other items indicated to be removed; together with soil, boulders, and other materials not classified as rock or unauthorized excavation. C. The disposition of soil that will be hauled off site shall be coordinated through the Boeing Onsite Activity Representative. 3.5 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 5 BOEDNG0-65REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TU0WlLA.lVA3BlNG7ON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION an x 6W 36 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES A. Excavate trenches <oindicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations. /. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow innkdkahVn of ¢p of pipe below frost line. B. Excavate ncncbco to uniform ndcdbs to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe orconduit unless otherwise indicated. I . Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe or conduit. C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape oubvrudc to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of and ��i and �tn�o projecting nknn� doha,onhinc$ pipes joints, fittings, conduits. Remove � and , , along trench uobemd . l. For pipes and conduit less than 6 inches in norninal diameter, hand -excavate trench bottoms and support pipe undcooduhonunondiatorheduuborude. 2. For pipes and conduit h inrbnn or larger in uonninu| diameter, shape bottom of trench to support hnttnrn 90 degrees of pipe or conduit circumference, Fill dopnuxvinnx with <unopud vundbuck§||. 3. For flat-bottomed, multiple -duct conduit unim, hand -excavate trench bottoms and support conduit onunundisturbed xuhgnmdc 4. Excavate trenches 0 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material toallow for bedding course. � I). Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches 4 inches deeper than bottom of pipe and conduit elevations to allow for bedding course. Hand -excavate deeper for bells ofpipe. \. Excavate trenches h inches docprc than elevation required in cock or other unyielding Deanng material to allow Tor bedding course. MW WO 3.7 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without ukehng top elevation. l.onu concrete fill, with 28'duy compressive strength of25OD psi, may be used when approved by Engineer. \. Fill unauthorized excavations under other conu1rochon, pipe, or conduit as directed by Construction Manager. 3.8 STORAGE UFSOIL MATERIALS A. Storage of stockpiled soil natefials shall conform to the requirements so the 3tmmwater Pollution Prevention Plan umspecified inSection 3l25OV. l. Stockpile soil materials only in approved location. EARTH MOVING 312000'6 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION IOW 011 PO PR 3.9 BACKFILL — GENERAL A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: 1. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage, dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents. 3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities. 4. Removing concrete formwork. 5. Removing trash and debris. 6. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. 7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. 3.10 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. C. Trenches under Footings and Existing Structures: Backfill trenches excavated under footings and existing structures with concrete or CDF to elevation of bottom of footings as directed by the Construction Manager. Concrete is specified in Section 03300, "Cast -in -Place Concrete." D. Backfill voids with satisfactory soil while removing shoring and bracing. E. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil, free of particles larger than 1 inch in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches over the pipe or conduit. 1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both sides and along the full length of piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. F. Controlled Low -Strength Material: Where plans call for CDF bedding or as directed by the Construction Manager place initial backfill of controlled low -strength material to the spring line of the pipe or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. G. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation. H. Controlled Low -Strength Material: Place final backfill of controlled low -strength material to final subgrade elevation. 1. Install detectable warning tape directly above utilities, between 20 and 30 inches below finished grade. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 7 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 3.11 SOIL FILL A. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows: 1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material. 2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material. 3. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill. 4. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. 3.12 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost, or ice. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. See the Geotechnical Report for range of moisture contents for compaction relative to optimum. 3.13 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers as specified in the Geotechnical Report. B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557: 1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent. 2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent. 3 Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 85 percent. 4. For utility trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material at 95 percent. 3.14 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 8 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION B. Site Rough Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: 1. Turf or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch. 2. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch. 3. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. C. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch when tested with a 10- foot straightedge. 3.15 BASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS A. Place base course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. On prepared subgrade, place base course under pavements as follows: 1. Place base course material over subgrade under hot -mix asphalt pavement. 2. Shape base course to required crown elevations and cross -slope grades. 3. Place base course 6 inches or less in compacted thickness in a single layer. 4. Place base course that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick. 5. Compact base course at optimum moisture content to required grades, Lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557. C. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of base course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders, at least 12 inches wide, of satisfactory soil materials and compact simultaneously with each base layer to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557. 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Determine prior to placement of fill that site has been prepared in compliance with requirements. 2. Determine that fill material and maximum lift thickness comply with requirements. 3. Determine, at the required frequency, that in -place density of compacted fill complies with requirements. B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earth moving only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. Pi EARTH MOVING 312000 - 9 6.• BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION rm. D. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies: 1. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least one test for every 2500 sq. ft. or less of paved area or building slab, but in no case fewer than three tests. 2. Foundation Wall Backfill: At each compacted backfill layer, at least one test for every 100 feet or less of wall length, but no fewer than two tests. 3 Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least one test for every 150 feet or less of trench length, but no fewer than two tests. 4. Foundation Subgrade: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least one test for every other column foundation and at least one test for every 100 feet or less of wall foundation length. E. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil materials to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. 3.17 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. I. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by geotechnical engineer; reshape and recompact. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. • 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. ON 3.18 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and PM debris, and legally dispose of them off the Owner's property. B. Coordinate removal of surplus satisfactory soil with the Boeing Onsite Activity Representative. END OF SECTION 312000 OM PO Iwo EARTH MOVING 31 2000 - 10 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 312500 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall prepare and implement a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan in accordance the Washington State Department of Ecology Construction Stormwater General Permit. Work shall include, but not be limited to, the furnishing and delivery of required materials, installation and maintenance of pollution control measures, monitoring and reporting in accordance with Permit requirements. B. Related Requirements: 1. 012500 Substitution Procedures. 2. 013300 Submittal Procedures. 3. 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls. 4. 016000 Product Requirements. 5. 017300 Execution. 6, 017700 Closeout Procedures, 7. 017823 Operation and Maintenance Data. 8. 017900 Demonstration and Training. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Washington Department of Ecology, Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington, April 2005. B. The latest edition of the Washington State Department of Ecology Construction Stormwater General Permit (Construction Stormwater Permit). C. Washington Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, 2015 edition. D. City of Tukwila Surface Water Design Standards and Standard Details. Erosion and Sedimentation Control 312500 - 1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1.4 DURATION A. Maintain erosion and sediment control measures needed to perform the work throughout the life of the contract, including periods when construction activities are reduced or shut down. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be submitted: 1. Manufacturer's literature and test results on erosion control materials. 2. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan in accordance with the Ecology Stormwater Manual and Construction Stormwater General Permit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials for erosion control measures shall be in accordance with the Ecology Stormwater Manual, WSDOT Standard Specifications and the approved Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan in accordance with the DOE Nationwide Permit. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the Plan. B. The Contractor shall install and maintain the controls specified in the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan and Permit for the duration of the project. 3.2 AUTHORIZATION FOR PAYMENT A. The Owner's Representative and a Certified Erosion & Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) will monitor the work to determine the effectiveness of the erosion control system and compliance with the Permit. B. If erosion control system designed by Contractor is determined to be ineffective by the Owner's Representative CESCL, the Contractor shall upgrade erosion control system to satisfaction of the Owner's Representative and CESCL. C. Refusal to upgrade erosion control system may result in Owner's Representative having work 1114 completed by others and the cost of the work being withheld from Contractor's payments. END OF SECTION 312500 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 312500 - 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 321313 CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 specification sections, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Roadway. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for general building applications of concrete. C. Related Requirements: 1. 013300 Submittal Procedures. 2. 016000 Product Requirements. 3. 017300 Execution. 4. 017700 Closeout Procedures. 5. 017839 Project Record Documents. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, 2015 edition. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Design: Submit proposed mix design documentation for review and approval in conformance with WSDOT Section 5-05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving. B. Test Reports: Submit test results of sampling, testing and inspection records in conformance with applicable provisions of WSDOT Section 5-05 Cement Concrete Pavement. 1.5 DESIGN A. All pavement details including joint design, pavement sections and reinforcement shall be per the Specifications except otherwise noted on the Project Drawings. Concrete pavement thickness and limits shall be as noted in the Project Drawings. PART 2. PRODUCTS CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - I BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION IWO 2.1 GENERAL A. All materials and the mix design shall be per Project Drawings and Specifications and in conformance with the applicable provisions of WSDOT Section 5-05 Cement Concrete Pavement and Joint and Crack Sealing Materials shall conform to WSDOT Section 9-02. B. The concrete mix shall be capable of providing a minimum flexural strength of 650 psi at 14 days per 5-05.3(1) as measured by WSDOT T 802 Method of Test for Flexural Strength of Concrete • (Using Simple Beam with Center -Point Loading). C. As directed by the owner for specific locations, an alternate high early strength concrete mix shall be used. High early strength concrete mix shall be capable of providing a minimum flexural strength of 650 psi at 3 days per 5-05.3(1) as measured by WSDOT T 802 Method of Test for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Center -Point Loading). 11 D. The contractor shall additionally fabricate, cure and test 5 supplemental sets of cylinders for evaluation of 90-day strengths, according to WSDOT FOP' s for AASHTO T 22 and AASHTO T 23 using the same mix designs as used in the fabrication of the beams. E. The contractor shall provide supplemental correlation for all concrete strength tests using the methods of Section 5-05 to flexural strength as measured using ASTM C 78 Test for Flexural Strength (Using Simple Beam with Third -Point Loading). Target flexural strength of all concrete mixes shall be 750 psi flexural strength at 90 days as measured by ASTM C 78. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All equipment, work, testing, acceptance, maintenance and opening to traffic shall be as indicated in the Project Drawings and Specifications and in conformance with the applicable provisions of WSDOT Section 5-05 Cement Concrete Pavement. B. Acceptance of Portland cement concrete pavement shall be as provided under Statistical Acceptance per WSDOT Section 5-05.3(4) A. C. Contractor shall install joints in concrete pavement in accordance with WSDOT Section 5-05.3(8). D. Concrete finish shall be broom finish. END OF SECTION 321313 CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 2 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION MO oR OR P. IMO SECTION 321723 PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes painted markings applied to asphalt and concrete pavement. B. Related Requirements: L 016000 Product Requirements. 2. 017300 Execution, 3. 017839 Project Record Documents, 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS: A. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, 2015 edition. B. U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) "Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devised (MUTCD), 2009 Edition". C. Boeing Standards — Architectural/Civil/Structural, latest edition. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Pre -installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to marking pavement including, but not limited to, the following: a. Pavement aging period before application of pavement markings. b. Review requirements for protecting pavement markings, including restriction of traffic during installation period. 1.5 ACTION SUBMII1ALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include technical data and tested physical and performance properties. PAVEMENT MARKINGS 321723 - BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION • Unit I .6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Pavement markings shall be removed completely per WSDOT Section 8-22.3. Removal and disposal of material must comply with Boeing Tukwila environmental regulations — material may not be disposed in sewer, but must be collected and disposed of accordingly. Removal of pavement markings shall be accomplished using an approved water -blasting technique, with care taken to minimize the line "ghosting" effect and removal of aggregate from the pavement surface. Black paint shall not be used as a method of pavement marking removal. 1.7 PAVEMENT MARKING A. Pavement markings shall be removed completely per WSDOT Section 8-22.3. Removal and disposal of material must comply with Boeing Tukwila environmental regulations — material may not be disposed in sewer, but must be collected and disposed of accordingly. Removal of pavement markings shall be accomplished using an approved water -blasting technique, with care taken to minimize the line "ghosting" effect and removal of aggregate from the pavement surface. Black paint shall not be used as a method of pavement marking removal. B. The materials used for pavement markings, including paint, thermoplastic, and pressure -sensitive tape shall conform to the applicable sections of WSDOT Section 8-22, Pavement Marking. Paint marking colors shall be per federal standard color number (FSC) indicated below or approved equal, unless indicated otherwise on the Contract Documents: 1. Stop lines painted (FSC-17886) at locations indicated. 2. 4-inch parking stall lines and pedestrian pathway lines to be painted white (FSC-17886) as indicated. 3. Crosswalk lines to be painted white (FSC-17886) at locations indicated. 4. Pedmen to be painted white (FSC-17886) at locations shown at 5. All signs and traffic control shall conform to the standards established in the latest edition of the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." C. Paint at crosswalks and areas of pedestrian routes shall have sand embedded into the paint. Sand shall be sufficient size to provide a non-skid surface, while not providing a tripping hazard. Consult with manufacturer on sand grain size and application rate. D. Bollards shall be painted with Type FSC #595-23655, OSHA Yellow, Gloss. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that pavement is dry and in suitable condition to begin pavement marking according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Proceed with pavement marking only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PAVEMENT MARKINGS 321723 -2 6.1 BOEING 9-65 REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION C. The work described in this Section shall be performed in accordance with the applicable subsections of WSDOT Section 8-22, Pavement Marking and as shown on the Contract Documents. D. All lane width measurements are made from the center of the paint line or the face of curb or building. In cases where there is a paint line directly adjacent to the face of curb or building, the measurement will be from the curb or building. For double yellow lines and two -way -left -turn lane lines, the measurement is from the center of the space between the lines. • E. On completion of construction and paving in roadway or parking areas, contractor shall paint new striping mark over work area. Contractor shall pressure wash existing stripe markings that were affected by construction, and paint new stripe marking as required. New striping mark shall cover the full length of each stripe. Location and size of new paint stripe on roadway and parking areas *al shall be identical to marking prior to construction. ON 2.2 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect pavement markings from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. B. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION 321723 PAVEMENT MARKINGS 321723 - 3 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 9/1/2021 MARTIN PROBST PO BOX 3707; M/C: 46-208 SEATTLE, WA 98124 RE: Permit No. D19-0087 BOEING #9-65 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S Dear Permit Holder: Allan Ekberg, Mayor Nora Gierloff, Director In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on10/6/2021. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Login to the City of Tukwila's Online Portal https://tukw-egov.aspgov.com/BP/index.html to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 10/6/2021, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Shana Markstrom Permit Technician File No: D19-0087 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 3/5/2020 MARTIN PROBST PO BOX 3707; M/C: 46-208 SEATTLE, WA 98124 RE: Permit No. D19-0087 BOEING #9-65 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S Dear Permit Holder: Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 4/27/2020. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 4/27/2020, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No: D19-0087 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Department of Community Development - Jack Pace, Director November 17, 2019 Martin Probst The Boeing Company PO Box 3707; M/C: 46-208 Seattle, WA 98124 RE: Request for Extension #1 Permit Number D19-0087 Dear Martin, This letter is in response to your written request for an extension to Permit D19-0087. The Building Official, Jerry Hight, has reviewed your letter and considered your request to extend the above referenced permit. It has been determined that the City of Tukwila Building Division will be granting an extension to the permit through April 27, 2020. If you should have any questions, please contact our office at (206) 431-3670. Sincerely, Rachelle Ripley Permit Coordinator File: Permit No. D19-0087 Tukwila City Hall • 6200 Southcenter Boulevard • Tukwila, WA 98188 • 206-433-1800 • Website; TukwilaWA.gov Bill Rambo From: Probst (US), Martin R <Martin.R.Probst@boeing.com> Sent: Monday, October 7, 2019 1:32 PM To: Bill Rambo Subject: Permit D19-0087 Permit Extension Request Attachments: Aproved Permit D19-0087.pdf I am asking for a permit extension to D19-0087. The work has not begun and was deferred to next year :ue to recent cost preservation efforts. Best Regards, Martin Probst CODE COMPLIANCE & PERMITTING FACILITIES AND ASSET MANAGEMENT SUPPLY CHAIN AND OPERATIONS ENTERPRISE SERVICES Phone! 206-852-4985, Fax: 253-657-4659 Email: martin.r.probstboeing.com Schedule: 5/40. 6:30am-3:00pm. NOTICE: This communication may contain proprietary or other confidential information. If you are not the intended recipient, or belic le that you have received.this communication in error, please do not print, copy, retransmit, disseminate, or otherwise use the information, Also, plea 7,e indicate to the sender that you have received this e-mail in error, and delete the copy you received. CAUTION: This email originated from outside the City of Tukwila network. Please DO NOT open attaci ments or click links from an unknown or suspicious origin. Request for Extension # Current Expiration Date: J- -7 - Extension Request:: yApproved cor 18° days 1)enied provid cxpla naLion) Signature/initials RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 0 7 2019 PERMIT CENTER 1 ‘/ City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 9/3/2019 MARTIN PROBST PO BOX 3707; M/C: 46-208 SEATTLE, WA 98124 RE: Permit No. D19-0087 BOEING #9-65 9725 E MARGINAL WAY S Dear Permit Holder: Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 10/27/2019. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 10/27/2019, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No; D19-0087 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 C;1ERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D19-0087 PROJECT NAME: BOEING #9-65 SITE ADDRESS: 9725 E MARGINAL AY S X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DATE: 03/13/19 Revision # before Permit Issued Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division M tit Public Works kti#‘ N/4— Fire Prevention Structural V<- 1ivi,s —17 Planning Division to Permit Coordinator IP PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: 03/14/19 Structural Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required (corrections entered in Reviews) Approved with Conditions Denied (ie: Zoning Issues) DUE DATE: 04/11/19 Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire D Ping PW 0 Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 BOEING COMPANY, THE Huine Espaiiol Contact, Search L&I Page 1 of 10 A-Z Index Help My TM. Safety & Health Claims & Insurance Workplace Rights Washington State Department of Labor & Industries BOEING COMPANY, THE Owner or tradesperson LOHR, MICHAEL Principals LOHR, MICHAEL, SECRETARY MCNERNEY, W (JAMES), PRESIDENT (End: 01/13/2017) WOLTER, CHRISTOPHER, TREASURER (End: 01/16/2015) READ, PAUL, SECRETARY (End: 02/07/2013) SHRONTZ, F A, SECRETARY (End: 02/07/2013) GIVAN, B E, SECRETARY (End: 02/07/2013) KING, C G, SECRETARY (End: 02/07/2013) BEIGHLE, D P, TREASURER (End: 02/07/2013) COLLINS, T J, TREASURER (End: 02/07/2013) BUDINICH, T M, TREASURER (End: 02/07/2013) WOODARD, R B, TREASURER (End: 02/07/2013) CRUZE, D D, TREASURER (End: 02/07/2013) CONDIT, P M, TREASURER (End: 02/07/2013) WA UBI No. 178 005 030 100 N RIVERSIDE M/C 5003-4027 CHICAGO, IL 60606-1596 312-544-2635 Business type Corporation License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor License specialties GENERAL License no. BOEINC*294ML Effective — expiration 07/13/1971— 01/22/2021 Active. Meets current requirements. Trades & Licensing Bond Help us improve 1 / / /Tl .1 TTA T 1 0 /A /A r nn rip T T Tlk Tr -I 4,-1 /A 41 A-T 0 CI A IT 7_ 4 /flr PNni mmw T H E 00 "- COMPANY CODES AND PERMITS PERMITS REQUIRED &FOR REVIEW: welor BUILDING GRADING ❑ PLUMBING* ❑ LANDSCAPE SUPPORT SERVICES GROUP ❑ MECHANICAL* DEMOLITION ❑ FIRE PROTECTION* ❑ ELECTRICAL � �E TO BE REVIEWED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT WASHINGTON STATE NON—RESIDENTIAL ENERGY CODE REPLACE COOLING ""I"OWER COMPLIANCE OPTION M N/A ❑ PRESCRIPTIVE ❑ LPA ❑ ANALYSIS SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED: [XI WELD ITX CONCRETE EBAR M 9725 EAST MARGINAL WAY SOUTH M ANCHOR BOLTS STRUCTURAL BOLTING TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98108 ❑ STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION — --- -- - — 1XI OTHER SOIL COMPACTION/EXCAVATION REVISIONS CALCULATIONS No changes snail be made to the scope VICINITY MAP AREA MAP CODE SUMMARY of wDrK Tukwila BWithout ildinDnor Division ai Gt the TYPE: STRUCTURAL Tukwila Budding Dwiswn. NOTE: Revisions will redutre a new plan ATTACHED X (YES) (NO) sub IRal and may include additional plan review. TYPE OF APPLICATION: NEW ❑ DEMOLITION ❑ ADDITION❑ TENANT IMPROVEMENTIM BLDG. ADDRESS: — LAND USE CODE TUKWILA 9725 E. MARGINAL WAY S. BUILDING CODES 1991 UBC, WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE, WASHINGTON STATE BARRIER FREE CODE AND ADDITIONS PER CITY OF TUKWILA PROJECT CHECKLIST TU �CWI LA, WASH (� GTON OCCUPANCY GROUP GROUP B, DIVISION 2, OFFICE & FACTORY PROJECT ALLOWABLE AREA INCREASE NfA SITE ALLOWABLE OCCUPANCY N/A ® THESE DRAWINGS CONFORM TO THE 2015 I.B.C., I.F.C., U.P.C., WSEC, IMC AND THE BARRIER FREE CODE AS ADAPTED OR AMENDED BY LOCAL ORDINANCES, AND COMPLIANCE WITH ' CONSTRUCTION TYPE TYPE II, NON—COMBUSTIBLE SEPARATION 60 FEET (MINIMUM ALL SIDES) CITY OF TUKWILA _ZONING. Q FROM DOWNTOWN SEATTLE FLOOR AREAS: PROJECT ® ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS (IF APPLICABLE ) °O n SITE BUILDING FOOTPRINT, EXIST. 467 0 to °t 7-127 BUILDING ADDITION — ❑ ROOMS LABELED PER OCCUPANCY PER I.B.C. RECEIVED KING CO NTY 0 OR OFFICE 900 CEN TAX PARCEL # 0003400018 ❑ BUILDING FLOOR NUMBER ON PRINT FOR AREA OF CONSTRUCTION. MAR 141 2019 0 LEGAL DESCRIPTION TIMOTHY GROW DONATION LAND CLAIM NO 44 AND 48 "BOEING c W NUMBER OF PRINTS REQUIRED FOR PERMIT PACKAGE: TUKWILA MusE" PARCEL" CITY OF TUKWILA BOUNDARY LINE ADJUSTMENT NO L11-033 ❑ 1. GENERAL PERMIT (SHELL & CORE) PUBLIC WORKS RECORDING NO 20131108900001 (BEING A PORTION OF N HALF STIR -6 SETS OF ENERGY CALCULATIONS P 9,7T5 04-23-04) 2 SETS OF CIVIL DRAWINGS WITH UTILITIES 9`os 9d fo m 2 SETS SOILS REPORTS, STAMPED BY GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER 2 SETS STRUCTURAL CALCULATNS 2 SETS PROJECT CONSTRUCTIONOSPECIFICATIONS BUILDING HEIGHT 11'-10" O eo �p1 r STORIES 1 2 SETS TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY MEZZANINE NO 2 COPIES OF LEGAL DESCRIPTION RECEIVED A, � OCCUPANT LOAD: NO CHANGES 2 SETS OF WORKING DRAWINGS CITY OF TUKWILA ❑ 2• TENANT IMPROVEMENTS, 2 COMPLETE SETS HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS BARRIER FREE 99 ❑ 3. MECHANICAL, 2 COMPLETE SETS MAR 13 2019 E58 n PERMIT CENTER — O q ❑ 4. FIRE PROTECTION/SPRINKLERS, 2 COMPLETE SETS x9ow BE EXIT tXI 9 — O J I 158 FIRE PROTECTION PUMP HOUSE DOES NOT HAVE SPRINKLERS. OXBOW LOT a EXISTING COOLING TOWERS HAVE SPRINKLER PROTECTION. ® BRIEF PROJECT NARRATIVE s S BOV G ACCESS RO ° 0 TOWER SPRINKLERS WILL BE REMOVED AT WHEN TOWER IS REPLACED V o Q DEMOLITION OF EXISTING COOLING TOWERS AND ASSOCIATED PUMPS, PIPING, 9-65 SEPARATE PERMIT AND ACCESSORIES IN ADJACENT PUMP HOUSE. INSTALLATION OF TWO NEW A REQUIRED FOR: COOLING TOWERS, PUMPS, PIPING AND ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES. DEMO AND AUTOMATIC FIRE ALARM NO Mechanical REPLACEMENT OF ROOF TOP EXHAUST FAN AND ASSOCIATED EXHAUST AND Electril Plmbfg INTAKE DAMPERS. PROVIDE EMCS CONTROLS FOR ENTIRE SYSTEM. NEW [a Gas Piping OPENING IN PUMP HOUSE WALL. ALSO, STRUCTURAL, CIVIL AND ELECTRICAL ZONE TYPE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIAL CENTER/HEAVY City of Tukwila WORK TO SUPPORT ABOVE SCOPE. qQ EXIT SEISMIC ZONE 3 BUILDING DIVISION 157 EXIT157 9-1 20 AREA OF SOIL DISTURBANCE APPROXIMATELY 1,700 SF (0.04 AC) I NOTES oe ESTIMATED EARTHWORK QUANTITIES FILL 133 CU.YD. GENERAL 9 9` TOTAL 8 CU.YD. NET FILL (CONCRETE SLAB) CONSTRUCTION SET OF DOCUMENTS, REVIEWED AND STAMPED BY CITY OF TUKWILA MUST BE PROJECT ENGINEER MR. MICHEL SOTURA ON SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT PROCEED WITH CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT ABOVE 599 FROM KENT\ 900 9-1 COFFMAN ENGINEERS MEN11ONED SET OF DOCUMENTS. EAST MARGINAL WAY TUKWILA & AUBURN 1101 2ND AVE STE 400 CORPORATE PARK 5 — � SEATTLE, WA 98101 FILE 0/1 1. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONNECTIONS BEFORE ANY WORK. 99 0° T: (206) 623-0717 FPian No. F: 20662307174rcfax.com ew approval is subject to erro ano FROM SEATTLE—TACOMA AIRPORT �_Q5 pprovelotconstructiond0cum tsdoe 2. NOTIFY FACILITY ENGINEERS SHOULD EXISTING CONDIl10NS REQUIRE DESIGN REVISIONS. UU ine vwlauon of any aoopced OGe or CIVIL ENGINEER MS. ALLISON HAZEN Receipt o°is a o no edged d Feld Co r and 3. COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER CRAFTS. �ILJu'0 COFFMAN ) ENGINEERS By. 4. COOLING WATER LOOP TO REMAIN IN SERVICE THROUGHOUT CON T WED FOR T: (206) 623-0717 °ate�+' RIIANCE city of DIVISION PROVIDE TEMPORARY COOLING TOWER SYSTEM FIELD COORDINA .'�7� NO SCALE No SCALE F: 2066230717®rcfax.com auiLDwc otvrsloN , ED UTILITY CONNECTIONS. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER MR. EMERY OJALA r l � 2 5 2 1 DEVELOPMENTAL CENTER 9 — 6 5 BUILDING LOCATION COFFMAN ENGINEERS APPROVE® city of Tukwila T: 2066230717@rcfax.com 0717@r17 7 BUILDING DIVISION F: 2066230717C�rcfax.com APR 05 2019 �ily or BOEING PERMIT FOCAL MR.MARTIN PR06ST PUBLIC Worrks THE BOEING COMPANY j jet &RFFMAN I N E E ft S 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 T: (206) 852-4785 1101 2ndAve., Suite400 I Seattle, WA98101 F: (253) 657-4659 Phffman coin 206.623.07171 fax 3e5.624.3775 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION a LASTING umnwy�rewnsm�w,mws d SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY DRAWN DATE SUBTITLE CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL DATE APPROVED DATE s'y�aAuA,. ACCEPTABILITY CEI 11.28.18 TITHE SHEET - REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 CEI MS 11.28.18 W W4157008 — 11.28.18 C THIS DESIGN AND/OR CHEGKE - SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED M. SOTURA 11.28.18 SHEET ® APPROVED BY DEPT, DATE TITTLEREPLACE COOLING TOWER G0 CHECKED a $&e"itt...1� APPROVED BUILDING 9-65 JOB NO. COMP NO. Ic PROVED DWG NO. ARCHITECTURAL MASTER DEV. CENTER, WA 09-065—GO INDEX OF DRAWINGS I INCLUDE IN SET DRAWING NO, SEQ. NO, DRAWING TITLE REV DATE INCLUDE IN SET DRAWING NO. SEC, NO. I DRAWING TITLE GENERAL MECHANICAL D 09-065-GO GO TITLE SHEET - 11.28.18 0 09-065-MIA MIA MECHANICAL LEGENDS D 09-065-GI GI INDEX OF DRAWINGS -_ II,28.18 0 09-065-MIB MIB PIPING LEGENDS — i 09-065-MIC MIC CONTROLS LEGENDS ------- --- ---------- 09-065-M2 M2 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES 09-065-IM61 IM61 BLDG 9-65 COOLING TOWER 09-065-UGMIIOR UGMIIOR UNDERGROUND PLUMBING PLAN - REMOVAL 01 09-065-IMIIOR IMIIOR COOLING WATER SYSTEM PIPING - REMOVAL 09-065-IM26OR IM26OR SPRINKLER PLAN - REMOVAL 09-065-RFMIOR RFMIOR MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN - REMOVAL 09-065-M50OR M50OR PIPING PLAN, SECTIONS & DETAILS - REMOVAL CIVIL 09-065-4000-M-2R M-2R PLUMBING, HVAC PLAN - REMOVAL 09-065-4001-M-IR M-IR COOLING WATER SYSTEM - REMOVAL D 09-YRD-C2A C2A GENERAL CIVIL NOTES ORIG 11,28.18 0 09-065-4001-M-2R M-2R SECTIONS -REMOVAL ® 09-YRD C3 C3 COMPOSITE SITE PLAN - 11,28.18 0 09-065-4001-M-3R M-3R SECTIONS & ELEVATION - REMOVAL D 09-YRD-C451R C451R ENLARGED FOUNDATION/PAVING REMOVAL PLAN - 11.28,18 0. 09-101-TNM116R TNM116R TUNNEL #I&II PIPING/PLUMBING PLAN -REMOVAL D 09-YRD-C452R C452R ENLARGED FIRE WATER REMOVAL PLAN - 11.28.18 01 09-101-TNM507R TNM507R TUNNEL #1,11&12 PLANS, SECTIONS & DETAILS-REMOVAI D 09-YRD-C451 C451 ENLARGED PAVING/STRIPING PLAN ORIG 11.28,18 0 09-101-IM66R IM66R HVAC PIPING FIRST FLOOR PLAN - REMOVAL D 09-YRD-0595 C595 SECTIONS AND DETAILS ORIG 11.28,18 0 09-120-IM61R IM61R FIRST FLOOR HVAC PIPING PLAN - REMOVAL 09-YRD-0596 C596 SECTIONS AND DETAILS ORIG 11.28,18 0 09-120-IM505R IM505R CHILLED WATER PARTAIL PLAN & SECTION -REMOVAL 09-065-IMIO IMIO FIRST FLOOR DUCTWORK PLAN 09-065-IM60 IM60 FIRST FLOOR PIPING PLAN 09-065-IMIIO IM110 FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN 09-065-IM450 IM450 ENLARGED PIPING PLAN 09-065-RFMIO RFMIO MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN 09-065-M310 M310 CONTROL DIAGRAMS _0 09-065-M311 M311 CONTROL DIAGRAMS 09-065-M500 M500 PIPING PLAN, SECTIONS & DETAILS ARCHITECTURAL 09-065-M501 M501 SECTIONS & DETAILS 09-065-M502 M502 SECTIONS & DETAILS i 09-65-IAOIR IAOIR FIRST FLOOR PLAN - REMOVAL A 11,28,18 0 09-101-IM66 IM66 HVAC PIPING FIRST FLOOR PLAN 09-65-IAOI IA01 FIRST FLOOR PLAN A 11.28.18 0 09-120-IM61 IM61 FIRST FLOOR HVAC PIPING PLAN D 09-65_-RFA160 RFA160 ROOF PLAN A 11,28,18 0 09-120-IM505 IM505 CHILLED WATER PARTAIL PLAN & SECTION 09-065-201 201 INSTRUMENTATION: PROCESS COOLING WATER SYSTEM&DETAILS- REFERENCE ONLY _0 09-065-4000-M-1 M-I PUMPED DRAIN - REFERENCE ONLY • 09-065-4001-M-4 M-4 COOLING WATER FLOW SCHEMATIC -REFERENCE ONLY • 09-065-4001-M-5 M-5 COOLING WATER FLOW SCHEMATIC -REFERENCE ONLY • 09-065-4001-M-6 M-6 INSTRUMENTATION: PROCESS COOLING WATER SYSTEM&DETAILS- REFERENCE ONLY STRUCTURAL 09-65-S2-A S2A STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS & NOTES ORIG 11.28,18 ® 09-65-S2-B S2B STRUCTURAL NOTES ORIG 11.28.18 09-65-S2-C S2C STRUCTURAL NOTES ORIG 11,28.18 09-65-ISIOR ISIOR FOUNDATION PLAN - REMOVAL A 11.28.18 09-65-IS60R IS60R SLAB PLAN - REMOVAL A 11.28.18 ® 09-65-SI60R SI60R ROOF FRAMING PLAN - REMOVAL A 11.28.18 ® 09-65-ISIO ISIO FOUNDATION PLAN A 11.28.18 09-65-IS60 IS60 SLAB PLAN A 11.28,18 09-65-S160 S160 ROOF FRAMING PLAN A 11.28.18 09-65-S500 S500 MISCELLANEOUS SECTIONS & DETAILS ORIG 11.28.18 09-65-S501 S501 MISCELLANEOUS SECTIONS & DETAILS ORIG 11.28,18 09-65-S502 S502 MISCELLANEOUS SECTIONS & DETAILS ORIG 11.28,18 09-65A-S280 S280 SECTIONS -REFERENCE ONLY 09-65A-S281 S281 SECTIONS -REFERENCE ONLY SYM I REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE ( SYM I REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEI I MS 1 11.28.18 REV DATE I INCLUDED IN SET SEQ, DRAWING NO, NO. I DRAWING TITLE REV DATE ELECTRICAL ® 09-065-EO JEO I LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS, NOTES IORIGI 11,28,18' 01 09-065-EIIOR EIIOR COOLING TOWER ELECTRICAL PLAN - REMOVAL D 1 11,28,18 01 09-065-E50OR E50OR FEEDER PLAN & ELEVATION - REMOVAL A 11.28.18 09-065-E51OR E51OR MCC-8 SCHEDULE - REMOVAL 11,28.18 • 09-120-E4SIIR E4SIIR ONE -LINE DIAGRAM SUBSTATION 11 - REMOVAL _B C 11.28.18 • 09-120-IEIIIR IEIIIR 480V277VOLT PARTIAL POWER PLAN - REMOVAL M 11.28,18 • 09-065-EIIO E110 COOLING TOWER ELECTRICAL PLAN D 11.28.18 • 09-065-E500 E500 FEEDER PLAN & ELEVATION A 11,28,18 • 09-065-E510 E510 VFD SCHEDULE B 11,28,I • 09-120-E4SII E4S11 ONE -LINE DIAGRAM SUBSTATION II C 11.28.18 • 09-120-IEIII IEIII 480Y/277VOLT PARTIAL POWER PLAN M 11.28,18 ISSUE LEGEND NOT YET ISSUED O PREVIOUSLY ISSUED, NOT IN THIS ISSUE IN THIS ISSUE PRELIMINARY ISSUE FOR REVIEW OR INFORMATION ONLY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION FINAL ISSUE FOR PERMIT, BID, PROCUREMENT OR CONSTRUCTION DRAWING REVISION - SEE SPECIFIC DRAWING FOR NATURE OF REVISION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019, PERMIT CENTER Im • • ! 1 ! !� 1101 2nd Ave., Suite 400 I Seattle, WA 98101 co man.3.071711ax206.624.37t5 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION LASTING aeamnry�rew::s�remnw,m:ps ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN CEI A 11.28.18 SUBTITLE INDEX OF DRAWINGS CURRENT REVISION W41570081 SYMBOL DATE 11.28.18 CHECKED M. SOTURA 11.28.18 SHEET G 1 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE TITLE REPLACE COOLING TOWER BUILDING 9-50 CHECKED APPROVED JOB NO. W4157008 COMP NO. VA -onmoolo, , \ SP GRADING AND EROSION CONTROL NOTES CB PROTECTION NOTES PAINT STRIPING NOTES THROUGHOUT THE PLANS ARE ABBREVIATIONS WHICH ARE IN COMMON USE. THE LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS PROVIDED IS NOT INTENDED TO BE COMPLETE OR REPRESENTATIVE OF CONDITIONS OR MATERIALS ACTUALLY USED ON THE PROJECT. THE TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE WILL DEFINE THE INTENT OF ANY ABBREVIATION IN QUESTION. & AND @ AT f APPROXIMATELY ABAN ABANDON AC ASPHALT CONCRETE ADJ ADJUST (-ED,-MENT,-ABLE) AIR COMPRESSED AIR ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD INSTITUTE APPROX APPROXIMATE (-ED, -IVE) ASPH ASPHALT ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS BIGD BELOW INLET GRATE DEVICE BLDG BUILDING BM BENCH MARK BMP BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICE BOT BOTTOM CB CATCH BASIN CHR CHILLED RETURN CHS CHILLED SERVICE CL CENTERLINE CM CONSTRUCTION MANAGER/MANAGEMENT CMP CORRUGATED METAL PIPE COL COLUMN CONC CONCRETE COND CONDENSATE CONN CONNECTION CY CUBIC YARD CW CHILLED WATER DEMO DEMOLISH OR DEMOLITION DIA DIAMETER DIP DUCTILE IRON PIPE DOE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY DRN DRAIN DW DOMESTIC WATER EA EACH EL, ELEV ELEVATION E EAST EX EXISTING FH FIRE HYDRANT FIRE FIRE SUPPRESSION MAIN FF FINISH FLOOR FG FINISH GRADE FUTR FOR FUTURE USE GAS GAS GV GATE VALVE HMA HOT MIX ASPHALT HORIZ HORIZONTAL ID INSIDE DIAMETER/DIMENSION IE INVERT ELEVATION INV INVERT LF LINEAR FEET MAX MAXIMUM MH MANHOLE MIN MINIMUM; MINUTE MON MONUMENT N NORTH/NEUTRAL N/A NOT APPLICABLE NAD NORTH AMERICAN DATUM NGVO NATIONAL GEODETIC VERTICAL DATUM NOM NOMINAL NO. NUMBER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OSHA OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION PREFAB PREFABRICATED PCC PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PVC POLY VINYL CHLORIDE PVMT PAVEMENT QTY QUANTITY RAD RADIUS REINF REINFORCED S SOUTH, SLOPE SO STORM DRAIN SDCO STORM DRAIN CLEAN OUT SAHM STORM DRAIN FORCE MAIN SDMH STORM DRAIN MANHOLE SF, SO FT SQUARE FOOT/FEET SHT SHEET SPEC SPECIFICATIONS SS SANITARY SEWER/STAINLESS STEEL SSCO SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT SSS SANITARY SIDE SEWER STA STATION STS STORM SEWER STD STANDARD STM STEAM SYM SYMMETRICAL TAN TANGENT TEMP TEMPORARY TOP TOP OF PAVEMENT TYP TYPICAL UGP UNDERGROUND POWER VERT VERTICAL VOL VOLUME VS VERSUS W, WTR WEST/WATER WSDOT WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION W/ WITH W/0 WITHOUT 1 DETAIL NUMBER C C500 �- DRAWING NUMBER WHERE SHOWN DRAWING NUMBER WHERE TAKEN SECTION LETTER C3 C500 �; DRAWING NUMBER WHERE SHOWN DRAWING NUMBER WHERE TAKEN 1. NO BOUNDARY WORK WAS PERFORMED, HOWEVER, A TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY WAS PREPARED BY AXIS SURVEY AND MAPPING ON OCTOBER LOTH, 2016. 2. THE HORIZONTAL DATUM USED FOR THIS PROJECT IS WASHINGTON STATE COORDINATE SYSTEM, NORTH ZONE NAD 83/91 GPS 2011 SMARTNET NORTH AMERICA. 3. THE VERTICAL DATUM USED FOR THESE PLANS IS NAVD '88 PER GPS 2011 SMARTNET NORTH AMERICA. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL ON -SITE AND SHALL COORDINATE HIS ACTIVITIES WITH THE OWNER AND ENGINEER A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) WEEKS IN ADVANCE OF THE BEGINNING OF WORK. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNS. SAFE VEHICULAR AND PEDESTRIAN ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. SHUTDOWN OF OWNER OPERATION OR ACCESS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. A MINIMUM OF ONE LANE SHALL REMAIN OPEN AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 5. THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN IS APPROXIMATE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. TO LOCATE UTILITIES, CALL THE UNDERGROUND LOCATE LINE "CALL BEFORE YOU DIG" NUMBER 811. 6. WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR BETWEEN EXISTING FEATURES AND THE PLACEMENT OF NEW FACILITIES, THEY SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER BY THE CONTRACTOR, AND WILL BE RESOLVED BY THE ENGINEER. 7. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL MAINTAIN A CLEAN, LEGIBLE SET OF THESE PLANS AND NOTE ALL DEVIATIONS THEREON. UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE ENGINEER FOR THE PREPARATION OF RECORD DRAWINGS. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS AT THE JOB SITE AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION: 8.1. CURRENT COPY OF WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (WSDOT) STANDARD PLANS FOR ROAD, BRIDGE AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION (PUBLICATION M22-01) 8.2. 2016 EDITION OF WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (WSDOT) STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD, BRIDGE AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION (PUBLICATION M41-10) 8.3. FOURTH EDITION (2010) CITY OF TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT TO PREVENT UTILITY INTERRUPTION. NOTIFY THE BOEING COMPANY ONE WEEK IN ADVANCE OF EACH UTILITY CONNECTION. 10. PRIOR TO BIDDING, IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO MAKE ALL NECESSARY SITE INSPECTIONS AND DETERMINATIONS OF ITEMS AND QUANTITIES OF WORK TO ENSURE THAT ALL ITEMS OF WORK NECESSARY TO PERFORM A COMPLETE AND ACCEPTABLE JOB HAVE BEEN TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION. 11, BOEINGS SINGLE POINT CONTACT THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT WILL BE BOEINGS CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATOR, ROCK MOUG (253) 657-0867 CELL (206) 999-4139 WORK ROCK.A.M OUG@BOEI NG.COM GENERAL NOTES t. LOCATIONS SHOWN FOR EXISTING UTILITIES ARE APPROXIMATE. 2. THE CONTRACTOR ASSUMES SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORKER SAFETY, AND DAMAGE TO STRUCTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE APPROVED PLANS, AND A CURRENT COPY OF CITY OF TUKWILA DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES, AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AVAILABLE AT THE JOB SITE. 4. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THESE APPROVED DRAWINGS. ANY CHANGES FROM THE APPROVED PLANS REQUIRE PRE -APPROVAL FROM THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER. 5. ALL METHODS AND MATERIALS SHALL MEET CITY OF TUKWILA DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR. 6. ALL GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REGULATIONS SHALL BE STRICTLY ADHERED TO, INCLUDING OSHA, WISHA, AND THE WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRY. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A CURRENT SET OF RECORD DRAWINGS ON -SITE. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE RECORD DRAWINGS PRIOR TO PROJECT FINAL APPROVAL. 9. PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL AND STREET MAINTENANCE PLAN FOR PUBLIC WORKS APPROVAL BEFORE IMPLEMENTATION. 10. ALL SURVEYING FOR PUBLIC FACILITIES SHALL BE DONE UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A WASHINGTON LICENSED LAND SURVEYOR. VERTICAL DATUM SHALL BE NAVD 1988. HORIZONTAL DATUM SHALL BE WASHINGTON STATE (GRID) COORDINATES, NORTH ZONE, USING NAD 83/91 SURVEY CONTROL AND TIED TO ANY TWO CITY OF TUKWILA HORIZONTAL CONTROL MONUMENTS. FOR PROJECTS WITHIN A FLOOD CONTROL ZONE, THE PERMITTEE SHALL PROVIDE CONVERSION CALCULATIONS TO NGVD 1929. 11. REPLACE OR RELOCATE ALL SIGNS DAMAGED OR REMOVED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION. 12. RETAIN, REPLACE, OR RESTORE EXISTING VEGETATION IN RIGHTS -OF -WAY, EASEMENTS, AND ACCESS TRACTS. 13. ALL AREAS THAT CONTAIN IMPROVEMENTS DISTURBED BY THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS SHALL BE RESTORED TO A CONDITION EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN WAS PRESENT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 14. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IN THE EVENT OF DISCOVERY OF POOR SOILS, STANDING GROUND WATER, OR DISCREPANCIES FROM THE PLANS IN GRADES, LOCATIONS AND CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES, STRUCTURES, AND OTHER EXISTING CONDITIONS. MISC. REFERENCE SYMBOLS V BOAT NOTE DESCRIBING SPECIFIC FEATURE THAT WILL REMAIN ON THE DRAWINGS AFTER CONSTRUCTION FOR FUTURE REFERENCE V FLAG NOTE FOR SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION DIRECTION SYM REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE I SYM ORIG REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEI I AH 1 11.28.18 REVISION BY I APPROVED I DATE 1. ON -SITE EROSION MEASURES SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. ANY PROBLEMS OCCURRING BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE STORM SYSTEM BY THE OWNER SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 2. IN CASE EROSION OR SEDIMENTATION OCCURS ON ADJACENT PROPERTY, ALL CONSTRUCTION WORK WITHIN THE DEVELOPMENT THAT WILL AGGRAVATE THE SITUATION MUST CEASE AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY COMMENCE RESTORATION OR MITIGATION METHODS. RESTORATION ACTIVITY WILL CONTINUE UNTIL SUCH TIME AS THE PROBLEM IS RECTIFIED. 3. SHOULD THE TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL MEASURES AS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS NOT PROVE ADEQUATE TO CONTROL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL HAY BALES, LOOSE STRAW, SILT FENCE, OR ADDITIONAL FACILITIES AS NECESSARY TO PROTECT ADJACENT PROPERTIES, SENSITIVE AREAS, NATURAL WATER COURSES AND/OR STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS. 4. IN ANY AREA WHICH HAS BEEN STRIPPED OF VEGETATION OR EXPERIENCED LAND DISTURBING ACTIVITIES AND WHERE NO FURTHER WORK IS ANTICIPATED FOR A PERIOD EXCEEDING 5 DAYS, ALL DISTURBED AREAS MUST BE IMMEDIATELY STABILIZED WITH MULCHING, GRASS, PLANTING OR OTHER APPROVED EROSION CONTROL TREATMENT APPLICABLE TO THE TIME OF YEAR IN QUESTION. GRASS SEEDING ALONE WILL BE ACCEPTABLE ONLY DURING THE MONTHS OF APRIL THROUGH SEPTEMBER INCLUSIVE. SEEDING MAY PROCEED, HOWEVER, WHENEVER IT IS IN THE INTEREST OF THE CONTRACTOR, BUT MUST BE AUGMENTED WITH MULCHING. 5. THE CONTRACTOR'S LICENSED SURVEYOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD LOCATING THE CLEARING LIMITS AND ESTABLISHING THOSE BOUNDARIES WITH BRIGHT COLORED FLAGGING, PAINT, FENCING, OR OTHER VISIBLE MEANS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAR TO THE LIMITS AS ESTABLISHED ON THIS PLAN AND AS MARKED IN THE FIELD. 6. ALL NECESSARY FACILITIES SHALL BE MAINTAINED ON -SITE TO PREVENT DEBRIS, DUST AND MUD FROM ACCUMULATING ON THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. 7. BEFORE BEGINNING ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, ESTABLISH THE CLEARING LIMITS, INSTALL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE, AND INSTALL EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES. 8. BEFORE ANY GROUND DISTURBANCE OCCURS, ALL DOWNSTREAM EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES (ESC) MUST BE CONSTRUCTED AND IN OPERATION. INSTALL AND MAINTAIN ALL ESC MEASURES ACCORDING TO THE ESC PLAN. 9. ESC MEASURES, INCLUDING ALL PERIMETER CONTROLS, SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL FINAL SITE CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED AND PERMANENT STABILIZATION IS ESTABLISHED. 10. FROM MAY 1 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, PROVIDE TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT COVER MEASURES TO PROTECT DISTURBED AREAS THAT WILL REMAIN UNWORKED FOR SEVEN DAYS OR MORE. 11. FROM OCTOBER 1 THROUGH APRIL 30, PROVIDE TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT COVER MEASURES TO PROTECT DISTURBED AREAS THAT WILL REMAIN UNWORKED FOR 48 HOURS OR MORE. IN ADDITION TO COVER MEASURES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL: A. PROTECT STOCKPILES AND STEEP CUT AND FILL SLOPES IF UNWORKED FOR MORE THAN 12 HOURS. B. STOCKPILE, ON SITE, ENOUGH COVER MATERIALS TO COVER ALL DISTURBED AREAS. C. BY OCTOBER 8, SEED ALL AREAS THAT WILL REMAIN UNWORKED DURING THE WET SEASON (OCTOBER 1 THROUGH APRIL 30). MULCH ALL SEEDED AREAS. 12. DURING THE LIFE OF THE PROJECT, THE PERMITTEE SHALL MAINTAIN IN GOOD CONDITION AND PROMPTLY REPAIR, RESTORE, OR REPLACE ALL GRADE SURFACES; WALLS, DRAINS, DAMS, STRUCTURES, VEGETATION, EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES, AND OTHER PROTECTIVE DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS. 13. THE PERMITTEE SHALL MONITOR THE DOWNSTREAM DRAINAGE FEATURES, AND SHALL, WITH THE DIRECTOR'S APPROVAL, REMOVE ALL SEDIMENT DEPOSITION RESULTING FROM PROJECT -RELATED WORK. 14. ALL WORK PERFORMED SHALL BE PER APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ONLY. THE PERMITTEE IS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN A SET OF APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED PERMITS ON THE JOB SITE. WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL LAWS. 15. THE PERMITTEE SHALL AT ALL TIMES PROTECT SENSITIVE AREAS, THEIR BUFFERS, AND ADJACENT PRIVATE PROPERTIES AND PUBLIC RIGHTS -OF -WAY OR EASEMENTS FROM DAMAGE DURING GRADING OPERATIONS. THE PERMTTTEE SHALL RESTORE, TO THE STANDARDS IN EFFECT AT THE TIME OF THE ISSUANCE OF THE PERMIT, SENSITIVE AREAS, THEIR BUFFERS, AND PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTIES AND IMPROVEMENTS DAMAGED BY THE PERMITTEE'S OPERATIONS. 1. ALL EXPOSED SUBGRADE SHALL BE PROOF ROLLED UNDER THE OBSERVATION OF THE OWNERS INSPECTION / TESTING AGENCY WITH A LOADED 12 CY (MINIMUM) DUMP TRUCK OR HEAVY COMPACTOR. ANY LOCALIZED ZONE OF YIELDING SUBGRADE SHALL BE OVEREXCAVATED TO A MAXIMUM DEPTH OF 24" (OR AS DETERMINED BY THE OWNER'S GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER) AND REPLACED WITH STRUCTURAL FILL, COMPACTED TO 95% MAX. DENSITY. 2. WHERE SUBGRADE CANNOT BE FEASIBLY SUBJECTED TO A PROOF ROLL, COMPACTION SHALL BE VERIFIED BY A MINIMUM OF ONE NON-DESTRUCTIVE FIELD DENSITY TEST (I.E. NUCLEAR DENSIOMETER) PER 2,000 SQUARE FEET, BUT IN NO CASE LESS THAN THREE (3) TESTS. IF ADDITIONAL COMPACTION IS REQUIRED, RE -TESTING OF SUBGRADE SHALL BE AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 3. GRAVEL BORROW SHALL BE PLACED IN LOOSE LIFTS NOT TO EXCEED 8-INCHES, MOISTURE CONDITIONED TO ACHIEVE OPTIMAL MOISTURE CONTENT FOR COMPACTION, AND COMPACTED TO 95% MAX. DENSITY PER ASTM D-1557. 4. GRAVEL BORROW SHALL COMPLY WITH WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-03.14(i), MODIFIED FROM 7.0% TO 5.0% PASSING THE U.S. NO. 200 SIEVE. 5. CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE (CSTC) SHALL COMPLY WITH WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-03.9(3). 6. SUBMIT ONE COPY OF INSPECTION / TESTING AGENCY FIELD REPORTS AND COMPACTION RESULTS TO OWNER AND ENGINEER WITHIN TWO WEEKS OF FIELD OBSERVATION. 1. CATCH BASIN INSERTS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE CATCH BASINS NOTED ON THE PLANS. 2. AT ALL PROPOSED CATCH BASINS, CATCH BASIN PROTECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY UPON CATCH BASIN INSTALLATION AND SHALL REMAIN UNTIL FINAL SITE STABILIZATION. 3. CATCH BASIN INSERT SHALL BE STREAMGUARD SEDIMENT CATCH BASIN INSERT #3003, ULTRA -DRAIN GUARD #9217, OR APPROVED EQUAL. 4. CATCH BASIN INSERTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, AND MAINTAINED TO OPERATE PROPERLY. 5. CATCH BASIN INSERTS SHALL BE REMOVED FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION AND STABILIZATION OF ALL CLEARED AREAS. PLASTIC COVERING NOTES (AS REQUIRED) 1. PLASTIC SHEETING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 6 MILS AND SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 9-14.5(3). 2. COVERING SHALL BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED TIGHTLY IN PLACE BY USING SANDBAGS OR TIRES ON ROPES WITH A MAXIMUM 10-FOOT GRID SPACING IN ALL DIRECTIONS. ALL SEAMS SHALL BE TAPED OR WEIGHTED DOWN FULL LENGTH AND THERE SHALL BE AT LEAST A 12-INCH OVERLAP OF ALL SEAMS. 3. CLEAR PLASTIC COVERING SHALL BE INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY ON AREAS SEEDED BETWEEN NOVEMBER 1 AND MARCH 31 AND REMAIN UNTIL VEGETATION IS FIRMLY ESTABLISHED. 4. WHEN THE COVERING IS USED ON UN -SEEDED SLOPES, IT SHALL BE KEPT IN PLACE UNTIL THE NEXT SEEDING PERIOD. 5. PLASTIC COVERING SHEETS SHALL BE BURIED TWO FEET AT THE TOP OF SLOPES IN ORDER TO PREVENT SURFACE WATER FLOW BENEATH SHEETS. 6. PROPER MAINTENANCE INCLUDES REGULAR CHECKS FOR RIPS AND DISLODGED ENDS. 1. EQUIPMENT LUBRICATION AND FUELING OPERATIONS SHALL OCCUR AT AN OWNER APPROVED ON -SITE LOCATION UNLESS APPROVED BY BOEING CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATOR. 2. PREVENT OILS AND FUELS FROM ENTERING THE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM WITH PROPER CONTAINMENT DEVICES. 3. ACCESS TO CONSTRUCTION IS VIA ADJACENT EXISTING PAVED STREETS. SWEEP DIRT FROM PAVING DAILY OR AS NEEDED. THE INTENT IS TO PREVENT DIRT AND DEBRIS FROM VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT FROM BEING DEPOSITED ON BOEING-OWNED STREET AND CITY STREET PAVEMENT. 4. SPILL CLEANUP PROCEDURES SHALL BE POSTED ON -SITE. IN CASE OF A SPILL THAT MAY ENTER GROUNDWATER, SURFACE WATER, OR STORM DRAIN SYSTEM, FIRST CONTACT BOEING ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEER PAUL MORIN AT 253-657-0866, THEN CONTACT THE DIVISION OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AT (800) 258-5990. SPILLS SHALL BE CLEANED UP IMMEDIATELY AND CONTAMINATED MATERIAL DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREVENT ALL MATERIAL USED OR GENERATED ON -SITE FROM ENTERING THE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ADEQUATE CONTAINMENT/SEPARATION ALL TIMES. ALL STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE STORMWATER PERMITS. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT A DAILY STORMWATER / ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. SCOPE OF THE INSPECTION WILL BE COORDINATED WITH SITE ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW ALL ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS AS DEFINED IN THE BOEING SERVICE PROVIDER MANUAL (AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST). DEMOLITION NOTES 1. REMOVE ALL DELETERIOUS MATERIAL FOUND ON -SITE INCLUDING VEGETATION, SCRAP WOOD, TRASH, ETC. AND DISPOSE OF AT AN APPROVED OFF -SITE LOCATION. 2. AT ALL TIMES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN SIGNS AND TEMPORARY CHAIN LINK FENCING TO ENSURE CONTINUOUS PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC AND TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY TO THE CONSTRUCTION AREA. AT A MINIMUM FENCING SHALL BE 6.0 FEET HIGH. COORDINATE SAFETY AND SECURITY MEASURES WITH ADJACENT WORK. 3. DAMAGE TO ANY PROPERTY INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BUILDINGS, UTILITIES, VEHICLES, FENCING, OR LANDSCAPING AS A RESULT OF CONTRACTORS ACTIVITIES WILL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION OF ALL EXISTING SURVEY MONUMENTS AND OTHER SURVEY MARKERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. ALL SUCH MONUMENTS OR MARKERS DESTROYED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE TO ORIGINAL LOCATION AND ELEVATION. 5. THE CONTRACTOR IS FINANCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR OF OFF -SITE AND ON -SITE PAVED SURFACES WHERE DAMAGE HAS BEEN SUSTAINED BECAUSE OF CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC. 6. ALL CONCRETE, PAVEMENT, CURBS, SIDEWALKS, AND RAMPS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED OR REPLACED SHALL BE REMOVED TO THE NEAREST JOINT AS IDENTIFIED DURING CONSTRUCTION. WHERE THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE DUE TO CONFLICTS OR ADJACENT DAMAGED CONCRETE / ASPHALT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE A FULL PAVEMENT DEPTH SAWCUT AT THE PROPOSED JOINT IN SOUND PAVEMENT. PROPOSED CONCRETE / ASPHALT SHALL EXTEND TO THE SAWCUT EDGE AND BE APPROPRIATELY JOINED / SEALED. 7. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SALVAGE AND REUSE ALL CATCH BASIN FRAMES, GRATES, COVERS, MANHOLE LIDS, AND ANY OTHER EXISTING METAL WORKS IN PAVEMENTS DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL / REPLACEMENT. 8. ALL PAINT SHALL BE REMOVED BY MECHANICAL MEANS. NO WATER BLASTING OR GRINDING IS ALLOWED. MECHANICALLY REMOVE PAINT DEBRIS PROMPTLY AFTER PAINT REMOVAL. N L ACCEPTABILITY WAS THIS DESIGN AND/OR ® y! Z SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. C a jONALE�G 1. DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TEMPORARY STRIPING/SIGNAGE NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN SAFE VEHICLE AND PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAINTING ALL LINES AND SYMBOLS OBSCURED BY HIS WORK TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXISTING STRIPING/SURFACE OF EACH PAVEMENT SEGMENT TO BE RECONSTRUCTED. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LAYOUT ALL PROPOSED PAINT STRIPING FOR OWNER'S REVIEW/APPROVAL PRIOR TO FINAL STRIPING. 4. COORDINATE STRIPING WITH THE BOEING COMPANY TO MATCH EXISTING STANDARD STRIPING. 5. ALL LINEAR PATTERN PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL BE PAINT. ALL OTHER PAVEMENT MARKINGS (ARROWS, LETTERS, STOP BARS, CROSSWALKS) SHALL BE THERMOPLASTIC. ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH WSDOT SPECIFICATION 9-34 AND SHALL BE APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH WSDOT SPECIFICATION 8-22. 6. PAINT SHALL BE APPLIED IN TWO APPLICATIONS. THE TIME PERIOD BETWEEN APPLICATIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH WSDOT SPECIFICATION SECTION 8-22.3(3). 7. PAINT AT CROSSWALKS OR PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC AREAS SHALL HAVE SAND FOR A NON -SLIP SURFACE. CONSULT PAINT MANUFACTURER FOR PARTICLE SIZE AND APPLICATION RATE. 8. LONGITUDINAL MARKING PATTERNS SHALL COMPLY WITH WSDOT STANDARD PLAN M-20.10-02. TRAFFIC ARROWS SHALL COMPLY WITH WSDOT STANDARD PLAN M-24.40-02. SYMBOL MARKINGS (ADA, SPEED BUMP) SHALL COMPLY WITH WSDOT STANDARD PLAN M-24.60-04. TRAFFIC LETTERS SHALL COMPLY WITH WSDOT STANDARD PLAN M-80.30-00. 9. CROSSWALK AND STOP BAR MARKINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH WSDOT STANDARD PLAN M-15.10-01 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. STOCKPILE NOTES (AS REQUIRED) 1. STOCKPILES SHALL BE STABILIZED (WITH PLASTIC COVERING OR OTHER APPROVED DEVICE) AT ALL TIMES. 2. IN ANY SEASON, SEDIMENT LEACHING FROM STOCK PILES MUST BE PREVENTED. 3. TOPSOILS SHALL NOT BE PLACED WHILE IN A FROZEN OR MUDDY CONDITION, WHEN THE SUBGRADE IS EXCESSIVELY WET OR WHEN CONDITIONS EXIST THAT MAY OTHERWISE BE DETRIMENTAL TO PROPER GRADING OR PROPOSED SODDING OR SEEDING. 4. PREVIOUSLY ESTABLISHED GRADES ON THE AREAS TO BE TOPSOILED SHALL BE MAINTAINED ACCORDING TO THE APPROVED PLAN. CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE 1. COORDINATE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN, ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES, AND UTILITY TIE-INS AND SHUTOFFS WITH OWNER AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 2. PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN TO BOEING. 3. POST SIGN WITH NAME AND PHONE NUMBER OF ESC SUPERVISOR (MAY BE CONSOLIDATED WITH THE REQUIRED NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION SIGN). 4. FLAG OR FENCE CLEARING LIMITS. INSTALL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES. 5. INSTALL CATCH BASIN PROTECTION AND OTHER EROSION CONTROL MEASURES IDENTIFIED ON APPROVED PLAN, WHERE REQUIRED. 6. LOCATE COOLING TOWER FOUNDATION. 7. LOCATE UNDERGROUND FIRE SERVICE FROM THE 9-65 PIV VALVE TO THE FIRE WATER MAIN. 8. SAWCUT CONCRETE AND ASPHALT. 9. DEMO CONCRETE AND ASPHALT AND RECYCLE, IF POSSIBLE, IF NOT POSSIBLE, EXPORT AND DISPOSE. 10. DEMO OTHER FEATURES AS SHOWN ON APPROVED PLANS. 11. CLEAN SURFACE OF PAVEMENT ADJACENT TO WORK AREA. 12. REMOVE FIRE SERVICE TO THE FIRE WATER MAIN. 13. ADJUST RIMS OF CATCH BASINS AND ANY OTHER UTILITIES THAT OCCUR WITHIN PROPOSED PAVING AREA TO DESIGN ELEVATIONS. 14. INSTALL STRUCTURAL FILL, CRUSHED SURFACING, AND PAVEMENT. 15. INSTALL PAINT MARKINGS AND SIGNAGE. 16. MAINTAIN EROSION CONTROL MEASURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH BOEING AND JURISDICTIONAL STANDARDS, AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 17. UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, STABILIZE ANY REMAINING DISTURBED AREAS AND REMOVE BMPS (BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES), IF APPROPRIATE. 18, REMOVE TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REMAINING EROSION CONTROL AND POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES UPON APPROVAL FROM CITY INSPECTOR. 1101 2nd Avenue, Suite 4001 Seattle, WA 98101 ph 206.623.0717 I Mx 206.624.3776 coffman.com LASTING creao-m iresmni reiseo�snros .28.18 1 GENERAL CIVIL NOTES 1111144 MASTER REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Rww1 _'008 "M.V`O R I G -" 11 28 18 SHEET C2A JOB NO. W4157OOH COMP NO. DWG No. DEV. CENTERMA 09-YRD-C2A 1 ENLARGED REMOVAL PLAN C451 R, C452R 1 ENLARGED GRADING, PAVING AND STRIPING PLAN C451 11 SEC. 04, TWP. 23, RG. 04E, W.M. \ \ BOEING PROPERTY LINE I I 10 F%*WWM@ /�////%,�947 j(T� 9-089.08 j"� ngrta 0 C� 8 poo 12 — _ 13 9-12 0 9-51 &51 0,52 z _ - 8 ? - ,, 14 W�� - - � 15 o - > NTJl ffflfTl 9.72 � LLLiii 9-94 �TI7T7Til Il v3 _ 9-50 9.90 17 — — mm. � rrrmml Nrn I Illl LEI1W Mo 9402 9 9s 20 21 23 SYM I REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE I SYM I REVISION REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEI I AH 1 11.28.18 � I Imnnnnn'nnnnn �,, 18 9.101 9-111 19 9.101 9-101 IM3 '!I In =:,'s9'ss'seeSIR ii COMPOSITE SITE PLAN n, SCALE: 1 " = 200' BY APPROVED DATE SON E �,• WAsy�A,o� ® a>s o p 13iR4 l,S' �`sSfONALE�O 1 LEGEND GENERAL NOTES REFERENCE DRAWINGS U3—YNU—Ul5U, IVASILN UNAUINU HLAN 09—YRD—C227, MASTER PAVING PLAN CONSTRUCTION NOTES. U ::� SEE ENLARGED PLANS FOR PROPOSED WORK IN THIS AREA REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2919 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 200 100 0 100 200 400 SCALE: 1 " = 200' RECE FFMAN IVED CITY OF TUKWILA 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 N G I I I E I I MAR 132019 1101 2nd Avenue, Suite 400 I Seattle, WA 98101 ph 206.623.W17Ifax 206b24.3T75 PERMIT CENTER ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION LASTING ucau+Mresm¢reur»nsnips DRAWN DATE SUBTITLE CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL DATE ACCEPTABILITY M. BOSIKOV 11.28.18 THIS DESIGN AND/OR CHECKED COMPOSITE SITE PLAN W4157008 — 11.28.18 SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED A. HAZEN 11.28.18 SHEET ENGINEER APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE A. HAZEN 11.28.18 TITLE REPLACE COOLING TOWER C3 COMP N0. CHECKED APPROVED 09-YRD JOB N0. W4157008 2 5 2019 APPROVED CIVIL MASTER DEV. CENTER 'WA DWG NO. 09—YRD—C3 I r- r, r- n I r\ ao/N Nw s{y . 867' y / t w STS STS STS ST STS- / 4&o,gnN f�FI. H jgRk � s/ 1 1 Pq/NT P---t--P P '-78----� 9-90 Hf/ 0110 F�Ms ON wgRfHOUSf WgTfR pq/NT pqo fNos —P P P P V &04 Hgpf 9 ` t2 a CONCRETE PANEL I 10 CAP F0 JOINT (TYP)1 T Nk c o b / s 12 0. p c / o / P 2 I a 14 O% CA,� qN /1 I n c' \ 5 5 5 STS STS STS ST STS IMMMM \[1:z> tt 70\ lC/NTgROw sf � STORM CATCH BASIN 9.8C co�F o�RZ GATE OVER UNABLE TO SEE TYPE &PSIZE � U S'444 110<<qp RUS 10"F I I I I I I I I ( I I I I I I � PrgR fHOUsf STORM CATCH ffASft_- STS 9.1 oc RIM=17.78 IE=15.11,GATE OVER PIPE NE V) IE=15.11, 4°PVC SW I cn cn cnl (I MgNyo�e U' I I I I I I �I C/) �I y I\ 6 3 aP`q N 10 4 lg \ 2 49 1 I STORM MANHOLE 15 30"STS S - RIM=1 RIM-18.05 IE=9.45, 30"CONC NW - 1 n IE 11.05, 4"DI E IE=9.95, 8"CONC SE r �7 fyoST\ 11 IE=8.85, 36"CONC SW II 1 1 9-120 STORM CATCH BASIN 9.64C(9.9AC IN FIELD) RIM=18.09 IE=16.47, 4"PVC N IE=16.51, 4"PVC SE ENLARGED FOUNDATION/PAVING REMOVAL PLAN 1RSCALE: 1" = 10' -- - - ---------� \ I 0 � I � RgMa 9-101 iCONCRETE PAVEMENT REMOVAL — — — — — SAWCUT LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION GENERAL NOTES 1. SEE SHEET C2A FOR RELATED PROJECT NOTES. 2. MAINTAIN ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES UNTIL COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 3. NOTIFY BOEING TWO (2) WEEKS IN ADVANCE OF WORK TO COORDINATE RELOCATION OF BOEING PROPERTY WITHIN PROJECT LIMITS TO AN APPROVED LOCATION. 4. PROTECT EXISTING PAVING FROM DAMAGE. CONTRACTOR MUST REPLACE ALL DAMAGED PAVING IN KIND OR BETTER. 5. COORDINATE WITH BOEING ON LANE AND PARKING CLOSURES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 6. CONTRACTOR MUST LOCATE FIRE SERVICE FROM 9-65 PIV TO THE FIRE MAIN AND IDENTIFY ALL IMPACTED UTILITIES WITHIN THE REMOVAL AREA. 7. ALL UTILITIES MUST REMAIN IN SERVICE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 8. SEE MECHANICAL SPRINKLER PLAN 09-065-1M26OR FOR REMOVAL OF SPRINKLER PIPING WITHIN THE 9-65 BLDG AND COOLING TOWER. 9. FOR UNDERGROUND STORMWATER PLUMBING SEE UNDERGROUND MECHANICAL PLUMBING PLAN 09-065-UGM11OR. CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1� REMOVE COOLING TOWER FOUNDATION TO SUBGRADE. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH BOEING FACILITIES AND BOEING ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES FOR DISPOSAL OF SOIL AND DEWATERING WATER. SEE STRUCTURAL SLAB PLAN - REMOVAL 09-065-1S60R. REMOVE CONCRETE TO NEAREST PANEL. ALL REMOVED STRIPING IS INCIDENTAL. SAWCUT CONCRETE FULL DEPTH. [3:-:- PROTECT EXISTING 9-65 BUILDING. REMOVE PARKING AND ADA STALL STRIPING. s� REMOVE CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER TO THE NEAREST JOINT. MAINTAIN PEDESTRIAN ROUTE OR PROVIDE ALTERNATE ROUTE. COORDINATE ROUTE WITH BOEING FACILITIES. REMOVE AND RETAIN (10) WHEEL STOPS TO BE REUSED. COORDINATE WITH BOEING FACILITIES. REMOVE PIPE BOLLARD GUARDS. INCIDENTAL TO CONCRETE PAVING REMOVAL. to REMOVE AND RETAIN WALL -MOUNTED "WRONG WAY" SIGN. ti INSTALL CATCH BASIN INLET PROTECTION, PER DETAIL 1 /C595. is UTILITY MUST REMAIN IN SERVICE DURING DEMOLITION. 13 ANY IMPACTED SHRUBS MUST BE SAVED AND REUSED, OTHERWISE REPLACE IN KIND. to CAP AND ABANDON STORM PIPE IN PLACE. is REMOVE PEDESTRIAN RAMP AND DETECTABLE WARNING STRIP TO NEAREST JOINT. RETAIN EXISTING DETECTABLE WARNING STRIP FOR REUSE, IF POSSIBLE. REINSTALLED UNIT SHALL BE ADAAG 2010 COMPLIANT. 3SAWCUT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER. 17 REMOVE ADA SIGN. INCIDENTAL TO PAVING REMOVAL. 18 TEMPORARY COOLI tyW�iFlMRBE LOCATED ATOP THE UTILIDOOR. C @ M1�Ff= ON ;YM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SON t ACCEPTABILITY OpWAgy/ F.I. THIS DESIGN AND/OR ® y�� r goo SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED - APPROVED BY DEPT. I DATE M. BOSIKOV i L28.18 ENLARGED FOUNDATION/PAVING REMOVAL PLAN ""'''"" W4157008 """""` — 11.28.18 - REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 CEI AH 11.28.18 A. HAZEN 11.28.18 SHEET /� C � ¢ J A. HAZEN 11.28.18 TmE REPLACE COOLING TOWER CHECKED 09-YRD APPROVED JOB N0. W4157008 COMP N0. S/ONALE�G� FE6 2 5 2B19 CIVIL MASTER DEV. CENTER,WA APPROVED DWG N0. 09-YRD-C451 R `-� ENLARGED FIRE WATER REMOVAL PLAN C452RSCALE: 1" = 10' SYM I REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE I SYM I REVISION BY APPROVED DATE REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEI I AH 1 11.28.18 l� Z a %" T. ..,ode tI3T, .,, .�1's- .� ..r bwc..i»",. nu„.. 5 2919 CB CB F- LEGEND P4 PIV VALVE REMOVE FIRE WATER SERVICE GENERAL NOTES 1. SEE SHEET C2A FOR RELATED PROJECT NOTES. 2. MAINTAIN ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES UNTIL COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 3. NOTIFY BOEING TWO (2) WEEKS IN ADVANCE OF WORK TO COORDINATE RELOCATION OF BOEING PROPERTY WITHIN PROJECT LIMITS TO AN APPROVED LOCATION. 4. COORDINATE WITH BOEING FIRE AND SECURITY FOR FIRE MAIN SHUT DOWN, IF REQUIRED. 5. PROTECT EXISTING PAVING FROM DAMAGE. CONTRACTOR MUST REPLACE ALL DAMAGED PAVING IN KIND OR BETTER. 6. COORDINATE WITH BOEING ON LANE AND PARKING CLOSURES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 7. CONTRACTOR MUST IDENTIFY ALL UTILITIES WITHIN THE FIRE SERVICE REMOVAL AREA. 8. ALL UTILITIES MUST REMAIN IN SERVICE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 9. SEE MECHANICAL SPRINKLER PLAN 09-065-1 M26OR FOR REMOVAL OF SPRINKLER PIPING WITHIN THE 9-65 BLDG AND COOLING TOWER. CONSTRUCTION NOTES REMOVE EXISTING FIRE SERVICE TO MAIN. CONTRACTOR MUST FIELD LOCATE THE FIRE SERVICE FROM THE PIV VALVE TO THE FIRE MAIN PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. L:�'" INSTALL BLIND FLANGE AT TEE. CONCRETE BLOCKING. REMOVE PIV VALVE. \ it II I 4 s REMOVAL I v� I I I NGFFMAN INEERS 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 11101211.07171,x206.60015eattle,WA9810t ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION ph 206.623.67t7 I fax 266.624.3775 ooffman.com LASTING crean+Mlresui¢I reiaco�smp. 1 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. I E ENLARGED FIRE WATER REMOVAL PLAN TITLE REPLACE COOLING TOWER 09-YRD CIVIL MASTER DEV. CENTER,WA REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ENLARGED PAVING/STRIPING PLAN 1 SCALE: 1 " = 10' 1101 2nd Avenue, Suite 4001 Seattle, WA 98101 ph 206.623.07171 fax 206.624.3775 coffman.com LASTING �rireunmi �evonmipa LEGEND DCONCRETE PAVEMENT ElREINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB 1-Ex. xx.xx EXISTING GRADE SPOT ELEVATION (CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY) 1-xx.xx FINISHED GRADE SPOT ELEVATION GENERAL NOTES 1. NO BOUNDARY WORK WAS PERFORMED, HOWEVER, A TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY WAS PREPARED BY AXIS SURVEY AND MAPPING ON OCTOBER 10TH, 2016. 2. THE HORIZONTAL DATUM FOR THIS PROJECT IS WASHINGTON STATE COORDINATE SYSTEM, NORTH ZONE NAD '83/'11 CPS 2011 SMARTNET NORTH AMERICA. 3. THE VERTICAL DATUM FOR THESE PLANS IS NAVD '88 PER GPS 2011 SMARTNET NORTH AMERICA. 4. SEE SHEET C2A FOR RELATED PROJECT NOTES. 5. MAINTAIN ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES UNTIL COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 6. NOTIFY BOEING TWO (2) WEEKS IN ADVANCE OF WORK TO COORDINATE RELOCATION OF BOEING PROPERTY WITHIN PROJECT LIMITS TO AN APPROVED LOCATION. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST RIMS OF ALL UTILITIES TO MATCH FINISH GRADE OF NEW SURFACING. 8. PROTECT EXISTING PAVING FROM DAMAGE. CONTRACTOR MUST REPLACE ALL DAMAGED PAVING IN KIND OR BETTER. 9. ALL NEW CONCRETE PAVING ADJACENT TO EXISTING PAVING MUST MATCH EXISTING GRADE. 10. COORDINATE WITH BOEING ON LANE AND PARKING CLOSURES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 11. SEE MECHANICAL FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING AND PIPING PLANS 09-065-1M60 AND 09-065-1M110. CONSTRUCTION NOTES INSTALL CONCRETE PAVEMENT PER DETAIL 1/C596. z, RECONSTRUCT CONCRETE RAMP PER ADAAG 2010 REQUIREMENTS TO MATCH EXISTING GRADE. [ 'RECONSTRUCT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER PER DETAIL 6/C596. 4� INSTALL (22) EMBEDDED BOLLARDS PER DETAIL 5/C595. TRANSITION TO EXISTING CONCRETE DETAIL 2/C596. B%-- PAINT 4" WIDE WHITE STRIPING PER DETAIL 6/C595. 7 PAINT ADA HANDICAP STALL PER DETAIL 7/C595. :� PAINT MANAGEMENT PARKING (16" RED SQUARE) WITH #'S 1011, 1012, 550 AND 551 PAINTED WHITE. ONLY ONE NUMBER PER PAINTED RED SQUARE. ['_-REUSE WHEEL STOP OR INSTALL NEW PER DETAIL 5/C596. tD INSTALL WRONG WAY SIGN PER DETAIL 8/C595. 11 REPAINT CROSSWALK BARS TO MATCH EXISTING. APPLY SAND FOR NON —SLIP TEXTURE PER PAINT MFR'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 1z CONSTRUCT COOLING TOWER SLAB PER STRUCTURAL PLAN lS60. SLAB TO BE 4" MIN. ABOVE FINISH GRADE. is ISOLATION JOINT PER DETAIL 4/C595. t4 PLANT SALVAGED LANDSCAPING, OR REPLACE IN KIND. RECONSTRUCT IF NECESSARY. is CONTRACTION JOINT PER DETAIL 4/C596. is EXPANSION JOINT PER DETAIL 3/C596. 17 INSTALL 2' WIDE DETECTABLE WARNING STRIP ALONG ENTIRE CURB OPENING. to MATCH EXISTING GRADE. is RECONSTRUCT RAMP FLARE TO MATCH EXISTING. zo RECONSTRUCT 6" VERTICAL CURB TO MATCH EXISTING. 21 INSTALL ADA SIGN PER DETAIL 8/C595. P2 TEMPORARY COOLING SYSTEM CANNOT BE LOCATED ATOP THE UTILIDOOR. COORDINATE WITH BOEING ON ACCEPTABLE LOCATION. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 MAR 132019 10 5 PEPMIT SENT�p 20 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION SCALE: 1:10 SYM I REVISION I BY I APPROVED ' DATE L SYM ORIG REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEI I AH 1 11.28.18 1 REVISION BY I APPROVED I DATE -74r�xS; j ACCEPTABILITY M. BOSIKOV Fi1.28.18 THIS DESIGN AND/OR cnEcED SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED A. HAZEN 11.28.18 tLNQ[Ntt APPROVED BY I DEPT. I DATE IA HA7FN 11 9R 1R CIVIL MASTER ENLARGED PAVING/STRIPING PLAN me W4157008 O R I G L 11.28.18 C451 JOB No. Gc W4157008 WA DWG No. 09—YRD—C451 RETRIEVAL SYSTEM DRAINAGE GRATE 5" MIN DRAINAGE GRATE GRATE FRAME TRIM RECTANGULAR GRATE SHOWN SEDIMENT AND DEBRIS D o OVERFLOW BYPASS p uy p BELOW INLET GRATE DEVICE OVERFLOW BYPASS (TYP.) FILTERED WATER 1. SIZE THE BELOW INLET GRATE DEVICE (BIGD) ° FOR THE STORM WATER STRUCTURE IT WILL SERVICE. ° 2. THE BIGD SHALL HAVE A BUILT—IN HIGH —FLOW ° o ° RELIEF SYSTEM (OVERFLOW BYPASS). 3. THE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MUST ALLOW REMOVAL OF THE BIGD WITHOUT SPILLING THE COLLECTED MATERIAL. 4. PERFORM MAINTENANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION WSDOT 8-01.3(15). CATCH BASIN INLET PROTECTION SCALE: NONE C451R C595 (TYP) MISCELLANEOUS SCALE: EG 451 PAINT STRIPING DETAIL6 SYM I REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE I SYM )RIG I REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEI I AH ( 11.28.18 1 3/8" T01/2" R GRADE N _ _ ,< JOINT SEALANT \ d / 5/8" DIA. BACKER ROD ° a ✓ CAST —IN —PLACE CONCRETE 1/2" PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT FILLER ISOLATION JOINT/ JOINT SEALANT TYPICAL DETAIL SCALE: NONE C451 C595 CONCRETE DOME FILL PIPE WITH CONCRETE FC=2500 PSI 6" SCH. 40 STEEL PIPE PAINT TRAFFIC YELLOW DOME / FINISHEDHGRADE d CONCRETE BASE 2500 PSI ® 28 DAYS � V j l I 18" DIA, BOLLARD - EMBEDDED 5 SCALE: NONE 6451 C595 A.D.A. PARKING SIGN F--- REUSE EXIST. WRONG WAY" SIGN C595 cj 12" REUSE EXISTING WHEEL STOP TO BE APPROVED BY BOEING. OTHERWISE USE CONC WHEEL STOP PER DETAIL C`596 RESERVED 12"x18" SIGN WITH INTERNATIONAL o PARKING SYMBOL OF ACCESS AND "STATE WRONG `•o DISABLED PARKING PERMIT N ® REQUIRED" TEXT WAY 4" WIDE SOLID AccE"s"sie a 6"x12" SIGN WITH VAN ACCESSIBLE" TEXT WHITE STRIPE z 2 a m 2" SCH. 40 GALVANIZED _ > PIPE OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. o zo 5'-4- o *ALL EXPOSED GALVANIZED o SURFACES MUST BE a A5 PAINTED. in < 0 1/2" HIGH DOME o¢ 'v I FINISHED GROUND a WHITE STANDARD INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL " OF ACCESSIBILITY ON BLUE BACKGROUND, PER WSDOT STD PLAN M-24.6 -04 a / 250OPS1 CONCRETE FOUNDATION a � 9'-0" MIN. STANDARD AND A.D.A. 9' STANDARD 12" WIDTH OF TYP. STALL PER BOEING TYPICAL CAL PARKING STALL DETAILLE: NONE T511 C 695 SCALE: NONE C ADAPARKING AND "WRONG WAY" SIGN DETAIL4 G ACRFFMAN I N E E R S 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 11101 2nd Avenue, Suite 4001 Seattle, WA 98101 Ph205.523.07f71fax 205.524.3775 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION coffman.com LasnNc «ee�iR,��l,"��.�� REVISION BY APPROVED DATE J50N E Hq2 CCEPTABILITY DRAWN DATE SUBTITLEM. BOSIKOV 11.28.18 tY WA THIS THIS DESIGN AND/O�JATE SECTIONS AND DETAILS tie�w^o SPECIFICATION IS APPROHAZE 11.28.18 a z APPROVED BY DEPT. HAZEN i t 28 18 TITLE REPLACE COOLING TOWER CHECKED 09-YRD R;4 a58Qo w F cls1ER �}�' APPROVED �SSYONALE�U 0 2 5 2919 APPROVED CIVIL MASTER DEV. CENTER,WA REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019 PERMIT CENTER ItCYI-N JiMtlVI URIC W41570o8 0 R I G 11.28.18 C595 W4157008 COMP N0. L a 09—YRD—0595 #4 REBAR AT 18" O.C. (BOTH WAYS) CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE (WSDOT STD SPEC 9-03.9(3), COMPACT TO AT LEAST 95% OF MAX DRY DENSITY (ASTM D1557) EXISTING UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE OR NEW STRUCTURAL FILL, COMPACT TO AT LEAST 95% OF MAX DRY DENSITY (ASTM D1557) TYPICAL CONCRETE PAVEMENT DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. SEAL 1/2" DEEP HOLE WITH MORTAR 2—#3 REBAR M �_ u7 N #6 0 3'-6- LONG 2" �5r 9" \ SECTION / i N 1 6 �.1 1/4"' NOTE, 9" 1/4 1"X18" SLOT, TYPE "U" WHEEELSTOP TYP. 2 PLACES 4000 PSI CONCRETE 240 LOS. PRECAST CONCRETE WHEEL STOP (� SCALE: NONE C451 596 X' SYM I REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE I SYM DRIG I REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEI I AH 1 11.28.18 CONCRETE AND ASPHALT PAVING SUBGRADE NOTES: 1. SUBGRADES TO BE PROOF ROLLED TO IDENTIFY SOFT OR UNSUITABLE SOIL. PROOF ROLLING SHOULD BE ACCOMPLISHED WITH A 12 TON VIBRATORY ROLLER MAKING SYSTEMATIC PASSES. 2. IN AREAS OF UNSTABLE AND/OR UNSUITABLE SUBGRADE SOILS ARE OBSERVED, THESE SOILS MUST BE OVER —EXCAVATED A MINIMUM OF 12". ADDITIONAL OVER —EXCAVATION MAYBE REQUIRED. 3. THE OVER —EXCAVATION MUST BE BACKFILLED WITH 1-1/4" MINUS CRUSHED ROCK. THE MATERIAL SHALL HAVE ADEQUATE MOISTURE CONTENT AND BE COMPACTED TO A FIRM AND NON—YEILDING CONDITION BY A COMPACTOR APPROVED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER. 4. IF IT IS DETERMINED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER THAT ADDITIONAL SUBGRADE STABILIZATION IS REQUIRED, THE SUBGRADE SHOULD BE COVERED WITH MIRAFI 180N OR EQUIVALENT. GEOTEXTILE SHOULD BE PLACED WITH A 12" OVERLAP AND ALL WRINKLES REMOVED. 5. AFTER PROOF ROLLING, THE TOP 12" OF THE ENTIRE SUBGRADE SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY COMPACTED TO A FIRM AND NON —YIELDING CONDITION TO AT LEAST 95% OF MAX DRY DENSITY (ASTM D1557). 6. THE SUBGRADE SOIL SHOULD HAVE ADEQUATE MOISTURE CONTENT (WITHIN t2% OF OPTIMUM) AT THE TIME OF COMPACTION. 11 C596 1/2" D/W CUT NOTES 1" x 16" 4 SMOOTH BAR AT 12" MATCH EXISTING O.C. (CENTERED IN NEW SLAB) GRADE 8" EMBEDMENT IN COAT ONE SIDE TO SIMPSON "SET—XP" PREVENT BOND WITH HIGH GRADE EPDXY CONCRETE EXISTING FINISH GRADE CONCRETE PAVEMENT a` PROPOSED err_ME I li a � CONCRETE Ilia PAVEMENT TYPICAL SECTION TRANSITION TO EXISTING CONCRETE DETAIL SCALE: NTS C451 C596 1. FORMS SHALL BE TRUE TO LINE AND GRADE AND SECURELY STAKED. 2. DUMMY JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED ON 15 FOOT CENTERS. DUMMY JOINTS SHALL BE 3/8" x 1-1/2". 3. THRU JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED ADJACENT TO CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND AT POINTS OF TANGENCY ON STREETS, ALLEY AND DRIVEWAY RETURNS. MAXIMUM SPACING SHALL BE 30 FT. PRE —MOLDED JOINT FILLER SHALL BE 3/8" WIIDE AND CONFORM TO AASHTO DESIGN M213. 4. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE CLEAN AND EDGED. 5. CONCRETE SHALL BE COMMERCIAL MIX AS CALLED OUT IN WSDOT STD SPECS. 6. STEEL FORMS MUST BE USED ON TANGENT SECTIONS. WOOD FORMS MAY BE USED ON CURVED SECTIONS. 7. FINISH SHALL BE LIGHT BROOM FINISH. 8. THE FINISHED CURB SHALL BE SPRAYED WITH A TRANSPARENT CURING COMPOUND AND COVERED BY WATERPROOF PAPER OR PLASTIC MEMBRANE IN THE EVENT OF RAIN OR OTHER UNSUITABLE WEATHER. CURING TIME SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS. 9. ALL CURB AND GUTTER SHALL BE PLACED ON A MIN OF 2" OF CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE. CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER SCALE: NONE REVISION BY I APPROVED I DATE SEE DETAIL C595 —T COAT ONE SIDE TO \\1\ PREVENT BOND 1" x 16" 7 SMOOTH WITH CONCRETE BAR AT 12" O.C. FINISH GRADE I 1 TERMINATE CONTINUOUS REINFORCING 1 1/2" CLEAR (TYP.) EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL 3 SCALE: NTS C451 C596 11101 2na Avenue, Suite 4001 Seattle, WA 98101 ph 206.623.0717 1 fax 206.624.3775 coffman.com LASTING ,41reemmlrea —p" "SOFF—CUT" SAWCUT-1/8" WIDE x 1/4 SLAB THICKNESS IN DEPTH — CUT SHALL BE MADE SOON ENOUGH TO PREVENT SHRINKAGE CRACKING, BUT NOT TO CAUSE SPALLING OF THE CONCRETE WHILE SA ING. CUT OFF EVERY OTHER CONCRETE SLAB (CONTINUOUS) ON GRADE REINFORCING BAR AT �p 91 CONTRACTION JOINT e a CONTRACTION JOINT DETAIL 4 SCALE: NTS C . 4511 C596 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION I I�`G.IG SECTIONS AND DETAILS 11.28.18 1.28.18 TITLE REPLACE COOLING TOWER 09-YRD CIVIL MASTER DEV. CENTER,WA REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019 PERMIT CENTER W4157008 ...... O R I G - C596 W4157008 co 09—YRD—0596 11.28.18 REVISION A IREPLACE COOLING TOWER BY APPROVED DATE W41570081 CEI I EO 1 11.28.18 REVISION i �J BY I APPROVED I DATE 17'-11 R" CFFMAN 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 R I N E E R S ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 11072ntl Ave, I fax20024.377Seattle, WA 98101 ph 206.623.071T I fax 206.62-0.3775 cotfman.cam LASTING a�'+�'nrlre•��ireiaoo�snips ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. D FYlllil11? , k5 LEGEND EXTENTS OF O GENERAL NOTES 1 G.C.U. CONSTRUCTION TEAM AND THE ENG. DESIGN TEAM SHALL REVIEW THE JOB TO CLARIFY THE WORK PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK. 2 COORDINATE WORK WITH ALL TRADES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 3 LEAVE WORK AND STAGING AREAS CLEAN AND UNCLUTTERD AT END OF EACH DAY AND END OF JOB. 4 REMOVE ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM BOEING PROPERTY, 5 REMOVE ALL TOOLS AND REMNANTS OF MATERIALS FROM WORK AREA. 6 NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE TO THE DRAWINGS WITH OUT WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE FACILITIES ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THAT PORTION OF THE WORK. 7 POST ALL CITY SIGNED & STAMPED: DRAWINGS, SPECS, PERMITS, AND INSPECTIONS RECORDS VISIBLE AND EASILY ACCESSIBLE AT THE JOB SITE PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. ALL DOCUMENTS AFORE -MENTIONED SHALL REMAIN UNTIL FINAL WRITTEN APPROVAL HAS BEEN RECEIVED AND THE OCCUPANCY PERMIT HAS BEEN ISSUED, AT WHICH TIME ALL DOCUMENTS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO TERRY BENNETT, BUILDING 9-51.2, COL. N/l. A REFERENCE DRAWINGS 65-A1 CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1Cj REMOVE COOLING TOWER FOUNDATION, SEE STRUCT. L-:-'" REMOVE MASONRY WALL, SEE STRUCT. 33 REMOVE CURB, SEE STRUCT. ® REMOVE HOUSEKEEPING PAD. DEMO EXISTING SLAB TO ENSURE MINIMUM Yz" THICKNESS FOR TOPPING. FIRST FLOOR PLAN REPLACE COOLING TOWER BUILDING 09-65 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019 PERMIT CENTER KEY PLAN N SCALE: NTS -1- >imau c W4157008 A 11.28.18 1A01 R I i Fr_FNin FIRST FLOOR PLAN 0� 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 OPFFMAN 1 N E E R S 11012nd662 Ave, Suite 4001 Seattle, WA 98101 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION ph 206.623.m 17 1 fax 206.624.3776 coffman.com LASTING aeaerayi rein• I auu w,. Day GENERAL NOTES 1. G.C.U. CONSTRUCTION TEAM AND THE ENG. DESIGN TEAM SHALL REVIEW 1 THE JOB TO CLARIFY THE WORK PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK. 2. COORDINATE WORK WITH ALL TRADES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 3. LEAVE WORK AND STAGING AREAS CLEAN AND UNCLUTTERED AT END OF EACH DAY AND END OF JOB. 4. REMOVE ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM BOEING PROPERTY. 5. REMOVE ALL TOOLS AND REMNANTS OF MATERIALS FROM WORK AREA. 6. NO CHANGES SHALL BE MADE TO THE DRAWINGS WITH OUT WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE FACILITIES ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THAT PORTION OF THE WORK. 7. POST ALL CITY SIGNED & STAMPED: DRAWINGS, SPECS, PERMITS, AND INSPECTIONS RECORDS VISIBLE AND EASILY ACCESSIBLE AT THE JOB SITE PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK, ALL DOCUMENTS AFORE -MENTIONED SHALL REMAIN UNTIL FINAL WRITTEN APPROVAL HAS BEEN RECEIVED AND THE OCCUPANCY PERMIT HAS BEEN ISSUED, AT WHICH TIME ALL DOCUMENTS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO TERRY BENNETT, BUILDING 9-51.2, COL. N/1. REFERENCE DRAWINGS 09-65-A1 L RESEAL CONCRETE SUMP WITH COASTWIDE LABS - HARD ROCK SEALER. REPAINT INTERIOR WALLS, CONCRETE DECK, CONCRETE CEILING, AND STEEL BEAMS. 3� NEW HOUSEKEEPING PAD. ® SEAL CONCRETE FLOOR WITH COASTWIDE LABS - HARD ROCK SEALER. L� PATCH ABANDONED EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS TYR © SEAL SPACE AROUND PIPES TYP AT WALL PENETRATIONS. L ROUGHEN SURFACE TO MINIMUM Y4" AMPLITUDE & PROVIDE RAECO SLT-MS FLOOR TOPPING. SLOPE TO NEW SUMP PIT AS SHOWN, FIELD VERIFY TOPPING DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH DOOR SWING PATH. ® SEAL CONCRETE SUMP WITH COASTWIDE LABS - HARD ROCK SEALER. A RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019 PERMIT CENTER COOLING TOWERS 252019 MW�//I` of Tuklklla DIVISION KEY PLAN SCALE: NTS a 3 SYM A IREPLACE COOLING TOWER REVISION BY APPROVED DATE W41570081 CEI I EO 1 11.28.18 REVISION BY I APPROVED I DATE 1 E • �. ............ ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. 1 D ITECTURAL MASTER FIRST FLOOR PLAN REPLACE COOLING TOWER BUILDING 09-65 DEV. CENTER, WA KGVIJIUN JTMtlUI UAIt W4157008 A 11.28.18 1A01 09-65-1AO1 LEGEND ROOF PLAN N SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" RFA160 t� 0 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 FFMAN N G 1 N E E R S 11012nd Ave, Sfax206024.37Seattle, WA 98101 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION ph 266.623.0717 I fax 206.624.37 coffman.com LASTING re.unire:m�i reieeonan�>s GPI. SOTU SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE ®�vtASy ,p W 9 DRAWN ACCEPTABILITY N. ORTIZ DATE SUBTITLE 07.25.13 THIS DESIGN AND/OR H GK ROOF PLAN >�SPECIFIMON A REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 CEI EO 11.28.18 ® IS APPROVED APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE ENGINEER TITLE REPLACE COOLING TOWER CHECKED �jsRti°�wAPPROVED BUILDING 09-65 S�aNAL ECG. APPROVED ARCHITECTURAL MASTER DEV GENERAL NOTES REFERENCE DRAWINGS CONSTRUCTION NOTES I,! REPAINT STEEL ROOF BEAMS, UNDERSIDE OF CONCRETE ROOF DECK, AND ENTIRE BUILDING, 2� REFLASH CURB TO ACCOMMODATE REPLACED EXHAUST FAN. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APP, 2 5 2019 Ciiy of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019 PERMIT CENTER EY PLAN ALE: NTS ILI V ^ W4157008 „mo.. A 11.28.18 SHEET RFA160 JOB NO. COMP NO. WAI DWG NO. 09-65—RFA160 STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS & — AND FIN — FINISH(ED) PAF — POWDER ACTUATED FASTENER © — AT FLG — FLANGE PAR — PARALLEL/PARAPET ., DEG — DEGREE FLR — FLOOR PCC — PRECAST CONCRETE 0, DIA — DIAMETER FO xxx — FACE OF xxx PEN — PENETRATE/PENETRATION (E), EXIST — EXISTING FOC — FACE OF CONCRETE PIL — PILASTER #, NO — NUMBER FOF — FACE OF FINISH PJP — PARTIAL JOINT PENETRATION WELD LB — POUND FOS — FACE OF STEEL PL — PLATE FP — FIREPROOF(ING)/FIRE PROTECTION PLCS — PLACES AB — ANCHOR BOLT FRT — FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PNL — PANEL ABV — ABOVE FS — FAR SIDE PRCST — PRECAST ADDL — ADDITIONAL FT — FOOT, FEET PREFAB — PREFABRICATED ADH — ADHESIVE FTG — FOOTING PSF — POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT ADJ — ADJACENT PSI — POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH AFS — ABOVE FINISHED SLAB GA — GAGE/GAUGE PT — POST TENSIONED/PRESSURE TREATED ALT — ALTERNATE GALV — GALVANIZED PUR — PURLIN ALUM — ALUMINUM GEN — GENERAL APPROX — APPROXIMATE GLU LAM — GLUE LAMINATED TIMBER R — RADIUS AR — AS REQUIRED GR — GRADE RC — REINFORCED CONCRETE ARCH — ARCHITECTURAL GR BM — GRADE BEAM RD — ROOF DRAIN ASPH — ASPHALT GYP BD — GYPSUM BOARD REF — REFERENCE ASSY — ASSEMBLY REINF — REINFORCING H — HIGH REQD — REQUIRED B PL — BASE PLATE HDR — HEADER RO — ROUGH OPENING BLDG — BUILDING HGR — HANGER RST — REINFORCING STEEL BLKG — BLOCKING HLDN — HOLDDOWN BLW — BELOW HORIZ — HORIZONTAL SC — SLIP CRITICAL BM(S) — BEAM(S) HSS — HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION SCHED — SCHEDULE BO xxx — BOTTOM OF xxx HT — HEIGHT SECT — SECTION BOT — BOTTOM HVAC — HEATING, VENTILATING AND SLRS — SEISMIC LOAD RESISTING SYSTEM BRB — BUCKLING RESTRAINED BRACE AIR CONDITIONING SHT — SHEET BRIG — BEARING SHTHG — SHEATHING BS — BOTH SIDES ID — INSIDE DIAMETER SIM — SIMILAR BTWN — BETWEEN IF — INSIDE FACE SJ — SAWCUT CONTRACTION JOINT IJ — ISOLATION JOINT SL — SLOPE C — CHANNEL IN — INCHES SMS — SHEET METAL SCREW CANT — CANTILEVER INFO — INFORMATION SPEC — SPECIFICATION CDF — CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL INSUL — INSULATE/INSULATION SPCS — SPACES GEM PLAS — CEMENT PLASTER INT — INTERIOR SQ — SQUARE CIP — CAST —IN —PLACE SSH — SHORT SLOTTED HOLE CJ — CONSTRUCTION JOINT/CONTROL JOINT JST — JOIST SST — STAINLESS STEEL CJP — COMPLETE JOINT PENETRATION WELD JT — JOINT STAG — STAGGERED CL — CENTER LINE STD — STANDARD CLR — CLEAR(ANCE) KIP — KIP (1,000 POUNDS) STIF — STIFFENER CIVIL) — CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT KSI — KIPS PER SQUARE INCH STIR — STIRRUP COL — COLUMN KWY — KEYWAY STL — STEEL GONG — CONCRETE STL JST — STEEL JOIST CONN — CONNECT(ION) L — ANGLE/LENGTH SLRS — SEISMIC LOAD RESISTING SYSTEM CONSTR — CONSTRUCTION LBR — LUMBER STRUCT — STRUCTURAL CONT — CONTINUOUS LLH — LONG LEG HORIZONTAL SYMM — SYMMETRICAL CONTR — CONTRACTOR LLV — LONG LEG VERTICAL TB — THROUGH BOLT COORD CSK — COORDINATE — COUNTER SUNK LOG LONG — LOCATION — LONGITUDINAL TBC — THREADED BAR COUPLER CTR — CENTER(ED) LSH — LONG SLOTTED HOLE TBR — TO BE REMOVED JLONG SIDE HORIZONTAL TD — TRENCH DRAIN D — DEPTH/DEEP LSV — LONG SIDE VERTICAL THK — T ESS) DC — DEMAND CRITICAL LT — LIGHT TO xxx — TOOPP OOFxxx F DBL — DOUBLE LWC — LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE TOG — TOP OF CONCRETE TOF — TOP OF FOOTING DEG — DEGREE MAX — MAXIMUM TOGB — TOP OF GRADE BEAM DEMO — DEMOLITION MB — MACHINE BOLT TOS — TOP OF STEEL DET DIA — DETAIL — DIAMETER MBR — MEMBER TOSL — TOP OF SLAB DIAG — DIAGONAL / DIAGRAM MECH — MECHANICAL TOW TRANSV — TOP OF WALL — TRANSVERSE DIM — DIMENSION MEZZ — M MEZZANINE TRTD — TREATED DIR — DIRECTION MFR — MEZZANINE (R f D) TYP — TYPICAL DIST — DISTANCE MFR REC — MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS T/C — TENSION/COMPRESSION CORD DN — DOWN MH — MANHOLE T&B — TOP AND BOTTOM DWG — DRAWING MID — MIDDLE T&G — TONGUE AND GROOVE DWL — DOWEL MIN — MINIMUM MISC — MISCELLANEOUS LION — UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED EA — EACH EF — EACH FACE NA — NOT APPLICABLE VAR — VARIATION/VARIES EJ — EXPANSION JOINT NIC — NOT IN CONTRACT EL — ELEVATION NIP — NOT IN PERMIT VIF — VERIFY IN FIELD ELEC — ELECTRICAL NORM — NORMAL VNR — VENEER ELEV — ELEVATOR NO — NUMBER V — VERIFY EMBED — EMBEDMENT/EMBEDDED NS — NEAR SIDE VERT RT — VERTICAL FOR — ENGINEER OF RECORD NTS — NOT TO SCALE W — WIDE/WIDTH EOS — EDGE OF SLAB EQUAL 0/ — OVER WD — WOOD EQ — EQL SP — EQUALLY SPACED OC — ON CENTER WF — WIDE FLANGE EQUIP — EQUIPMENT OD — OUTSIDE DIAMETER WHS — WELDED HEADED STUDS ES — EACH SIDE OF — OUTSIDE FACE WO — WHERE OCCURS ESCAL — ESCALATOR OFS — OUTSIDE FACE OF STUDS WP — WATERPROOFING/WORK POINT EW — EACH WAY OPH — OPPOSITE HAND WPM — WATERPROOF MEMBRANE EXIST — EXISTING OPNG — OPENING WT — WEIGHT EXP — EXPANSION OPP — OPPOSITE WWF — WELDED WIRE FABRIC EXT — EXTERIOR OVS — OVERSIZED (HOLES) W�0 — WITHOUT XFMR — TRANSFORMER YD — YARD SYM ( REVISION ( BY CEI I APPROVED ( 28 18 I SYM I REVISION I BY I APPROVED ' ATE ORIG REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 11 GENERAL NOTES 1. THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS REPRESENT THE DESIGN OF THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE BASED ON PRESCRIBED LOADS, (SEE "DESIGN CRITERIA" SECTION), IMPOSED ON THE STRUCTURE PER THE BUILDING CODE AS SPECIFIED IN THE "BUILDING CODE" SECTION. THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE OF THE BUILDING IS DEFINED AS THE FOUNDATIONS, BEARING WALLS, SHEAR WALLS, COLUMNS, BEAMS, SLABS, FLOOR FRAMING AND LATERAL FORCE RESISTING ELEMENTS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE STABILITY OF THE COMPLETED STRUCTURE AS A WHOLE. 2. ALL CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE BUILDING CODE AS DEFINED IN THE "BUILDING CODE" SECTION. 3. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINISHED STRUCTURE, THEY DO NOT INDICATE THE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MEASURES NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION. SUCH MEASURES SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, BRACING, SHORING FOR LOADS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, ETC. OBSERVATION VISITS TO THE SITE BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHALL NOT INCLUDE INSPECTION OF THE ABOVE ITEMS. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TEMPORARY BRACING AS REQUIRED FOR THE STRUCTURE AND STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS UNTIL ALL MEMBERS ARE IN PLACE AND FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS. 5. CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES SHALL CONFORM TO THE BUILDING STANDARDS SPECIFIED IN THE "BUILDING CODE" SECTION. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR INCONSISTENCIES. 7. IF ANY ERRORS OR OMISSIONS APPEAR TO EXIST IN THESE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, OR OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF SUCH OMISSION OR ERROR BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 8. NOTES AND DETAILS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER GENERAL NOTES AND TYPICAL DETAILS. WHERE NOTES AND DETAILS ON DRAWINGS AND THESE GENERAL NOTES AND TYPICAL DETAILS ARE IN CONFLICT WITH THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. CONDITIONS NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS SHOWN FOR SIMILAR WORK, SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 9. MANUFACTURED MATERIALS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL PRIOR TO THEIR USE. ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THOSE APPROVALS SHALL BE FOLLOWED. 10. SEE MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL AND OTHER SPECIALTY DRAWINGS AND PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE FOLLOWING: A. PIPE RUNS, SLEEVES, HANGERS, TRENCHES, WALL, ROOF AND FLOOR OPENINGS, ETC., NOT SHOWN OR NOTED. B. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT RUNS, BOXES, OUTLETS IN WALLS AND SLABS. C. ANCHORAGE AND BRACING FOR ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL OR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT TO THE STRUCTURE. D. ANCHOR BOLTS FOR MOTOR MOUNTS. E. SIZE, WEIGHT AND LOCATION OF MACHINES AND EQUIPMENT BASES, 11. FRAMING MEMBERS WHICH ARE NOT DIMENSIONED SHALL BE EQUALLY SPACED BETWEEN DIMENSIONED POINT OF MEMBERS. 12. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS ARE ASTM LATEST EDITION. BUILDING CODE 1. ALL CONSTRUCTION, MATERIALS, AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC), 2015 EDITION, AS ADOPTED AND AMENDED BY THE CITY OF TUKWILA, HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE BUILDING CODE. 2. WHERE NOTED IN THE STRUCTURAL NOTES, CONSTRUCTION, MATERIALS, AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL ALSO CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS. WHERE THESE STANDARDS CONFLICT WITH THE BUILDING CODE, THE CODE SHALL GOVERN, GENERAL ASCE7 "MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS FOR BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES" AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS ASCE/SEI 7 — 2010 EDITION HOT ROLLED STEEL AISC "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS" AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION ANSI/AISC360 — 2010 EDITION AISC "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING ASTM A325 OR A490 BOLTS" RESEARCH COUNCIL ON STRUCTURAL CONNECTIONS JUNE 30, 2004 BUILDING CODE CONTINUED AISC-341 "SEISMIC PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS" AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION ANSI/AISC341 — 2010 EDITION AISC-303 "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGES" AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AISC303 — 2010 EDITION CONCRETE ACI "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE" AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE AC1318 — 2011 EDITION ACI "SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE" AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE AC1301 — 2011 EDITION ACI "DETAILS AND DETAILING OF CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT" AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE ACI315 — 1999 EDITION ACI-117 "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR TOLERANCES FOR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS" AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE ACI117 — 2006 MASONRY ACI "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES" AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE AC1530 — 2005 EDITION ACI "SPECIFICATION FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES" AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE AC1531.1 — 2005 EDITION DESIGN CRITERIA 1. ROOF LIVE LOAD 20 PSF 2. SNOW DESIGN CRITERIA GROUND SNOW LOAD 25 PSF FLAT ROOF SNOW LOAD 25 PSF EXPOSURE FACTOR — Ce 0.9 THERMAL FACTOR — Cf 1.0 DESIGN SNOW DENSITY 17.25 PCF 3. WIND DESIGN CRITERIA 3—SECOND GUST WIND SPEED, V = 110 MPH EXPOSURE FACTOR C IMPORTANCE FACTOR 1 = 1.00 INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT GCpi = 0.18 4. SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA SEISMIC USE GROUP 11 SITE CLASS D IMPORTANCE FACTOR 1 = 1.00 SS = 1.515g S1 = 0.573g SDS = 1.010g SD1 = 0.573g SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D LATITUDE LONGITUDE 47°30'59" N 122'17'55" W 5. FOUNDATION DESIGN CRITERIA FOUNDATION TYPE: SPREAD FOOTING *ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURE _ *BASED UPON THE GENERAL NOTES ON 1S10 FROM ORIGINAL COOLING TOWER STRUCTURE. ACCEPTABILITY DRAWN IDT DATE °�� 2818 SUBTITLE STRUCTURAL NOTES & ABBREVIATIONS CHECK THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED R. REEVES 11.28.18 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE ER K. WANG 11.28.18 TITLE REPLACE COOLING TOWER CHECKED E. OJALA 11.28.18 BUILDING 09-65 APPROVED STRUCTURAL MASTER DEV. C APPROVED REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING D1VIStON RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA &C!RFFMAN INEEMAR 132019 RS 1101 2n1 Ave., Suite 4001 Seattle, WA 98101 PERMIT CENTER ph 206.623.07171 fax 206.624.3776 coffman.com LASTING creeuayiremnaireiasoasm�s WA • 11: �1 I 11: 09-65—S2A CONCRETE 1. ALL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING CODE AND ACI SPECIFICATIONS. 2. CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS IN THESE DRAWINGS. WHERE THE SPECIFICATIONS APPEAR TO CONFLICT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS IN THESE DRAWINGS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT/STRUCTURAL ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. 3. CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO THE STRENGTH, WATER -CEMENT RATIO, EXPOSURE CLASS, MAXIMUM UNIT WEIGHT AND CEMENT TYPE SPECIFIED IN THE SCHEDULE BELOW. CONCRETE STRENGTHS SHALL BE VERIFIED BY 28-DAY CYLINDER TESTS. 4. a CONCRETE REQUIREMENTS STRENGTH MAX W/C EXPOSURE MAX UNIT WEIGHT WEIGHT CEMENT ELEMENT F'C (PSI) RATIO CLASS TYP FOUNDATION, WALLS, 4500 .45 F2 145 1 OR II CURBS A. EXPOSURE CLASSES ARE FO, SO, PO, CO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE TABLE ABOVE. B. CONCRETE MIXES SHALL COMPLY WITH ACI 318 SECTION 4.3 FOR THE EXPOSURE CLASSES INDICATED THE TABLE ABOVE. FOR CLASSES F1 THROUGH F3, AIR ENTRAINMENT SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ACI-318 TABLE 4.4.1. C. PORTLAND CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-150 OF THE TYPE SPECIFIED IN THE TABLE ABOVE. D. COARSE AND FINE AGGREGATE FOR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-33. E. AGGREGATE FOR LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-330. F. WATER SHALL BE CLEAR AND SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-94. G. CONCRETE MIXING OPERATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-94. CONTRACTOR MAY USE AN ADMIXTURE SYSTEM TO PRODUCE FLOWABLE CONCRETE. MAXIMUM SLUMP SHALL NOT EXCEED 8 INCHES MEASURED AT THE PUMP. THE WATER/CEMENTIOUS MATERIAL RATIO OF THE APPROVED MIXES SHALL BE MAINTAINED OR LOWERED WHEN FLOWABLE CONCRETE IS USED. A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE ADMIXTURE SYSTEM SHALL ASSIST IN DETERMINING PROPORTIONS FOR FLOWABLE CONCRETE AND SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO EMPLOYING THIS PROCEDURE. SEE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR REINFORCEMENT PLACED IN CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE: A. CONCRETE CAST AGAINST AND PERMANENTLY EXPOSED TO EARTH: 3" B. CONCRETE EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER: #6 THROUGH #18 BARS 2" #5 BAR, W31 OR D31 WIRE, AND SMALLER 1 1/2" C. CONCRETE NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR IN CONTACT WITH GROUND: BEAMS, COLUMNS: 1 1/2" SLABS, WALLS, JOISTS: #14 AND #18 BARS 1 1/2" #11 BARS AND SMALLER 3/4" SHELLS, FOLDED PLATE MEMBERS: #6 BAR AND LARGER 3/4" #5 BAR, W31 OR D31 WIRE, AND SMALLER 1/2" 6. BASE PLATE GROUT SHALL BE NON -SHRINK TYPE CONFORMING TO ASTM C-1107 WITH A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS OF 7000PSI. 7. PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI REQUIREMENTS AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SANDBLAST ALL CONCRETE SURFACES AGAINST WHICH CONCRETE IS TO BE PLACED, LION. 8. PROJECTING CORNERS OF BEAMS, WALLS, COLUMNS, ETC., SHALL BE FORMED WITH A 3/4 INCH CHAMFER, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 9. PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL OPENINGS IN CONCRETE BEFORE PLACING. REINFORCING SHALL NOT BE CUT. CORING OF CONCRETE IS NOT PERMITTED EXCEPT AS INDICATED. CONCRETE (CONT) 10. CONDUIT OR PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER SHALL NOT EXCEED ONE THIRD OF THE SLAB THICKNESS AND SHALL BE PLACED BETWEEN THE TOP AND BOTTOM REINFORCING, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED OTHERWISE. CONDUITS SHALL BE SPACED SUCH THAT THE CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN IS NOT LESS THAN THE LARGER OF THREE TIMES THE LARGER PIPE DIAMETER OR FOUR INCHES. CONCENTRATIONS OF CONDUIT NOT MEETING THESE LIMITATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PLACEMENT. FOUNDATIONS 1. ALL FOUNDATIONS SHALL BE FOUNDED A MINIMUM OF 18 INCHES BELOW LOWEST ADJACENT FINAL FINISH FLOOR OR GRADE. EXPOSED SOIL SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE SOILS REPORT BY THE INSPECTION AGENCY REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTING CONCRETE FORMS AND/OR PLACING REINFORCING STEEL. ANY EXCESS OR NON -COMPLYING MATERIAL AS DETERMINED BY THE INSPECTION AGENCY REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED AS DIRECTED BY THE SOILS ENGINEER. 2. FOOTING DEPTHS ARE MINIMUM DIMENSIONS, AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE SOILS ENGINEER IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE APPROVED SOILS REPORT. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, PRIOR TO BEGINNING GRADING AND FOUNDATION EXCAVATION WORK, READ THE SOILS REPORT. IF THE CONTRACTOR, DURING THE COURSE OF SITE WORK, DISCOVERS ANY SOIL CONDITION THAT IS NOT CONSISTENT WITH THE SOILS REPORT, HE SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL BRACE OR PROTECT ALL BUILDING AND PIT WALLS BELOW GRADE FROM LATERAL LOADS UNTIL ATTACHING FLOORS ARE COMPLETELY IN PLACE AND HAVE ATTAINED FULL DESIGN STRENGTH. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR THE DESIGN, PERMITS AND INSTALLATION OF SUCH BRACING. RETAINING WALLS SHALL HAVE ATTAINED FULL DESIGN STRENGTH PRIOR TO BEING BACKFILLED. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR DE -WATERING OF EXCAVATIONS FROM SURFACE WATER, GROUND WATER OR SEEPAGE. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF ALL CRIBBING, SHEATHING AND SHORING REQUIRED TO SAFELY RETAIN ALL EARTH BANKS. REINFORCING STEEL 1. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DETAILED, INCLUDING HOOKS AND BENDS, AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315 AND ACI 318. 2. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-615 OR A-706, GRADE 60. 3. WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-185. 4. THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE USED IN CONCRETE BUILDING STRUCTURES: A. THE ACTUAL YIELD STRENGTH BASED ON MILL TESTS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE SPECIFIED YIELD STRENGTH BY MORE THAN 18,000 PSI. RETESTS SHALL NOT EXCEED THIS VALUE BY MORE THAN AN ADDITIONAL 3000 PSI. B. THE RATIO OF THE ACTUAL ULTIMATE TENSILE STRESS TO THE ACTUAL TENSILE YIELD STRENGTH SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1.25. 5. ALL REINFORCING BAR BENDS SHALL BE MADE COLD. BARS SHALL NOT BE RE -BENT. 6. REINFORCING SPLICES SHALL BE MADE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 7. WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL BE LAPPED AT SPLICES SUCH THAT A MINIMUM OF THREE WIRES PARALLEL TO THE SPLICE ARE OVERLAPPED. SPLICES SHALL OVERLAP A MINIMUM OF 8 INCHES. 8. DOWELS BETWEEN FOOTINGS AND WALLS OR COLUMNS SHALL BE THE SAME GRADE, SIZE AND SPACING AS THE VERTICAL REINFORCING, RESPECTIVELY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 9. PROVIDE #4 x 2'-0" DIAGONAL BAR AT ALL REENTRANT CORNERS OF CONCRETE SLABS ON GRADE AND SLABS ON METAL DECK. 10. NO BARS PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN HARDENED CONCRETE SHALL BE FIELD BENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SO DETAILED AND REVIEWED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 11. WELDING OF REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO THE 2005 EDITION OF AWS D1.4 "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE -REINFORCING STEEL". WELDED CONNECTIONS NOT SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 12. REINFORCING TO BE WELDED SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-706. BARS CONFORMING TO ASTM A-615 MAY BE SUBSTITUTED PROVIDED THAT DOCUMENTATION IS SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW SHOWING THAT THE BARS FULLY CONFORM TO THE WELDABILITY REQUIREMENTS OF AWS D1.4. 13. REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE SECURELY TIED IN PLACE PRIOR TO THE PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE OR GROUT. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT OF SHALL BE SECURED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ACI-318 SECTION 7.5. MASONRY REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE SECURED IN CONFORMANCE WITH ACI-350.1 SECTION 3.4. SYM REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE I SYM I REVISION BY APPROVED DATE ORIG I REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEI I EO 1 11.28.18 STRUCTURAL STEEL, MISC. METAL 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL DETAILING, FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE BUILDING CODE AND AISC STANDARDS USING LOADS AS DEFINED IN AISC-360 SECTION B3-3 "DESIGN FOR STRENGTH USING LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN (LRFD)". 2. STRUCTURAL STEEL DETAILING, FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE BUILDING CODE AND AISC STANDARDS USING LOADS AS DEFINED IN AISC-360 SECTION B3-4 'DESIGN FOR STRENGTH USING ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN (ASD)". 3. STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL CONFORM TO AISC REQUIREMENTS AND THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. 4. STRUCTURAL STEEL DETAILING, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF ELEMENTS AND CONNECTIONS MARKED `SLRS' SHALL CONFORM TO AISC-341. 5. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS: A. WIDE FLANGE SHAPES ASTM A992, Fy = 50 KSI B. PLATES AND BARS ASTM A36, Fy = 36 KSI C. CHANNELS AND ANGLES ASTM A36, Fy = 36 KSI D. HOLLOW ROUND SECTIONS ASTM A500-8, Fy = 42 KSI E. HOLLOW RECTANGULAR SECTIONS ASTM A500-8, Fy = 46 KSI F. ROUND PIPE ASTM A53-B, Fy = 35 KSI G. ANCHOR RODS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE ASTM F1554 GRADE 36 H. CONNECTION BOLTS A325-N-STD 6. HEADED STUD CONNECTORS (WHS) SHALL CONFORM TO AWS D1.1 SECTION 7 AND SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM COLD DRAWN STEEL CONFORMING TO ASTM A-108 WITH A MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH OF 65 KSI. STUD WELDING, INSPECTION AND TESTING SHALL CONFORM TO AWS REQUIREMENTS. 7. THE STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATOR SHALL FURNISH SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE START OF FABRICATION. 8. WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS REQUIREMENTS. ALL WELDS SHALL BE PREQUALIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS AND AISC STANDARDS. USE E70XX ELECTRODES, UON. 9. WELDING OF MEMBERS AND CONNECTIONS MARKED 'SLRS' SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.8. 10. ALL WELDS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WELDERS CERTIFIED IN THE JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY OVER THIS PORTION OF THE WORK. 11. WELD LENGTHS CALLED FOR ON THE PLANS ARE THE NET EFFECTIVE LENGTH REQUIRED. WELD SIZE SHALL BE AISC MINIMUM, UON. 12. BOLTED CONNECTIONS OF MEMBERS MARKED 'SLRS' SHALL BE PRETENSIONED AND SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS FOR A CLASS A FAYING SURFACE. CONNECTIONS AT THESE MEMBERS SHALL BE MADE USING STANDARD HOLES IN ALL PLYS. 13. COMPOSITE STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAMS ARE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC 360 NOT TO REQUIRE SHORING. 14. BEAM PENETRATIONS MAY BE CREATED PER THE TYPICAL DETAIL WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. PENETRATIONS OF ANY SIZE IN ANY OTHER AREA OF THE MEMBER MUST BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 15. CONNECTIONS SHOWN FIELD WELDED MAY BE FIELD BOLTED AT OPTION OF FABRICATOR. SUBMIT PROPOSED CONDITION TO STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND FABRICATION. 16. BEAMS AND GIRDERS SHALL NOT SUPPORT PIPING LARGER THAN 10" DIAMETER WITHOUT THE REVIEW OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. 17. TENSION CONTROL BOLTS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR THE BOLTS SPECIFIED IN THESE PLANS AT THE DISCRETION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ASTM F1852 TC BOLTS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR ASTM A325 BOLTS AND ASTM F2280 TC BOLTS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR ASTM A490. 18. A449, A193 GRADE B7, OR F1554 GRADE 105 THREADED ROD SHALL BE USED WHERE THRU BOLT LENGTH DOES NOT ALLOW FOR STANDARD A325 BOLTS. PROVIDE ASTM A563 NUTS WITH MATCHED WASHERS AT BOTH ENDS. 19. USE DOUBLE NUTS OR SINGLE NUT AND PEENED THREADS AT BOLTED CONNECTIONS WITH LONG SLOT HOLES. 20. DOUBLE ANGLE BRACES S-0"AND LONGER SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STITCH PLATES. 21. WHERE SPECIFIED, GALVANIZED STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A123 WITH MINIMUM COATING THICKNESS GRADE 60. VENT HOLES ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE INDICATED ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS. g. AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FFMAN 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 N G 1 N E E R 1 MAR 13 2019 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Icph oRmaac 07171fax206624.3R5 WA98101 PERMIT CENTER LASTING cwenryircsurcsiautionsxps POST INSTALLED ANCHORAGE 1. ADHESIVE ANCHORAGES, WHERE SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS, SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: A. CONCRETE EPDXY ANCHORS: HILTI HIT -RE 500 V3 ESR-3814 B. GROUTED REINFORCED CMU EPDXY ANCHORS: HILTI HIT-HY 70 ESR-2682 C. UNREINFORCED OR UNGROUTED MASONRY EPDXY ANCHORS HILTI HIT-HY 70 ESR-2682 2. MECHANICAL ANCHORAGES, WHERE SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS, SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: A. CONCRETE EXPANSION ANCHORS: HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ ESR-1917 B. CONCRETE UNDERCUT ANCHORS HILTI HAD ESR-1546 C. GROUTED REINFORCED CMU EXPANSION ANCHORS HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 ESR-1385 3. DRILLING SHALL BE PERFORMED WITH A ROTARY HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE TIPPED DRILL BIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND THE APPLICABLE ICC EVALUATION REPORT. 4. BORE HOLE CLEANING PROCEDURES MUST COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND THE APPLICABLE ICC EVALUATION REPORT IN ORDER TO PRODUCE A DRY, DUST -FREE HOLE. 5. INJECTION OF ADHESIVE SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND THE APPLICABLE ICC EVALUATION REPORT IN ORDER TO PRODUCE AN AIR -VOID FREE INJECTION. 6. SPECIAL CONDITIONS SUCH AS WATER SATURATED CONCRETE, WATER -FILLED HOLES, UNDERWATER AND OVERHEAD INSTALLATIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE ICC-ES REPORT. 7. STEEL ANCHORING ELEMENTS SHALL BE THE SIZE AND GRADE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND MUST BE CLEAN, DRY AND FREE OF ANY OIL OR CONTAMINANTS. 8. SUBSTITUTIONS FOR ANCHOR SYSTEMS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND SHALL HAVE A VALID ICC-ES EVALUATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE. 9. ALL ANCHOR EMBED DEPTHS SPECIFIED ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE EFFECTIVE EMBEDMENT DEPTHS. ADDITIONAL ANCHOR LENGTH AND OR HOLE DEPTH SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED BY THE ANCHOR MANUFACTURER AND ASSOCIATED CODE APPROVALS. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION 1. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION IS REQUIRED FOR THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GOVERNING CODE. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION IS THE VISUAL OBSERVATION OF THE ELEMENTS AND CONNECTIONS OF THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS AT SIGNIFICANT CONSTRUCTION STAGES AND THE COMPLETED STRUCTURE FOR GENERAL CONFORMANCE TO THE APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION DOES NOT WAIVE THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE INSPECTIONS REQUIRED OF THE BUILDING INSPECTOR OR THE DEPUTY INSPECTOR. 2. THE OWNER SHALL EMPLOY AN ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT LICENSED TO PERFORM STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION IN THE PROJECT JURISDICTION. 3. THE STRUCTURAL OBSERVER SHALL PROVIDE A LETTER TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, AS REQUIRED BY THE JURISDICTION, BEFORE THE FIRST SITE VISIT. THE STRUCTURAL OBSERVER SHALL ALSO INFORM THE OWNER OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING AND SHALL PRESIDE OVER THIS MEETING. 4. THE OWNER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL COORDINATE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STRUCTURAL DESIGN, STRUCTURAL OBSERVER, CONTRACTOR, AFFECTED SUBCONTRACTORS AND SPECIAL INSPECTORS, THE PURPOSE OF THIS COMMUNICATION SHALL BE TO IDENTIFY THE MAJOR STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND CONNECTIONS THAT AFFECT THE VERTICAL AND LATERAL LOAD SYSTEMS OF THE STRUCTURE AND TO REVIEW SCHEDULING OF THE REQUIRED OBSERVATIONS. 5. REPORTS SHALL BE ISSUED FOR EACH STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION AND ISSUED TO THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, CONTRACTOR AND BUILDING OFFICIAL. A RECORD OF THE PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING NOTED ABOVE SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE FIRST OBSERVATION REPORT. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE EACH OBSERVATION AT LEAST TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO DATE OF THE PROPOSED OBSERVATION. 7. THE STRUCTURAL OBSERVER SHALL PERFORM OBSERVATIONS AT THE SIGNIFICANT CONSTRUCTION STAGES: CONSTRUCTION STAGES ELEMENTS/CONNECTIONS TO BE OBSERVED: A. PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT/FOUNDATION REINFORCEMENT BOLTS. VIEWED FOR It COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 AN ti@%f Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ACCEPTABILITY DRAWN R. SCHMIDT DATE 11.28.18 SUBTITLE CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL RIG DATE STRUCTURAL NOTES W415700$ 11.28.18 K R. REEVES 11.28.18 THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED SHEET �� APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE ENGINEER K. WANG 11.28.18 T REPLACE COOLING TOWER CHECKED E. OJALA 11.28.18 BUILDING 09-65 APPROVED JOB N COMP N0. STRUCTURAL MASTER DEV. CENTER, WA W4157008 APPROVED Dwc NO. . 09-65-S2B MASONRY (CONCRETE BLOCK) 1. CONCRETE MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING CODE AND ACI SPECIFICATIONS. 2. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE MEDIUM WEIGHT CONFORMING TO ASTM C90. 3. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS IN SOLID GROUTED WALLS OR WALL SECTIONS WITH FOUR OR MORE CONSECUTIVE GROUTED CELLS SHALL CONSTRUCTED WITH SINGLE OR DOUBLE OPEN ENDED BLOCK. 4. MORTAR MIX SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C270. MORTAR SHALL ATTAIN A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 1,800 PSI AT 28 DAYS. MORTAR SHALL BE TYPE 'S' EXCEPT THAT WHERE MASONRY IS IN CONTACT WITH EARTH, GROUT SHALL BE TYPE V. 5. GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C476, COARSE GROUT AND SHALL ATTAIN A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 2,000 PSI AT 28 DAYS. GROUT AGGREGATE SHALL NOT EXCEED 3/8". 6. ALL CELLS WITH REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE GROUTED, UON. 7. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF ONE-HALF INCH CLEARANCE BETWEEN MAIN REINFORCING AND MASONRY SHELL. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF ONE INCH CLEARANCE BETWEEN MASONRY BLOCK SHELLS AND EMBEDDED ANCHOR BOLTS OR STUDS. 8. CELLS SHALL BE IN VERTICAL ALIGNMENT. DOWELS IN FOOTINGS SHALL BE SET TO ALIGN WITH CELLS CONTAINING REINFORCING STEEL. 9. SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, Vm, SHALL BE 1,500 PSI @ 28 DAYS, LION. 10. COURSES SHALL BE LAID IN RUNNING BOND PATTERN, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE ARCHITECTURAL OR STRUCTURAL PLANS. 11. PROVIDE BOND BEAM OR LINTEL UNITS, AS APPROPRIATE, AT CELLS WITH HORIZONTAL REINFORCING. 12. MINIMUM COVER FOR REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS: A. MASONRY FACE EXPOSED TO WEATHER: WIRE JOINT REINFORCEMENT 5/8" #4 AND #5 BARS 1-1/2" #6 AND LARGER 2" B. MASONRY FACE NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER: WIRE JOINT REINFORCEMENT 1/2" ALL BAR SIZES 1-1/2" 13. WIRE JOINT REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A951 WITH A MAXIMUM CROSS TIE SPACING OF 16 INCHES. JOINT REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE MILL GALVANIZED, HOT -DIP GALVANIZED, STAINLESS STEEL, OR EPDXY COATED. SELECT THIS VERSION OF NOTE 6 IF CMU IS TO BE PARTIALLY GROUTED. SYM I REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE I SYM I REVISION BY APPROVED DATE ORIG I REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEI I EO 1 11.28.18 93 ter a;* Ww %w>� SUBMITTALS 1. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION/ERECTION/INSTALLATION. THESE ITEMS ARE IN ADDITION TO ANY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED ON THESE PLANS OR IN THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. 2. "PROD DATA" - SUBMIT ADEQUATE DOCUMENTATION THAT THE PRODUCT PROPOSED TO BE USED MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS ON THESE PLANS AND THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. 3. "SHOP DWGS" - SUBMIT COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS SUFFICIENT TO SHOW QUANTITIES AND KINDS OF MATERIALS, METHODS OF ASSEMBLY, AND ALL DATA REQUIRED FOR FABRICATION, ERECTION, AND INSTALLATION. THE PURPOSE OF THESE DRAWINGS IS TO DEMONSTRATE THAT THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THE DESIGN CONCEPT DOCUMENTED HEREIN. SUBMITTALS CONSISTING OF DRAWINGS TAKEN DIRECTLY FROM THESE PLANS WILL NOT BE APPROVED. 4. "TEST RESULTS" - SUBMIT RESULTS FOR ANY TESTING REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODE OR THESE PLANS. 5. "CALCS" - SUBMIT CALCULATIONS SIGNED AND SEALED BY A DESIGN PROFESSIONAL AUTHORIZED TO PERFORM WORK IN THE PROJECT JURISDICTION. 6. "BLDG DEPT" - IF CHECKED, THE SUBMITTALS SHALL BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND/OR INSTALLATION. STRUCTURAL SUBMITTALS ITEM PROD SHOP TEST CALCS BLDG DATA DWGS RESULTS DEPT STRUCTURAL STEEL _ X CONCRETE X - X - - MATERIALS MASONRY X - X - - MATERIALS STEEL REINF - X - - - GROUT X - X - - EPDXY & EXP X - - - - ANCHORS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT - X - X X ANCHORAGE COOLING TOWER FRAMING - X - X X AND ANCHORAGE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION 1. EXISTING STRUCTURAL DIMENSIONS AND MEMBERS SIZES ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO FABRICATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE ACTUAL CONFIGURATION OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND THE CONDITION OF THE STRUCTURE BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. ANY DISCREPANCIES OR UNSOUND CONDITIONS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL, PLANS FOR DIMENSIONS, EMBEDMENTS AND OPENINGS NOT SHOWN. REFER TO MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DUCTS, PIPING, EMBEDMENTS, AND OPENINGS NOT SHOWN. 2. TEMPORARY SHORING AND BRACING MAY BE NECESSARY IN ORDER TO PERFORM THE NECESSARY STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURE SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT PLANS AND SUPPORTING CALCULATIONS PREPARED BY A DESIGN PROFESSIONAL LICENSED TO PERFORM WORK IN THE PROJECT JURISDICTION. 3. WHERE NEW STRUCTURAL WORK IS BEING PERFORMED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 4. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, FRAMING MEMBERS AND DIMENSIONS HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED BASED ON REVIEW OF THE AVAILABLE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS FOR THE ORIGINAL BUILDING. ONLY LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION HAS BEEN PERFORMED. ANY DISCREPANCIES CONCERNING HOW NEW WORK RELATED TO THE AS -BUILT CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 5. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF NEW STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS WITHIN THE EXISTING STRUCTURE ARE DETERMINED BY THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THESE RELATIONSHIPS ARE NOTED ON THE PLANS, SECTIONS AND DETAILS. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION (CONT) 6. WHEN PROVIDED, DEMOLITION DRAWINGS INDICATE DEMOLITION EXTENT ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACTUAL SIZE OF THE NEW ELEMENT. THE EXTENT OF DEMO MAY NOT REFLECT ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW ELEMENTS. IN ADDITION TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS, MINOR LOCAL DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELEMENTS MAY BE REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE STRUCTURAL WORK AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS, SECTIONS AND DETAILS. DEMOLITION 1. ALL DEMOLITION SHALL BE CARRIED ON IN SUCH A MANNER AS NOT TO DAMAGE EXISTING ELEMENTS WHICH ARE TO REMAIN A PART OF THE FINISHED STRUCTURE. 2. EXISTING ELEMENTS SHALL BE PROTECTED TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE TO REDUCE SUCH DAMAGE TO A MINIMUM. 3. ALL ELEMENTS OF THE STRUCTURE THAT ARE TO REMAIN AND WHICH ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE REPLACED AT NO ADDED COST. SPECIAL INSPECTION 1. SPECIAL INSPECTION BY A REGISTERED DEPUTY BUILDING INSPECTOR, IN CONTRACT WITH THE OWNER AND APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF WORK (SEE THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER REQUIREMENTS): ITEM BUILDING CODE REFERENCE STEEL 1705.2 AND AISC 360 CHAPTER N DETAIL VERIFICATION WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL WELDING OF REINFORCING STEEL WELDING OF STEEL DECKING SHEAR CONNECTORS AND ANCHOR STUDS HIGH STRENGTH BOLTING CONCRETE 1705.3 SPECIFIED f'c GREATER THAN 2000 PSI PLACING OF REINFORCING STEEL MASONRY 1705.4 SOIL 1705.6 EXCAVATION SOIL COMPACTION SPECIAL SYSTEMS 1705.1.1 EXPANSION/EPDXY ANCHOR BOLTS SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR SEISMIC SYSTEMS 1705.11 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAME ORDINARY MOMENT RESISTING STEEL FRAME STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION 2. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED WHEN THE WORK IS DONE ON THE PREMISES OF A FABRICATOR REGISTERED AND APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL TO PERFORM SUCH WORK WITHOUT SPECIAL INSPECTION. 3. ALL PREPARED SOIL -BEARING SURFACES SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE SOILS ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF REINFORCING STEEL. 4. EPDXY OR EXPANSION TYPE ANCHORS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR THEIR USE AND SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ICC PRODUCT APPROVAL CONDITIONS. 5. NONDESTRUCTIVE INSPECTION OF ALL WELDS, SHOP AND FIELD, OF MOMENT -RESISTING FRAMES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GOVERNING CODE. 6. SUMMARY REPORTS OF ALL INSPECTIONS AND TEST RESULTS SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED TO THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, AND BUILDING OFFICIAL WITH DEFICIENCIES CLEARLY NOTED. 7. DEFICIENCIES SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE CONTRACTOR ON A DAILY BASIS. 8. DEFINITIONS OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING FREQUENCY: "CONTINUOUS" -THE FULL-TIME OBSERVATION OF WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION BY AN APPROVED SPECIAL INSPECTOR WHO IS PRESENT IN THE AREA WHERE THE WORK IS BEING PERFORMED. "PERIODIC" -THE PART-TIME OR INTERMITTENT OBSERVATION OF V NF RCC SPECIAL INSPECTION BY AN APPROVED SPECIAL INSPECTOR WHO HLE AREA WHERE THE WORK HAS BEEN OR IS BEING PERFORMED A D'A COMPLETION OF THE WORK. APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CRY OF TUKWILA &CRFFMAN INEERS MAR 132019 11101 2"d Ave., Suite 4001 Seattle, WA98101 PERMIT CENTER ph 206.623.07171 fax 206.624.3775 coffman.com LASTING aeatimylresuns i,eaiwnenros ACCEPTABILITY FSCHMIDT -T.28.18 '" _ STRUCTURAL NOTES ........ R., „� W4157008 O \ I " 1 1.28.18 CHECKED THIS DESIGN AND/OR SHEET C SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED R. REEVES 11.28.18 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE ERUIRM K. WANG 11.28.18 TITS REPLACE COOLING TOWER CHECKED.V1 E. OJALA 11.28.18 BUILDING 09-65 APPROVE ROVED JOB N0. COMP N0. STRUCTURAL MASTER DEV. CENTER, WA W4157008 A ED DWG NO. 09-65-S2C FOUNDATION PLAN �a REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM REVISION BY APPROVED I DATE REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEt I EO 1 11.28.18 LEGEND E.W. = EACH WAY A O.C. = ON CENTER PL = PLATE EXTENTS OF DEMO j 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 ACRFFMAN I N E E R S ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 11012n1 Ave, 1 fax20024.377Seattle, WA 98101 ph man. 3.0]17 (fax 2D5.624.3T75 cotiman.com LASTING oeamnylress �I aawssn�ps ACCEPTABILITY M. ABDI 6900 DRAWN DnTE SUBTITLE THIS DESIGN AND/OR UR= FOUNDATION PLAN SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. DATE Eff=M_ ARDI TITLE REPLACE COOLING TOWER STRUCTURAL MASTER CONSTRUCTION NOTES REMOVE COOLING TOWER & COOLING TOWER FOUNDATION. DO NOT DAMAGE (E) 9-65 BLDG FOUNDATION. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019 PERMIT CENTER KEY PLAN r, SCALE: NTS IN CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL DATE W4157008 A 11.28.18 SHEET 1 S10R JOB NO. COMP NO. DEV. CENTER, WA " No. 09-65-1S1OR SYM REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM ORIG CONVERTED TO CAD A REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEI I EO 1 11.28.18 -SLAB PLAN N SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0° 1 S60 REVISION BY I APPROVED I DATE rr. 4" FROM THE DOORWAY TO LAB, SEE A/S281 GRADE W/ CONTROL JOINT SEE D/S281 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 &H1 N E E R s ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION „00662 Ave, Suite 4001 Seattle W ph .n.co623.m coffmama1T I fax 206.624.3 LASTING ON, ACCEPTABILITY R. SCHMIDT 11.28.18 SLAB PLAN THIS DESIGN AND/ORCHECKED SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED R. REEVES 1 L28.18 TITLE REPLACE COOLING TOWER APPROVED 8Y I DEPT. I DATE K. WANG 11.28.18 CHECKED E. OJALA 11.28.18 BUILDING 09-65 APPROVED APPROVED STRUCTURAL MASTER GENERAL NOTES REFERENCE DRAWINGS CONSTRUCTION NOTES L REMOVE EXISTING CURB. REMOVE EXISTING WALL FULL HEIGHT. REMOVE COOLING TOWER, DO NOT DAMAGE (E) 9-65 FOUNDATION. REMOVE EXISTING PUMP HOUSEKEEPING PAD. V' REMOVE EXISTING GUARDRAIL. ® REMOVE SLAB AS REQD FOR NEW SUMP PIT. DEMO CMU WALL WHERE REQUIRED FOR .JNSTALLAIION OF PIPE OPENING RELROFIT. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019 PERMIT CENTER KEY PLAN SCALE: NTS N CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL DATE W4157008 A 11.28.18 SHEET (� 1S60R JOB NO. W4157008 COMP NO. DEV. CENTER, WA D- NO. 09-65-1S60R 9 ON WIN ROOF FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1'-O" sJ60 Sym REVISION By APPROVED DATE Sym REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 1 CONVERTED TO STANDARD M. ABDI 06.27.13 A REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157`008 CEI ED 11.28.18 )F DECK W/ FOPPING 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. &RFFMAN I N E E R S 1101 2nd Ave., Suite 400 1 Sea a ph 206.623.07171 fax 206.624.37 ..ff..— . 00 LASTING TITLE STRUCTURAL MASTER ROOF FRAMING PLAN REPLACE COOLING TOWER EXTENTS OF DEMO 1 A r, Ut GENERAL NOTES 1. FOR NOTES SEE SHEET 1S10. CONSTRUCTION NOTES REMOVE SECTION OF MASONRY WALL BELOW FOR NEW OPENING. REMOVE EXISTING COOLING TOWERS. CUT BACK ROOF BEAMS AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONNECTION. IREVlEWE6 FOR ' CODE COMPLIANCE . APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019 PERMIT CENTER KEY PLAN SCALE: NTS -0 KtVWIUN W41570081 ...... A I "' 11.28.18 DEV. CENTER, WAI- - - 09-65-S160R ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE UNIFORM BUILDING EDITION AS AMENDED BY THE CITY OF TUKWILA. 2. THE CON TOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING C ITIONS BEFORE BEGINNING WO AND SHALL NOTIFY THE BO G FACILITIES PLANT ENGINEERING PROJ ENGINEER OF AL SCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE CONTRACT DRAWIN AND ACDJAL FIELD CONDITIONS. 3IWIND LIVE LOADS: (SNOW) 25 PSF (1 500 PSF (1) 80 MPH, EXPOSURE V=ZIC/Rw Z=0.3, 1=1.0, C=2.75, Rw=8 VE LOADS NOT REDUCED. 4. FOUNDATION: PLACE CONCRETE FOOTING ON EXISTING SOIL COMPACTED TO A MINIMUM OF 95% OF THE MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AS DETERMINED BY THE ASTM D1557-91 TEST PROCEDURE. ALTERNATIVELY, IF THE SUBGRADE CAN NOT BE ADEQUATELY COMPACTED, THE UPPER 12 INCHES OF THE SUBGRADE SHOULD BE OVEREXCAVATED AND REPLACED WITH STRUCTURAL FILL (SEE SECTION A, DRWG S281 FOR REQUIREMENTS AND SUB BASE PREPERATION). ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING PRESSURE=2000 PSF AND MAY BE INCREASED UP TO 1/3 FOR WIND OR SEISMIC FORCES. PLACE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB ON A 6 MIL POLYETHELYNE SHEATHING OVERLAYING 6" GRAVEL BASE (SEE SECTION D, DRWG S281 FOR REQUIREMENTS AND SUB BASE PREPERAT10N). REVISION n 5. 6. SCALE: 1/4"=1'—O" 1S10 �v CONCRETE SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM PROPERTIES: FOUNDATIONS: F'c = 4000 PSI AT 28 DAYS; 5 1/2 SACKS CEMENT PER CUBIC YARD: 57.t1% ENTRAINED AIR; 7/8" MINUS COARSE AGGREGATE; 4" MAXIMUM SLUMP. FOUNDATIONS: F'c = 4000 PSI AT 28 DAYS; 6 SACKS CEMENT PER CUBIC YARD: 57ott% ENTRAINED AIR; 7/8" MINUS COARSE AGGREGATE; 4" MAXIMUM SLUMP. ALL MIXES SHALL CONTAIN A WATER REDUCING ADMIXTURE. MIX, PLACE, CONSOLIDATE AND FINISH CONCRETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH UBC CHAPTER 26, ACI 301, ACI 302, AND ACI 318. SUBMIT MIX DESIGNS TO THE BMAG PLANT ENGINEERING PROJECT ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE. HORIZONTAL SURFACES TO HAVE A STEEL TROWELLED FINISH AND TO BE FLAT WITHIN 1/4" PER 10'. WET CURE ALL CONCRETE FOR 7 DAYS MINIMUM. THEN APPLY L&M "SEAL HARD" ON THE FLOOR CONCRETE AND APPLY BURKE "SPARTAN—COTE WB CURE —SEAL —HARDENER" TO ALL OTHER CONCRETE SURFACES INCLUDING PAVEMENT PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615 GRADE 60 DEFORMED. LAP CONTINUOUS REINFORCEMENT 2'-0" MIN. PROVIDE CORNER BARS AT ALL WALL & FOOTING CORNERS TO MATCH THE SIZE AND SPACING OF HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT. DETAIL, FABRICATE, AND PLACE REINFORCEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UBC CHAPTER 26, ACI 318 AND ACI 315. SUBMIT SHOP FABRICATION AND PLACEMENT DRAWINGS FOR REINFORCING STEEL TO THE BMAG FACILITIES PLANT ENGINEERING PROJECT ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. WELDED WIRE FABRIC (WWF) SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY WELDED AND CONFORM TO ASTM A185. LAP ADJACENT MATS OF WWF ONE FULL WIRE SPACING AT SIDES AND ENDS. BY I APPROVED I DATE I SYM REVISION CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF GRADE N, TYPE 1 UNITS USING TYPE S MORTAR, 6x8x16 UNITS LAY IN RUNNING BOND. MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH SHALL BE F'm=1500 PSI. ALL WALLS ARE SOLID GROUTED USING 2500 PSI GROUT PER SECTION 2103 UBC 94. REINFORCEMENT FOR RUNNING BOND LINTEL BEAM SHALL EXTEND MIN. 2'6" BEYOND THE EDGE OF OPENING. PROVIDE ONE ADDITIONAL #5 BAR, FULL HEIGHT, AT EACH SIDE OF DOOR OPENING. PROVIDE #5 @ 24" O.C. EACH WAY FOR WALL REINFORCEMENT. 8. STRUCTURAL STEEL PLATE, BAR AND ROLLED SHAPES SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A36, Fy=36 KSI. WELDING SHALL BE DONE BY WABO CERTIFIED WELDERS USING E-70 SERIES, LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES. SHOP PRIME ALL STEEL WITH AN APPROVED RED OXIDE PRIMER, 9. ANCHOR BOLTS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR MASONARY SHALL BE ASTM A307. ALL ANCHOR BOLTS INSTALLATIONS REQUIRE SPECIAL INSPECTION. 10, ROOF DECK SHALL BE VERCO TYPE B FORMLOK, 1 1/2" DEEP, 18 GAGE, 36" WIDE HAVING A MINIMUM 1=0.302 IN4 AND S=0.335 IN3. ATTACH THE DECK TO LEDGER PARALLEL TO DECK W/ 1/2" EFFECTIVE DIAMETER FUSION WELDS AT 12" O.C. ALONG FLUTES AND 4 WELDS PER PANEL AT ALL TRANSVERSE STEEL FRAMING, BUTTON PUNCH ALL PANEL SEAMS AT 36" O.C. MINIMUM BEARING SHALL BE 2". BY I APPROVED I DATE 11. SPECIAL INSPECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH UBC SECTION 306 SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR: (A) ALL FIELD WELDING (8) ALL DRILLED CONCRETE AND CMU ANCHORS (C) ALL REINFORCING STEEL (D) ALL CONCRETE (E) ALL HIGH STRENGTH BOLTING (F) ALL ANCHOR BOLTS 12. ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATION. 13, ALL MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE BMAG FACILITIES ENGINEERING PROJECT ENGINEER. C SEE S2A — S2C FOR DESIGN CRITERIA & GENERAL NOTES FOR COOLING TOWER. A FFMAN 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 N G 1 N E E R S ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 110121d Ave., I fa,200024.37 Seattle,WA98101 ph 206.823.0717I faz 208.624.377 coffman.com LASTING Ge 41 — irei;eonsn�os ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. C SUBTITLE LEGEND E.W. = EACH WAY O.C. = ON CENTER PL = PLATE 1� W/ = WITH CONSTRUCTION NOTES L PROVIDE NEW COOLING TOWER FOUNDATION. L INFILL EXISTING OPENING. L PROVIDE NEW SUMP WALL. ® PROVIDE NEW CONCRETE SUMP WITH REMOVABLE GRATING. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 1 3 2019 PERMIT CENTER KEY PLAN N SCALE: NTS W41570081 .... A I V 11.28.18 I A I REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 1 CEI I EO 1 11.28.18 1 1 1 1 1 1 STRUCTURAL MASTER FOUNDATION PLAN REPLACE COOLING TOWER VII1111] mf •m LL!l��J DEV. CENTER, WAI_.._ .._. 09-65-1S10 SYM I REVISION BY APPROVED DATE SYM ORIG CONVERTED TO CAD A REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEI I EO 1 11.28.18 ran m.rimr.�aanrair.� REVISION BY I APPROVED I DATE .3 11 REVIEWED FOR, CODE COMP ' APPROVEDED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila 1 BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019. PERMIT CENTER PMWAN 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 N G 1 N E E R S ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION�c'olffrhanx 012nd Ave,1 fax206024.377 e, WA 98101 ph 206.623.07911 faz 206.624.37T5 om LASTING uezmiry�re nslre ms DRAWN DATE SUBTITLE SLAB PLAN ACCEPTABILITY R. SCHMIDT 11.28.18 THIS DESIGN AND/OR CHECKED SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED R. REEVES 11.28.18 ENGINEER 711E REPLACE COOLING TOWER APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE K. WANG 11.28.18 CHECKED E. OJALA 11.28.18 APPROVED BUILDING 09-65 APPROVED STRUCTURAL MASTER GENERAL MOTES SEE S2A-S2C FOR DESIGN CRITERIA & GENERAL NOTES FOR COOLING TOWER. SEE DET 2/S502 FOR PIPE OPENING RETROFIT. REFERENCE DRAWINGS CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1 PLACE NEW COOLING TOWER FOUNDATION. COOLING TOWER AND ITS ANCHORAGE TO BE SUBMITTED BY COOLING TOWER MANUFACTURER. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANCHOR RODS AND ANY ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENT WITH COOLING TOWER MANUFACTURER. INSTALL NEW SUMP WALL. 3:`: INFILL EXISTING SUMP AND INSTALL CONC SLAB WITH VAPOR BARRIER. ® PROVIDE NEW PUMP HOUSEKEEPING PAD. INSTALL HSS MOMENT FRAME POSTS. ® (NOT USED). �\ PROVIDE NEW CONIC SUMP. INSTALL ANGLE, WT, AND GRATING. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY SIZE & LOCATION W/ EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER & MECH DRAWINGS. 10 INSTALL ANGLES EACH SIDE OF WALL, TOP AND BOTTOM, AT GROUPED PIPE OPENING. SEE DEf 2/S502. INSTALL CAST IN ANCHOR AT SUMP WALL PRIOR TO CONIC POUR. KEY PLAN N SCALE: NTS CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL DATE W4157008 A 11.28,18 SHEET 1 S60 JOB NO. COMP NO. W4157008 DEV. CENTER, WA DWG NO. 09-65-1S60 LEGEND 1. FOR LEGEND SEE SHEET 1S10. SYM I REVISION BY APPROVED DATE 1 CONVERTED TO STANDARD M. ABDI 06.27.13 A REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEI I EO 1 11.28.18 RENSION 17'-11%" S160 S280S1JS211 S160 S281 �18 GA ROOF DECK W/ 3" CONC TOPPING S160 S261 TYP 1 S 0 S502 1 4 1 pe S160 S501HSS8x8x3/B F - -- 3 3 "� I I 2 A 2 S160 I S502j j S160 S502 160 I S281 I I S1 I II S160 S50 of 00 co N c I VENT � I I I I �----- ----� "' CMU WALL BELOW ................ --- - --� BY I APPROVED I DATE S. w �IONAL 6NG� GENERAL MOTES 1. FOR NOTES SEE SHEET 1S10. REFERENCE DRAWINGS CONSTRICTION NOTES INSTALL NEW FRAMING FOR SUPPORT OF WALL OPENING. P-�- INSTALL LEDGER ANGLES & ANCHORS. :Aj ATTACH (E) W8x28 TO NEW HSS. 4 WELD (E) ANGLE TO NEW HSS. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED DRAWN M ABDI DATE 06.27.13 SUBTfTLE ROOF FRAMING PLAN CURRENT REVISION W4157008 SYMBOL DATE 11.28.18 CKE S 160 APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE MUREERSHEET TITLE COOLING TOWER BUILDING 09-65 STRUCTURAL MASTER DEV. CENTER, WA, CHECKED APPROVED JOB NO. COMP NO. APPROVED —No. 09-65-S160 EXISTING 8" CMU WALL BEYOND SUMP INFILL SCALE: 1/2"=1'-O" 8" CMU WALL BEYOND CONIC SUMP WALL SCALE: 1/2"=1'-O" 8" CONC SLAB W1 #4 @ 12- OC EW, DRILL & EPDXY 6" TYP EXISTING CONC SLAB & SUMP PIT s TOSL -- CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL 8" CONIC WALL W/ #4 @ 12" EW, EPDXY 6" INTO SUMP WALLS 6" HIGH CONC CURB is TOSL EXISTING CONIC SLAB & SUMP PIT WATERSTOP ALL SIDES 1S1O'1 11-" NU IUWLK, FHERS, E OCCURS, ,IOTE 1 CONIC FOUNDATION NOTE: 1. ANCHOR RODS AND ADDL REINFORCEMENT, IF REQUIRED, TO BE DESIGNED BY COOLING TOWER DESIGNER. COOLING TOWER FOUNDATION SECTION SCALE: 1/2"=1'-O" 11 11 11 1'11` ", L 1/2 X Iy2 W/ WHS @ 1'-0" OC (E) SLAB (12) #4 BARS W/ 6 EMBED AROUND PERIMETER OF SUMP PIT EQUIP PER MECH & ELEC Y4" CHAMFER z 4 —#4 @ 12" EW CONC SLAB I MID -DEPTH #4 W/ STD HOOK @ 36" OC ENTIRE PAD PERIMETER. DRILL & EPDXY W/ 4" EMBED _TYP HOUSEKEEPING PAD SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" 1S60 S500 WT6, SEE H/S500 FOR 8" CMU WALL CONN TO WALL BEYOND NG, 19-W-4x1)/2" SEE "/ �ou 0 LNA To WALL L4x4 W/ %"0, EXP GRATING, 19-W-41Y2" T C ANCHORS @ 8" OC W1 0 4" EMBED ANGLE, SEE F/S500 TOSL 4 BAR @ 2" OCT TYP CONC WALL PIPES PER MECH NOTE: 1. AT DRILL & EPDXY, DO NOT DAMAGE EXISTING REINFORCEMENT. NEW CONC SUMP PIT SCALE: 1/2"=1'-O" SPLICE OR DEVELOPMENT LENGTH (INCHES) IT" OR "LSB", CLASS B TENSION LAP SPLICE SCHEDULE NORMAL WT. 0.375" 0.500" 0.625" 0.750" 0.875" 1.000" CONCRETE Vc (psi) #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 T B T B T B T B T B T B 3000 29 21 38 29 48 36 58 43 81 62 93 71 4000 25 19 33 25 42 31 50 37 70 54 80 62 4500 25 18 32 24 39 30 47 35 68 51 77 59 5000 22 17 30 1 22 1 37 28 45 33 63 48 72 55 - "L,", DEVELOPMENT LENGTH SCHEDULE 3000 22 16 30 22 37 27 1 44 33 62 48 1 71 55 4000 19 14 26 19 32 24 38 29 54 42 62 47 4500 19 14 24 18 30 23 36 27 52 40 59 45 5000 17 13 231 17 29 21 26 26 48 37 55 42 1 S 10LS500 CONIC SUMP GRATING SCALE: 1/2"=1'-O" L Ivr 11111141- SLOPE 1:12 zo 0 UJ MAX, TYP BOT REINF 0 NOTES: 1. SCHEDULE APPLIES TO UNCOATED GRADE 60 BARS IN NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE. 2. FOR LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE MULTIPLY LENGTH IN SCHEDULE BY 1.3. 3. ALL SPLICES SHALL BE CLASS B SPLICES UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, 4. TOP BARS (INDICATED WITH "T" IN SCHEDULE) ARE HORIZONTAL TOP BARS WITH MORE THAN 12" OF CONCRETE CAST BELOW THE BARS. 5. BOTTOM BARS (INDICATED WITH "B" IN SCHEDULE) ARE ALL VERTICAL BARS AND HORIZONTAL BARS WITH LESS THAN 12" OF CONCRETE CAST BELOW HORIZONTAL BARS. 6. ANY PORTION OF A STRAIGHT BAR EMBEDMENT LENGTH NOT WITHIN THE CONFINED CORE SHALL BE INCREASED BY A FACTOR OF 1.6. 7. ALL HORIZONTAL SPLICES SHALL BE STAGGERED AS SHOWN. IF MORE THAN 50% OF VERTICAL REINFORCING IS LAP SPLICED WITHIN THE REQUIRED LAP SPLICE LENGTH. THE LAP SPLICE LENGTH SHALL BE INCREASED BY 33%. 8. LAP SPLICES LISTED IN THE SCHEDULE ARE CLASS B LAPS, FOR CLASS A LAPS REDUCE LENGTH BY 25%. REINFORCING SPLICE SCHEDULE 9. BAR SPLICES IN LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE SHALL HAVE LAPS 33% LONGER THAN SCHEDULED. SCALE: NTS S500 SYM ( REVISION � BY I APPROVED I GATE I SYM � REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE ORIG I REPLACE COOLING TOWER W4157008 CEI EO 11.28.18 ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT. 7 E EXISTING WALL PROVIDE WATERTIGHT MATERIAL, MASTER B( SOLUTIONS BY BASF SUMP WALL INFILL ;('.Al F- 1 /9"=1'-n" PL2x8" SQ W/ (2) Y2"O EXP ANCHORS W/ 34" EMBED IC CURB ERSTOP ALL -S 8" CONC WALL INFILL W/ #4 @ 8" EW, EPDXY 4%" INTO SUMP WALL SUMP SLAB HE "-- WT6 PLY2 W/ (2) %"0 BOLTS Y4 V _2" TYP WT TO WALL CONNECTION � SCALE: 1"=1'-O" S500 a 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION kTE SUBTITLE 11.28.18 MISCELLANEOUS SECTIONS & DETAILS 11.28.18 11.28.18 TITLE REPLACE COOLING TOWER iL" BUILDING 09-65 STRUCTURAL MASTER REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2319 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION �N � RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019 ,&RFFMAN PERMIT CENTER I N E E R S 11101 2nd Ave-, Suite 4001 Seattle, WA98101 ph 206.6234717 1 fax 206.624.3775 coffman.com LASTING DEV. CENTER, WA I" IT .... W " Zj 57008 1 ORIG-" 11.28.18 S500 W4157008 COMP NO. 09-65-S500 PLY/"x3Y"x0'-6" W/ (2) Y4" 4 BOLTS BM, SEE PLAN IwoI �I Y \—ANGLE ROOF LEDGER 5/s %s Y/s 3-6 BM, SEE PLAN Y/s 3-6 WF TO HSS CONNECTION SCALE: 1 "=1'—O" n T�Qm BM, SEE S160IS501 4y" 4y" L --COL, SEE PLAN 16 J BASE PLx12x1'-4" W/ (4) Y4"4 EPDXY ANCHORS, EMBED 14" MIN 1" TYP A STIF PLYY8", TYP /_STIF PL COL, SEE PLAN %s TYP 5/s I SECTION A —A (NTS BASE PL BASE PLATE DETAIL %7b_� SCALE: 1"=1'—O" S501 PIPE, SEE MECH / ANVIL U—BOLT, SEE / 2/S501 SIM ,r—PLY8x5xO'-10" ,.,--- HSS6x6x5/6 HSS, SEE ELEVATION 2'-0" MIAC`' W4x13, TYP 3 —0 -M. SEE MECH,,III — I I I i SEEM_ SEE MECH $_ HSS4x4x3/a TYP HSS4x4 POST, — SEE PLAN A 8'-0" MAX 4" 4" SEE MECH TYP L TYf 2" P --PIPE SEE MECH NIA TY, A v\11 YIeL BASE PLY/"x12" SO W/- POST, SEE EL (4) Y/"4 EPDXY ANCHORS, EMBED 6" MIN SECTION A —A F�] I I I I TYP — TO SLAB SEA E CIVIL PIPE SUPPORT FRAME SCALE: 3/4"=1'—O" 1 M �u IVIF NOTE: STRUTS MUST BE INSTALLED WITH COMPOUND ANGLE. URE 66 ACHMENT 1 TYP'� UON S501 ECH, Cc7 T&B TO SLAB SEE PIPE ATTACHMENT- DETAIL .(m PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL PIPE LATERAL SUPPORT (2:) PIPE SUPPORT FRAME SCALE: 1"=1'—O" S501 SCALE: 1"=1'—O" S501 SCALE: 1"=1'—O" S501 SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" 1M450 S501 (1) LONGITUDINAL BRACE REQUIRED AT THESE TRANSVERSE EVERY RUN AND AT 20'-0" MA K SPACING BRACES ACT AS A E LONGITUDINAL BRACE (E) ROOF SLAB m ANVIL WELDLESS EYE---- PL2X4x0'-10" W/ (2) NUT FIGURE 290 & Y"O EXP ANCHORS @ 6" ANVIL WELDED BEAM OC W/ 2" EMBED, TYP ATTACHMENT FIGURE 66 %s TYP Y"4 THREADED ROD-- yl6 CAP PLY8" W/ SEAL WELD, TYP TACK WELD ALL HSS4x4xY DOUBLE NUTS 10'-0" MAX NOTE: SEE 4/S501 FOR LATERAL BRACING REQUIREMENTS. PIPE GRAVITY SUPPORT SCALE: 1 "=1'—O" SYM ( REVISION I BY I APPROVED I DATE I SYM ORIG REPLACE COOLING TOWER W41570081 CEI I EO 1 11.28.18 REVISION --THESE TRANSVERSE (1) TRANSVERSE BRACES ACT AS ARACE REQUIRED AlA EACH END OF EVERY RUN LONGITUDINAL BRACE AND AT 15'-0" MAX SPACING PLAN VIEW NOTES: 1. THIS BRACING APPLIES TO PIPES OR CONDUIT GREATER THAN 2" DIAMETER AND NOT WITHIN 12" OF THE SUPPORT ELEVATION FOR THE ENTIRE RUN. 2. BRACES TO SMALLER PIPING CANNOT BE USED FOR BRACING LARGER PIPING. 3. O TRANSVERSE BRACING REQUIRED. SEE 4/S501. LONGITUDINAL BRACING REQUIRED. SEE 4/S501. TL TRANSVERSE BRACE MAY ALSO COUNT AS LONGITUDINAL BRACE FOR ADJACENT PIPE RUN AT THIS LOCATION. 4. AT A MINIMUM ALL BRACING SHALL MEET IBC 2015 REQUIREMENTS. PIPE BRACING DETAILS SCALE: NTS BY I APPROVED I DATE ACCEPTABILITY THIS DESIGN AND/OR SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED APPROVED BY I DEPT.7 C RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA REVIEWED FOR MAR'1 3 20t3 CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED PERMIT CENTER APR 2 5 2919 City of Tukwila RIG I N E E R S BUILDING DIVISION 1101 2nd Ave., Suite 4001 Seattle, WA 98101 ph 206.623.07171 fax 206.624.3775 coffman.com LASTING lwwire ii.iwip. 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 7 S501 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION -DIR 411111111,0*4 ATE SUBTITLE CURRENT REVISION SYMBOL DATE 11.28.18 MISCELLANEOUS SECTIONS & DETAILS W4157008 0 R I 11.28.18 11.28.18 SHEET 112818 TITLE REPLACE COOLING TOWER S501 1.28.18 BUILDING 09-65 aoe No. W4157008 COMP N0. STRUCTURAL MASTER DEV. CENTER, WA MG NO. 09-65—S501 CMU WALL COL, SEE PLAN /--Wl\ WALL ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2"=1'—O" PIPE, SEE MECH TOSL HSS7x3x%6 POST, TYP L9-X`}X%4 CJ VV/ I' V) THRU BOLT © 16" OC MAX, TYP T&B, SEE NOTE 1 "" "'"' L BEYOND CONCRETE PARAPET 40 TOS & BO SLAB CMU WALL, TYP CMU WALL EXISTING SLAB 1 S60,S1 CMU WALL NOTES: 1. CELLS TO BE GROUTED SOLID WHERE BOLT OCCURS. CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE GROUTING SEQUENCE. 2. INSTALLATION SEQUENCE: a. SAWCUT Y2 DEPTH OF CMU WALL FOR TOP ANGLE. DO NOT OVERCUT. b. SLIDE ANGLE IN. c. SAWCUT REMAINING DEPTH FROM OTHER SIDE. DO NOT OVERCUT. d. SLIDE OTHER TOP ANGLE IN WALL. e. INSTALL THRU BOLTS. If. REPEAT o—e FOR BOTTOM ANGLES. g. DEMO SINGLE VERTICAL SECTION OF CMU WALL FOR HSS INSTALLATION. DO NOT OVERCUT. h. INSTALL HSS. i. REPEAT g—h FOR REMAINING POSTS. j. WELD PIPES. k. CORE OPENINGS FOR MECHANICAL PIPES. PIPE OPENING RETROFIT SCALE: 1 "=1'-0" Sym ( REVISION I BY CEI � APPROVEDI DATE 11 28 18 I sYM I REVISIONi BY i APPROVED i DATE ORIG REPLACE GOOFING TOWER W4157008 EO 1S601S502 CONC PARAPET CMU WALL, TYP )C W/ (2) MASONRY WALL, EMBED 4Y2" MIN, & (2) Y2"4 HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ TO CONC SLAB, EMBED 2", 4" GAGE, TYP ROOF ANCHORAGE RETROFIT SCALE: 1 "=1'-0" m NOTE: 1. CHIP OUT BLOCK AND GROUT SOLID. S1 E NOTE 1 HSS TO HSS CONNECTION (�i) SCALE: 1 "=1'-0" S502 ANGLE, TYP CMU WALL GROUT CELL SOLID WHERE THRU BOLT OCCURS PIPE, WHERE OCCURS 5y" 5y° v 1 N1 SECTION A —A BASE PL%e"x8"x1'-2" W/ (4) Y4"O DRILL & EPDXY ANCHORS (6" EMBED), SEE NOTE Immagg T 0 SLAB NOTE: u u 1. WHERE SUMP WALL OCCURS USE Y4"d ANCHOR BOLTS W/ 6" EMBED. HSS BASE PLATE (m SCALE: 1"=1'—O" S502 I -- - -PIPE PIPE OPENING SECTION /` �D SCALE: 1"=1'—O" S502DR MAI 100% SUBMITTAL 11.28.18 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION —' DRAWN DATE SUBTITLE ACCEPTABILITY R. CHECKED T 11.28.18 THIS DESIGN AND/OR MISCELLANEOUS SECTIONS & DETAILS SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED R. REEVES 11.28.18 FNQINLF APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE K. WANG 11.28.18 TITLE REPLACE COOLING TOWER CHECKED E. OJALA 11.28.18 BUILDING 09-65 A PR V MASTER 0 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 L919 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA &CRFFMAN MAR 13 2019 I N le E S PERMIT CENTER 1101 2nd Ave., Suite 400 I Seattle, WA 98101 ph 206.623.07171 fax 206.624.3775 coffman.com LASTING oeace�ryl res�xs�re�aeonsnrea CURRENT REVISION SYM80L DATE W4157008 0 R I G 11.28.18 SHEET S502 JOB NO. COMP NO. W4157008 R, WA DWG NO. 09-65—S501 d- 2'-0" . 6" , 3'-0" 1'-6" (2) #4 TOD BARS 1'-6" 6" #4 @ 18" #4x 2' L NG @ 18" O.C., EPDXY O.C.,TYP. EMBED / SIMPSON "EPDXY TIE" IN o #4 @ 24" O.C. SLOPE E E.W. 6" MIN. INTO EXIST. 3/4"x3/4" SLOPE CHAMFER 4 Q Q 4 4 18" CD #4118" DOWEL @ 18" O.C.,TYP. — SECTION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" #5 @ 24" O.C., E.W., TYP. WALL REINF., PLACE A BOND BEAM @ TOP LAYER & @ 24" O.C. FROM THE TOP — #5 @ 24" O.C. DOWELS a d #4 @ 9" D.C. 4 _--(3) #4 LONG. I- -I 11-I 11=1 I I I I- I -1 i 1=1 2'-0" 3" CONC. TOPPING REINFORCE W/ 6x6—W4xW4 WWF #4x 2' LONG @ 18" O.C., EPDXY EMBED W/ SIMPSON "EPDXY TIE" d 4" MIN. INTO EXIST. 4 a a.. a e q 4' as NOTE: FOR BALANCE OF INFO, SEE SECTION A ON THIS DRAWING SECTION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" isto S281 #5 @ 24" O.C., E.W., TYP. WALL REINFORCEMENT #5 TYP. @ TOP & BOTTOM 1 /4" PL. W/ 1 /4" DIA.0" STUDS @ 24" O.C. RUNNING BOND LINTEL BEAM SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" S16o S2811 SYM I REVISION BY I APPROVED I DATE I SYM 1 1/2% 18 GA. METAL DECK, SEE NOTES NEW EXIST. a°a 21 < I .'4 a #4 BARS, TYP. AS SHOWN #4 @ 18" O.C. SECTION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" C8o 5281 TOP OF NEW CURB TO MATCH EXISTING � 6" { L3x3x1/4 Wf 1/2" DIA. HILTI KWIK BOLTx 4 1/2" MIN. EMBEDMENT @ 24" o C. SECTION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" S16o S281 REVISION #5 DOWELS @ 24" O.C. (2) #4 LONG. BOT. BARS #4 @ 18" O.C. E.W. a <T' ea SECTION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" BY I APPROVED I DATE is #5 @ 24" O.C., EPDXY EMBED 4" MIN. INTO EXIST. PIT WALL (2) #4 TOP BARS (3) #416" LONG @ 12", EPDXY EMBED 4" MIN. ° INTO EXIST. PIT WALL, TYP. TOP & BOT., STAGG. ° ;.'"'` PREMOLDED STRIPS OR aoa,000000 (3) #4x3'-0" LONG @ 12", EPDXY SAW CUT TO 1/4" DEPTH 0000000 I_0 I EMBED THRU EXIST. PIT WALL MINIMUM =I I —III —III #4 @ 18" O.C., TYP. E.W. #4 @ 18" O.C., E.W. IIIIII—III 6" MIN. GRAVEL BASE a EXIST. PIT, FILL IN 0000000000000000 III -I (( —III W/ STRUCTURAL FILL IN 1... 000$o$o0.0oo 12" LIFTS AND COMPACT 6 MIL POLYETHELYNE 0o0000000000 _ o 0 0 00 o Q III-i I (—III TO 95% MDD, SEE CONST. �00 °n`ft- ° 6" MIN. GRAVEL 1=III=III=III: -LI—) ' III —III —I 11— NOTE 1 FOR STRUCTURAL BASE 11=1I1=1I1= _ FILL SPECIFICATION SECTION CONTROL JOINT SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" tst0 5281 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" tslo S28t X R #4 DOWEL @ 18" O.C. W/ (3) #4 LONG. 6x6—W4xW4 WWF L3x3x1/4 W/ 1/2" DIA. HILTI KWIK BOLTx 4 1/2" MIN. EMBEDMENT @ 24' O.C. Lp —#5 DOWEL @ 24" O.C. TO MATCH WALL REINFORCEMENT SECTION; SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" S160 5281 FACILITIES DEPARTMENT ❑ AUBURN, WA. 98002 ❑ EVERETT, WA. 98201 El KENT, WA. 98031 O PORTLAND, OR. 97220 0 RENTON, WA. 98055 IM SEATTLE, WA. 98124 NOTE: SEE SECTION G ON THIS DRAWING FOR BALANCE OF INFO. SECTION SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" S16o 5281 FOR REFERENCE ONLY FACILITY DESIGN BY CEI DATE 11.28.18 ACCEPTABILITY V A THIS DESIGN AND/OR CHECKED SPECIFICATION IS APPROVED ENGR. APPROVED BY DEPT. DATE M. A APPROVED LEGEND: GENERAL NOTES: CONSTRUCTION NOTES: L� PLACE CONCRETE FOOTING ON EXISTING SOIL COMPACTED TO A MIN. OF 95% OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY PER ASTM D1557-91. ALTERNATELY IF SUBGRADE CAN NOT BE ADEQUATELY COMPACTED, THEN REMOVE THE TOP 12" OF THE SUBGRADE, SCARIFY EXPOSED SOIL SURFACE AND REMOVE STONES LARGER THAN 4" AND ORGANIC MATERIAL. COMPACT TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY OR MAKE A MINIMUM OF 4 PASSES WITH COMPACTING EQUIPMENT. REPLACE THE REMOVED 12" SUBGRADE WITH STRUCTURAL FILL IN 6" MAXIMUM LOOSE LIFTS AND COMPACT TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. STRUCTURAL FILL: SHALL CONFORM TO WSDOT 9.03.14 MODIFIED TO 100% PASSING A 4" SIEVE AND NOT MORE THAN 5% PASSING A U.S. NO. 200 SIEVE. 2 PLACE CONCRETE SLAB ON 6 MILL POLYETHELYNE OVERLAYING 6" GRAVEL BASE CONFORMING TO WSDOT 9.03.9(1) MODIFIED TO NOT MORE THAN 3% PASSING A U.S. NO. 200 SIEVE. COMPACT TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. TO PREPARE THE SUBBASE UNDER THE GRAVEL BASE, SCARIFY EXPOSED SOIL SURFACE AND REMOVE STONES LARGER THAN 4" AND ORGANIC MATERIAL. COMPACT TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY OR, MAKE A MINIMUM OF 4 PASSES WITH COMPACTING EQUIPMENT. SECTIONS iTLE BLDG. 9-65A STRUCTURAL MASTER ALL REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED APR 2 5 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 13 2019 PERMIT CENTER LAST REVSION I SYMBOL DATE SHEET S281 °P JOB N0, 747141-00 DWG N0. D.C. 09-65A—S281